tablecmds.c File Reference
#include "postgres.h"#include "access/attmap.h"#include "access/genam.h"#include "access/gist.h"#include "access/heapam.h"#include "access/heapam_xlog.h"#include "access/multixact.h"#include "access/reloptions.h"#include "access/relscan.h"#include "access/sysattr.h"#include "access/tableam.h"#include "access/toast_compression.h"#include "access/xact.h"#include "access/xlog.h"#include "access/xloginsert.h"#include "catalog/catalog.h"#include "catalog/heap.h"#include "catalog/index.h"#include "catalog/namespace.h"#include "catalog/objectaccess.h"#include "catalog/partition.h"#include "catalog/pg_am.h"#include "catalog/pg_attrdef.h"#include "catalog/pg_collation.h"#include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"#include "catalog/pg_depend.h"#include "catalog/pg_foreign_table.h"#include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"#include "catalog/pg_largeobject.h"#include "catalog/pg_largeobject_metadata.h"#include "catalog/pg_namespace.h"#include "catalog/pg_opclass.h"#include "catalog/pg_policy.h"#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"#include "catalog/pg_publication_rel.h"#include "catalog/pg_rewrite.h"#include "catalog/pg_statistic_ext.h"#include "catalog/pg_tablespace.h"#include "catalog/pg_trigger.h"#include "catalog/pg_type.h"#include "catalog/storage.h"#include "catalog/storage_xlog.h"#include "catalog/toasting.h"#include "commands/cluster.h"#include "commands/comment.h"#include "commands/defrem.h"#include "commands/event_trigger.h"#include "commands/sequence.h"#include "commands/tablecmds.h"#include "commands/tablespace.h"#include "commands/trigger.h"#include "commands/typecmds.h"#include "commands/user.h"#include "commands/vacuum.h"#include "common/int.h"#include "executor/executor.h"#include "foreign/fdwapi.h"#include "foreign/foreign.h"#include "miscadmin.h"#include "nodes/makefuncs.h"#include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"#include "nodes/parsenodes.h"#include "optimizer/optimizer.h"#include "parser/parse_coerce.h"#include "parser/parse_collate.h"#include "parser/parse_expr.h"#include "parser/parse_relation.h"#include "parser/parse_type.h"#include "parser/parse_utilcmd.h"#include "parser/parser.h"#include "partitioning/partbounds.h"#include "partitioning/partdesc.h"#include "pgstat.h"#include "rewrite/rewriteDefine.h"#include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h"#include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"#include "storage/bufmgr.h"#include "storage/lmgr.h"#include "storage/lock.h"#include "storage/predicate.h"#include "storage/smgr.h"#include "tcop/utility.h"#include "utils/acl.h"#include "utils/builtins.h"#include "utils/fmgroids.h"#include "utils/inval.h"#include "utils/lsyscache.h"#include "utils/memutils.h"#include "utils/partcache.h"#include "utils/relcache.h"#include "utils/ruleutils.h"#include "utils/snapmgr.h"#include "utils/syscache.h"#include "utils/timestamp.h"#include "utils/typcache.h"#include "utils/usercontext.h"
Include dependency graph for tablecmds.c:
Go to the source code of this file.
Data Structures | |
| struct | OnCommitItem |
| struct | AlteredTableInfo |
| struct | NewConstraint |
| struct | NewColumnValue |
| struct | dropmsgstrings |
| struct | DropRelationCallbackState |
| struct | ForeignTruncateInfo |
| struct | AttachIndexCallbackState |
| struct | SplitPartitionContext |
Macros | |
| #define | AT_NUM_PASSES (AT_PASS_MISC + 1) |
| #define | ATT_TABLE 0x0001 |
| #define | ATT_VIEW 0x0002 |
| #define | ATT_MATVIEW 0x0004 |
| #define | ATT_INDEX 0x0008 |
| #define | ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE 0x0010 |
| #define | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE 0x0020 |
| #define | ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX 0x0040 |
| #define | ATT_SEQUENCE 0x0080 |
| #define | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE 0x0100 |
| #define | child_dependency_type(child_is_partition) ((child_is_partition) ? DEPENDENCY_AUTO : DEPENDENCY_NORMAL) |
Typedefs | |
| typedef struct OnCommitItem | OnCommitItem |
| typedef enum AlterTablePass | AlterTablePass |
| typedef struct AlteredTableInfo | AlteredTableInfo |
| typedef struct NewConstraint | NewConstraint |
| typedef struct NewColumnValue | NewColumnValue |
| typedef struct ForeignTruncateInfo | ForeignTruncateInfo |
| typedef enum addFkConstraintSides | addFkConstraintSides |
| typedef struct SplitPartitionContext | SplitPartitionContext |
Enumerations | |
| enum | AlterTablePass { AT_PASS_UNSET = -1 , AT_PASS_DROP , AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE , AT_PASS_ADD_COL , AT_PASS_SET_EXPRESSION , AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX , AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR , AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR , AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS , AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR , AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX , AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR , AT_PASS_MISC } |
| enum | addFkConstraintSides { addFkReferencedSide , addFkReferencingSide , addFkBothSides } |
Functions | |
| static void | truncate_check_rel (Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple) |
| static void | truncate_check_perms (Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple) |
| static void | truncate_check_activity (Relation rel) |
| static void | RangeVarCallbackForTruncate (const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg) |
| static List * | MergeAttributes (List *columns, const List *supers, char relpersistence, bool is_partition, List **supconstr, List **supnotnulls) |
| static List * | MergeCheckConstraint (List *constraints, const char *name, Node *expr, bool is_enforced) |
| static void | MergeChildAttribute (List *inh_columns, int exist_attno, int newcol_attno, const ColumnDef *newdef) |
| static ColumnDef * | MergeInheritedAttribute (List *inh_columns, int exist_attno, const ColumnDef *newdef) |
| static void | MergeAttributesIntoExisting (Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition) |
| static void | MergeConstraintsIntoExisting (Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel) |
| static void | StoreCatalogInheritance (Oid relationId, List *supers, bool child_is_partition) |
| static void | StoreCatalogInheritance1 (Oid relationId, Oid parentOid, int32 seqNumber, Relation inhRelation, bool child_is_partition) |
| static int | findAttrByName (const char *attributeName, const List *columns) |
| static void | AlterIndexNamespaces (Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved) |
| static void | AlterSeqNamespaces (Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAlterConstraint (List **wqueue, Relation rel, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static bool | ATExecAlterConstraintInternal (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static bool | ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger, Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger) |
| static bool | ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static bool | ATExecAlterConstrInheritability (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability (Oid conoid, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, bool deferrable, bool initdeferred, List **otherrelids) |
| static void | AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger, Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger) |
| static void | AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse (List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry (ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, HeapTuple contuple) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecValidateConstraint (List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *constrName, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | QueueFKConstraintValidation (List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation fkrel, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | QueueCheckConstraintValidation (List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, char *constrName, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | QueueNNConstraintValidation (List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static int | transformColumnNameList (Oid relId, List *colList, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids) |
| static int | transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey (Relation pkrel, Oid *indexOid, List **attnamelist, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids, Oid *opclasses, bool *pk_has_without_overlaps) |
| static Oid | transformFkeyCheckAttrs (Relation pkrel, int numattrs, int16 *attnums, bool with_period, Oid *opclasses, bool *pk_has_without_overlaps) |
| static void | checkFkeyPermissions (Relation rel, int16 *attnums, int natts) |
| static CoercionPathType | findFkeyCast (Oid targetTypeId, Oid sourceTypeId, Oid *funcid) |
| static void | validateForeignKeyConstraint (char *conname, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid pkindOid, Oid constraintOid, bool hasperiod) |
| static void | CheckAlterTableIsSafe (Relation rel) |
| static void | ATController (AlterTableStmt *parsetree, Relation rel, List *cmds, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATPrepCmd (List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATRewriteCatalogs (List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATExecCmd (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static AlterTableCmd * | ATParseTransformCmd (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATRewriteTables (AlterTableStmt *parsetree, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATRewriteTable (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Oid OIDNewHeap) |
| static AlteredTableInfo * | ATGetQueueEntry (List **wqueue, Relation rel) |
| static void | ATSimplePermissions (AlterTableType cmdtype, Relation rel, int allowed_targets) |
| static void | ATSimpleRecursion (List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse (Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATTypedTableRecursion (List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static List * | find_typed_table_dependencies (Oid typeOid, const char *typeName, DropBehavior behavior) |
| static void | ATPrepAddColumn (List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_view, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddColumn (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd **cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static bool | check_for_column_name_collision (Relation rel, const char *colname, bool if_not_exists) |
| static void | add_column_datatype_dependency (Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid typid) |
| static void | add_column_collation_dependency (Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid collid) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDropNotNull (Relation rel, const char *colName, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | set_attnotnull (List **wqueue, Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, bool is_valid, bool queue_validation) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetNotNull (List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *conName, char *colName, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static bool | NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints (Relation rel, Form_pg_attribute attr) |
| static bool | ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint (Relation scanrel, List *testConstraint, List *provenConstraint) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecColumnDefault (Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newDefault, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecCookedColumnDefault (Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, Node *newDefault) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddIdentity (Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetIdentity (Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDropIdentity (Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetExpression (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newExpr, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPrepDropExpression (Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDropExpression (Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetStatistics (Relation rel, const char *colName, int16 colNum, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetOptions (Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *options, bool isReset, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetStorage (Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPrepDropColumn (List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDropColumn (List **wqueue, Relation rel, const char *colName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, ObjectAddresses *addrs) |
| static void | ATPrepAddPrimaryKey (List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | verifyNotNullPKCompatible (HeapTuple tuple, const char *colname) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddIndex (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddStatistics (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, CreateStatsStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddConstraint (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *newConstraint, bool recurse, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static char * | ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition (List *colnames) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddIndexConstraint (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATAddCheckNNConstraint (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *constr, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATAddForeignKeyConstraint (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *fkconstraint, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static int | validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns (int numfks, const int16 *fkattnums, int numfksetcols, int16 *fksetcolsattnums, List *fksetcols) |
| static ObjectAddress | addFkConstraint (addFkConstraintSides fkside, char *constraintname, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool is_internal, bool with_period) |
| static void | addFkRecurseReferenced (Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool old_check_ok, Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, bool with_period) |
| static void | addFkRecurseReferencing (List **wqueue, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool old_check_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, bool with_period) |
| static void | CloneForeignKeyConstraints (List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel) |
| static void | CloneFkReferenced (Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel) |
| static void | CloneFkReferencing (List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partRel) |
| static void | createForeignKeyCheckTriggers (Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Oid *insertTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid) |
| static void | createForeignKeyActionTriggers (Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Oid *deleteTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid) |
| static bool | tryAttachPartitionForeignKey (List **wqueue, ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk, Relation partition, Oid parentConstrOid, int numfks, AttrNumber *mapped_conkey, AttrNumber *confkey, Oid *conpfeqop, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Relation trigrel) |
| static void | AttachPartitionForeignKey (List **wqueue, Relation partition, Oid partConstrOid, Oid parentConstrOid, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Relation trigrel) |
| static void | RemoveInheritedConstraint (Relation conrel, Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid conrelid) |
| static void | DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers (Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid) |
| static void | GetForeignKeyActionTriggers (Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid, Oid *deleteTriggerOid, Oid *updateTriggerOid) |
| static void | GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers (Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid, Oid *insertTriggerOid, Oid *updateTriggerOid) |
| static void | ATExecDropConstraint (Relation rel, const char *constrName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | dropconstraint_internal (Relation rel, HeapTuple constraintTup, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPrepAlterColumnType (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static bool | ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite (Node *expr, AttrNumber varattno) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAlterColumnType (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | RememberAllDependentForRebuilding (AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableType subtype, Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, const char *colName) |
| static void | RememberConstraintForRebuilding (Oid conoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) |
| static void | RememberIndexForRebuilding (Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) |
| static void | RememberStatisticsForRebuilding (Oid stxoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) |
| static void | ATPostAlterTypeCleanup (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPostAlterTypeParse (Oid oldId, Oid oldRelId, Oid refRelId, char *cmd, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool rewrite) |
| static void | RebuildConstraintComment (AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTablePass pass, Oid objid, Relation rel, List *domname, const char *conname) |
| static void | TryReuseIndex (Oid oldId, IndexStmt *stmt) |
| static void | TryReuseForeignKey (Oid oldId, Constraint *con) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions (Relation rel, const char *colName, List *options, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | change_owner_fix_column_acls (Oid relationOid, Oid oldOwnerId, Oid newOwnerId) |
| static void | change_owner_recurse_to_sequences (Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecClusterOn (Relation rel, const char *indexName, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecDropCluster (Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPrepSetAccessMethod (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *amname) |
| static void | ATExecSetAccessMethodNoStorage (Relation rel, Oid newAccessMethodId) |
| static void | ATPrepChangePersistence (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, bool toLogged) |
| static void | ATPrepSetTableSpace (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *tablespacename, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecSetTableSpace (Oid tableOid, Oid newTableSpace, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage (Relation rel, Oid newTableSpace) |
| static void | ATExecSetRelOptions (Relation rel, List *defList, AlterTableType operation, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecEnableDisableTrigger (Relation rel, const char *trigname, char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecEnableDisableRule (Relation rel, const char *rulename, char fires_when, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATPrepAddInherit (Relation child_rel) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddInherit (Relation child_rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDropInherit (Relation rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | drop_parent_dependency (Oid relid, Oid refclassid, Oid refobjid, DependencyType deptype) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAddOf (Relation rel, const TypeName *ofTypename, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecDropOf (Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecReplicaIdentity (Relation rel, ReplicaIdentityStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | ATExecGenericOptions (Relation rel, List *options) |
| static void | ATExecSetRowSecurity (Relation rel, bool rls) |
| static void | ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity (Relation rel, bool force_rls) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecSetCompression (Relation rel, const char *column, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static void | index_copy_data (Relation rel, RelFileLocator newrlocator) |
| static const char * | storage_name (char c) |
| static void | RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation (const RangeVar *rel, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid, void *arg) |
| static void | RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation (const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void *arg) |
| static PartitionSpec * | transformPartitionSpec (Relation rel, PartitionSpec *partspec) |
| static void | ComputePartitionAttrs (ParseState *pstate, Relation rel, List *partParams, AttrNumber *partattrs, List **partexprs, Oid *partopclass, Oid *partcollation, PartitionStrategy strategy) |
| static void | CreateInheritance (Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition) |
| static void | RemoveInheritance (Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool expect_detached) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAttachPartition (List **wqueue, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes (List **wqueue, Relation rel, Relation attachrel) |
| static void | QueuePartitionConstraintValidation (List **wqueue, Relation scanrel, List *partConstraint, bool validate_default) |
| static void | CloneRowTriggersToPartition (Relation parent, Relation partition) |
| static void | DropClonedTriggersFromPartition (Oid partitionId) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDetachPartition (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, RangeVar *name, bool concurrent) |
| static void | DetachPartitionFinalize (Relation rel, Relation partRel, bool concurrent, Oid defaultPartOid) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize (Relation rel, RangeVar *name) |
| static ObjectAddress | ATExecAttachPartitionIdx (List **wqueue, Relation parentIdx, RangeVar *name) |
| static void | validatePartitionedIndex (Relation partedIdx, Relation partedTbl) |
| static void | refuseDupeIndexAttach (Relation parentIdx, Relation partIdx, Relation partitionTbl) |
| static void | verifyPartitionIndexNotNull (IndexInfo *iinfo, Relation partition) |
| static List * | GetParentedForeignKeyRefs (Relation partition) |
| static void | ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs (Relation partition) |
| static char | GetAttributeCompression (Oid atttypid, const char *compression) |
| static char | GetAttributeStorage (Oid atttypid, const char *storagemode) |
| static void | ATExecMergePartitions (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| static void | ATExecSplitPartition (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| ObjectAddress | DefineRelation (CreateStmt *stmt, char relkind, Oid ownerId, ObjectAddress *typaddress, const char *queryString) |
| TupleDesc | BuildDescForRelation (const List *columns) |
| static void | DropErrorMsgNonExistent (RangeVar *rel, char rightkind, bool missing_ok) |
| static void | DropErrorMsgWrongType (const char *relname, char wrongkind, char rightkind) |
| void | RemoveRelations (DropStmt *drop) |
| void | ExecuteTruncate (TruncateStmt *stmt) |
| void | ExecuteTruncateGuts (List *explicit_rels, List *relids, List *relids_logged, DropBehavior behavior, bool restart_seqs, bool run_as_table_owner) |
| void | SetRelationHasSubclass (Oid relationId, bool relhassubclass) |
| bool | CheckRelationTableSpaceMove (Relation rel, Oid newTableSpaceId) |
| void | SetRelationTableSpace (Relation rel, Oid newTableSpaceId, RelFileNumber newRelFilenumber) |
| static void | renameatt_check (Oid myrelid, Form_pg_class classform, bool recursing) |
| static AttrNumber | renameatt_internal (Oid myrelid, const char *oldattname, const char *newattname, bool recurse, bool recursing, int expected_parents, DropBehavior behavior) |
| static void | RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute (const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void *arg) |
| ObjectAddress | renameatt (RenameStmt *stmt) |
| static ObjectAddress | rename_constraint_internal (Oid myrelid, Oid mytypid, const char *oldconname, const char *newconname, bool recurse, bool recursing, int expected_parents) |
| ObjectAddress | RenameConstraint (RenameStmt *stmt) |
| ObjectAddress | RenameRelation (RenameStmt *stmt) |
| void | RenameRelationInternal (Oid myrelid, const char *newrelname, bool is_internal, bool is_index) |
| void | ResetRelRewrite (Oid myrelid) |
| void | CheckTableNotInUse (Relation rel, const char *stmt) |
| Oid | AlterTableLookupRelation (AlterTableStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| void | AlterTable (AlterTableStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) |
| void | AlterTableInternal (Oid relid, List *cmds, bool recurse) |
| LOCKMODE | AlterTableGetLockLevel (List *cmds) |
| static const char * | alter_table_type_to_string (AlterTableType cmdtype) |
| void | find_composite_type_dependencies (Oid typeOid, Relation origRelation, const char *origTypeName) |
| void | check_of_type (HeapTuple typetuple) |
| static void | SetIndexStorageProperties (Relation rel, Relation attrelation, AttrNumber attnum, bool setstorage, char newstorage, bool setcompression, char newcompression, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| static Oid | CreateFKCheckTrigger (Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentTrigOid, bool on_insert) |
| static void | RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding (Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) |
| static void | RememberClusterOnForRebuilding (Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) |
| void | ATExecChangeOwner (Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) |
| Oid | AlterTableMoveAll (AlterTableMoveAllStmt *stmt) |
| static char * | decompile_conbin (HeapTuple contup, TupleDesc tupdesc) |
| static bool | constraints_equivalent (HeapTuple a, HeapTuple b, TupleDesc tupleDesc) |
| static void | MarkInheritDetached (Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel) |
| static void | relation_mark_replica_identity (Relation rel, char ri_type, Oid indexOid, bool is_internal) |
| ObjectAddress | AlterTableNamespace (AlterObjectSchemaStmt *stmt, Oid *oldschema) |
| void | AlterTableNamespaceInternal (Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid nspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved) |
| void | AlterRelationNamespaceInternal (Relation classRel, Oid relOid, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, bool hasDependEntry, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved) |
| void | register_on_commit_action (Oid relid, OnCommitAction action) |
| void | remove_on_commit_action (Oid relid) |
| void | PreCommit_on_commit_actions (void) |
| void | AtEOXact_on_commit_actions (bool isCommit) |
| void | AtEOSubXact_on_commit_actions (bool isCommit, SubTransactionId mySubid, SubTransactionId parentSubid) |
| void | RangeVarCallbackMaintainsTable (const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg) |
| void | RangeVarCallbackOwnsRelation (const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg) |
| bool | PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint (Relation scanrel, List *partConstraint) |
| static void | attachPartitionTable (List **wqueue, Relation rel, Relation attachrel, PartitionBoundSpec *bound) |
| static void | RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex (const RangeVar *rv, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid, void *arg) |
| static void | buildExpressionExecutionStates (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation newPartRel, EState *estate) |
| static void | evaluateGeneratedExpressionsAndCheckConstraints (AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation newPartRel, TupleTableSlot *insertslot, ExprContext *econtext) |
| static List * | getAttributesList (Relation parent_rel) |
| static void | createTableConstraints (List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation parent_rel, Relation newRel) |
| static Relation | createPartitionTable (List **wqueue, RangeVar *newPartName, Relation parent_rel, Oid ownerId) |
| static void | MergePartitionsMoveRows (List **wqueue, List *mergingPartitions, Relation newPartRel) |
| static void | detachPartitionTable (Relation parent_rel, Relation child_rel, Oid defaultPartOid) |
| static SplitPartitionContext * | createSplitPartitionContext (Relation partRel) |
| static void | deleteSplitPartitionContext (SplitPartitionContext *pc, List **wqueue, int ti_options) |
| static void | SplitPartitionMoveRows (List **wqueue, Relation rel, Relation splitRel, List *partlist, List *newPartRels) |
Variables | |
| static List * | on_commits = NIL |
| static const struct dropmsgstrings | dropmsgstringarray [] |
Macro Definition Documentation
◆ AT_NUM_PASSES
| #define AT_NUM_PASSES (AT_PASS_MISC + 1) |
Definition at line 167 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE
| #define ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE 0x0010 |
Definition at line 333 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE
| #define ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE 0x0020 |
Definition at line 334 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_INDEX
| #define ATT_INDEX 0x0008 |
Definition at line 332 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_MATVIEW
| #define ATT_MATVIEW 0x0004 |
Definition at line 331 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX
| #define ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX 0x0040 |
Definition at line 335 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE
| #define ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE 0x0100 |
Definition at line 337 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_SEQUENCE
| #define ATT_SEQUENCE 0x0080 |
Definition at line 336 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_TABLE
| #define ATT_TABLE 0x0001 |
Definition at line 329 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ ATT_VIEW
| #define ATT_VIEW 0x0002 |
Definition at line 330 of file tablecmds.c.
◆ child_dependency_type
| #define child_dependency_type | ( | child_is_partition | ) | ((child_is_partition) ? DEPENDENCY_AUTO : DEPENDENCY_NORMAL) |
Definition at line 366 of file tablecmds.c.
Typedef Documentation
◆ addFkConstraintSides
| typedef enum addFkConstraintSides addFkConstraintSides |
◆ AlteredTableInfo
| typedef struct AlteredTableInfo AlteredTableInfo |
◆ AlterTablePass
| typedef enum AlterTablePass AlterTablePass |
◆ ForeignTruncateInfo
| typedef struct ForeignTruncateInfo ForeignTruncateInfo |
◆ NewColumnValue
| typedef struct NewColumnValue NewColumnValue |
◆ NewConstraint
| typedef struct NewConstraint NewConstraint |
◆ OnCommitItem
| typedef struct OnCommitItem OnCommitItem |
◆ SplitPartitionContext
| typedef struct SplitPartitionContext SplitPartitionContext |
Enumeration Type Documentation
◆ addFkConstraintSides
| enum addFkConstraintSides |
| Enumerator | |
|---|---|
| addFkReferencedSide | |
| addFkReferencingSide | |
| addFkBothSides | |
Definition at line 354 of file tablecmds.c.
355{
356 addFkReferencedSide,
357 addFkReferencingSide,
358 addFkBothSides,
359} addFkConstraintSides;
◆ AlterTablePass
| enum AlterTablePass |
Definition at line 149 of file tablecmds.c.
150{
158 /* We could support a RENAME COLUMN pass here, but not currently used */
165} AlterTablePass;
Function Documentation
◆ add_column_collation_dependency()
Definition at line 7745 of file tablecmds.c.
7746{
7747 ObjectAddress myself,
7748 referenced;
7749
7750 /* We know the default collation is pinned, so don't bother recording it */
7752 {
7753 myself.classId = RelationRelationId;
7754 myself.objectId = relid;
7756 referenced.classId = CollationRelationId;
7758 referenced.objectSubId = 0;
7760 }
7761}
void recordDependencyOn(const ObjectAddress *depender, const ObjectAddress *referenced, DependencyType behavior)
Definition: pg_depend.c:45
Definition: objectaddress.h:25
References attnum, ObjectAddress::classId, collid, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, and recordDependencyOn().
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), and ATExecAlterColumnType().
◆ add_column_datatype_dependency()
Definition at line 7727 of file tablecmds.c.
7728{
7729 ObjectAddress myself,
7730 referenced;
7731
7732 myself.classId = RelationRelationId;
7733 myself.objectId = relid;
7735 referenced.classId = TypeRelationId;
7736 referenced.objectId = typid;
7737 referenced.objectSubId = 0;
7739}
References attnum, ObjectAddress::classId, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, and recordDependencyOn().
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), and ATExecAlterColumnType().
◆ addFkConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 10750 of file tablecmds.c.
10757{
10758 ObjectAddress address;
10759 Oid constrOid;
10760 char *conname;
10761 bool conislocal;
10762 int16 coninhcount;
10763 bool connoinherit;
10764
10765 /*
10766 * Verify relkind for each referenced partition. At the top level, this
10767 * is redundant with a previous check, but we need it when recursing.
10768 */
10770 pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
10772 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
10774 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
10775
10776 /*
10777 * Caller supplies us with a constraint name; however, it may be used in
10778 * this partition, so come up with a different one in that case. Unless
10779 * truncation to NAMEDATALEN dictates otherwise, the new name will be the
10780 * supplied name with an underscore and digit(s) appended.
10781 */
10783 RelationGetRelid(rel),
10784 constraintname))
10785 conname = ChooseConstraintName(constraintname,
10786 NULL,
10787 "",
10789 else
10790 conname = constraintname;
10791
10794
10796 {
10797 conislocal = false;
10798 coninhcount = 1;
10799 connoinherit = false;
10800 }
10801 else
10802 {
10803 conislocal = true;
10804 coninhcount = 0;
10805
10806 /*
10807 * always inherit for partitioned tables, never for legacy inheritance
10808 */
10809 connoinherit = rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
10810 }
10811
10812 /*
10813 * Record the FK constraint in pg_constraint.
10814 */
10815 constrOid = CreateConstraintEntry(conname,
10816 RelationGetNamespace(rel),
10817 CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN,
10818 fkconstraint->deferrable,
10819 fkconstraint->initdeferred,
10820 fkconstraint->is_enforced,
10821 fkconstraint->initially_valid,
10822 parentConstr,
10823 RelationGetRelid(rel),
10824 fkattnum,
10825 numfks,
10826 numfks,
10828 indexOid,
10829 RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
10830 pkattnum,
10831 pfeqoperators,
10832 ppeqoperators,
10833 ffeqoperators,
10834 numfks,
10835 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action,
10836 fkconstraint->fk_del_action,
10837 fkdelsetcols,
10838 numfkdelsetcols,
10839 fkconstraint->fk_matchtype,
10840 NULL, /* no exclusion constraint */
10841 NULL, /* no check constraint */
10842 NULL,
10843 conislocal, /* islocal */
10844 coninhcount, /* inhcount */
10845 connoinherit, /* conNoInherit */
10846 with_period, /* conPeriod */
10847 is_internal); /* is_internal */
10848
10849 ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, constrOid);
10850
10851 /*
10852 * In partitioning cases, create the dependency entries for this
10853 * constraint. (For non-partitioned cases, relevant entries were created
10854 * by CreateConstraintEntry.)
10855 *
10856 * On the referenced side, we need the constraint to have an internal
10857 * dependency on its parent constraint; this means that this constraint
10858 * cannot be dropped on its own -- only through the parent constraint. It
10859 * also means the containing partition cannot be dropped on its own, but
10860 * it can be detached, at which point this dependency is removed (after
10861 * verifying that no rows are referenced via this FK.)
10862 *
10863 * When processing the referencing side, we link the constraint via the
10864 * special partitioning dependencies: the parent constraint is the primary
10865 * dependent, and the partition on which the foreign key exists is the
10866 * secondary dependency. That way, this constraint is dropped if either
10867 * of these objects is.
10868 *
10869 * Note that this is only necessary for the subsidiary pg_constraint rows
10870 * in partitions; the topmost row doesn't need any of this.
10871 */
10873 {
10874 ObjectAddress referenced;
10875
10876 ObjectAddressSet(referenced, ConstraintRelationId, parentConstr);
10877
10881 else
10882 {
10886 }
10887 }
10888
10889 /* make new constraint visible, in case we add more */
10890 CommandCounterIncrement();
10891
10892 return address;
10893}
Assert(PointerIsAligned(start, uint64))
Oid CreateConstraintEntry(const char *constraintName, Oid constraintNamespace, char constraintType, bool isDeferrable, bool isDeferred, bool isEnforced, bool isValidated, Oid parentConstrId, Oid relId, const int16 *constraintKey, int constraintNKeys, int constraintNTotalKeys, Oid domainId, Oid indexRelId, Oid foreignRelId, const int16 *foreignKey, const Oid *pfEqOp, const Oid *ppEqOp, const Oid *ffEqOp, int foreignNKeys, char foreignUpdateType, char foreignDeleteType, const int16 *fkDeleteSetCols, int numFkDeleteSetCols, char foreignMatchType, const Oid *exclOp, Node *conExpr, const char *conBin, bool conIsLocal, int16 conInhCount, bool conNoInherit, bool conPeriod, bool is_internal)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:51
bool ConstraintNameIsUsed(ConstraintCategory conCat, Oid objId, const char *conname)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:412
char * ChooseConstraintName(const char *name1, const char *name2, const char *label, Oid namespaceid, List *others)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:513
References addFkBothSides, addFkReferencedSide, Assert(), ChooseConstraintName(), CommandCounterIncrement(), Constraint::conname, CONSTRAINT_RELATION, ConstraintNameIsUsed(), CreateConstraintEntry(), Constraint::deferrable, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_matchtype, Constraint::fk_upd_action, Constraint::initdeferred, Constraint::initially_valid, InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, NIL, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_rel, recordDependencyOn(), RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferenced(), addFkRecurseReferencing(), ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(), CloneFkReferenced(), and CloneFkReferencing().
◆ addFkRecurseReferenced()
|
static |
Definition at line 10928 of file tablecmds.c.
10937{
10939 updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
10940
10943
10944 /*
10945 * Create action triggers to enforce the constraint, or skip them if the
10946 * constraint is NOT ENFORCED.
10947 */
10950 RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
10951 fkconstraint,
10952 parentConstr, indexOid,
10953 parentDelTrigger, parentUpdTrigger,
10954 &deleteTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
10955
10956 /*
10957 * If the referenced table is partitioned, recurse on ourselves to handle
10958 * each partition. We need one pg_constraint row created for each
10959 * partition in addition to the pg_constraint row for the parent table.
10960 */
10962 {
10964
10966 {
10967 Relation partRel;
10968 AttrMap *map;
10969 AttrNumber *mapped_pkattnum;
10970 Oid partIndexId;
10971 ObjectAddress address;
10972
10973 /* XXX would it be better to acquire these locks beforehand? */
10975
10976 /*
10977 * Map the attribute numbers in the referenced side of the FK
10978 * definition to match the partition's column layout.
10979 */
10981 RelationGetDescr(pkrel),
10982 false);
10983 if (map)
10984 {
10988 }
10989 else
10990 mapped_pkattnum = pkattnum;
10991
10992 /* Determine the index to use at this level */
10993 partIndexId = index_get_partition(partRel, indexOid);
10996 indexOid, RelationGetRelationName(partRel));
10997
10998 /* Create entry at this level ... */
11000 fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint, rel,
11001 partRel, partIndexId, parentConstr,
11002 numfks, mapped_pkattnum,
11003 fkattnum, pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators,
11004 ffeqoperators, numfkdelsetcols,
11005 fkdelsetcols, true, with_period);
11006 /* ... and recurse to our children */
11007 addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint, rel, partRel,
11008 partIndexId, address.objectId, numfks,
11009 mapped_pkattnum, fkattnum,
11010 pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators,
11011 numfkdelsetcols, fkdelsetcols,
11012 old_check_ok,
11013 deleteTriggerOid, updateTriggerOid,
11014 with_period);
11015
11016 /* Done -- clean up (but keep the lock) */
11018 if (map)
11019 {
11020 pfree(mapped_pkattnum);
11021 free_attrmap(map);
11022 }
11023 }
11024 }
11025}
AttrMap * build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(TupleDesc indesc, TupleDesc outdesc, bool missing_ok)
Definition: attmap.c:261
bool CheckRelationLockedByMe(Relation relation, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool orstronger)
Definition: lmgr.c:334
PartitionDesc RelationGetPartitionDesc(Relation rel, bool omit_detached)
Definition: partdesc.c:71
Oid index_get_partition(Relation partition, Oid indexId)
Definition: partition.c:176
Definition: attmap.h:35
Definition: partdesc.h:30
Definition: rel.h:56
static void createForeignKeyActionTriggers(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Oid *deleteTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13885
static ObjectAddress addFkConstraint(addFkConstraintSides fkside, char *constraintname, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool is_internal, bool with_period)
Definition: tablecmds.c:10750
static void addFkRecurseReferenced(Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool old_check_ok, Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, bool with_period)
Definition: tablecmds.c:10928
References addFkConstraint(), addFkRecurseReferenced(), addFkReferencedSide, Assert(), AttrMap::attnums, build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(), CheckRelationLockedByMe(), Constraint::conname, createForeignKeyActionTriggers(), elog, ERROR, free_attrmap(), i, index_get_partition(), InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, j, NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, ObjectAddress::objectId, OidIsValid, PartitionDescData::oids, palloc_array, pfree(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ShareRowExclusiveLock, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferenced(), ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(), CloneFkReferenced(), and DetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ addFkRecurseReferencing()
|
static |
Definition at line 11066 of file tablecmds.c.
11074{
11076 updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
11077
11081
11084 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
11086
11087 /*
11088 * Add check triggers if the constraint is ENFORCED, and if needed,
11089 * schedule them to be checked in Phase 3.
11090 *
11091 * If the relation is partitioned, drill down to do it to its partitions.
11092 */
11095 RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
11096 fkconstraint,
11097 parentConstr,
11098 indexOid,
11099 parentInsTrigger, parentUpdTrigger,
11100 &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
11101
11103 {
11104 /*
11105 * Tell Phase 3 to check that the constraint is satisfied by existing
11106 * rows. We can skip this during table creation, when constraint is
11107 * specified as NOT ENFORCED, or when requested explicitly by
11108 * specifying NOT VALID in an ADD FOREIGN KEY command, and when we're
11109 * recreating a constraint following a SET DATA TYPE operation that
11110 * did not impugn its validity.
11111 */
11113 fkconstraint->is_enforced)
11114 {
11115 NewConstraint *newcon;
11116 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
11117
11118 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
11119
11124 newcon->refindid = indexOid;
11125 newcon->conid = parentConstr;
11128
11130 }
11131 }
11133 {
11135 Relation trigrel;
11136
11137 /*
11138 * Triggers of the foreign keys will be manipulated a bunch of times
11139 * in the loop below. To avoid repeatedly opening/closing the trigger
11140 * catalog relation, we open it here and pass it to the subroutines
11141 * called below.
11142 */
11144
11145 /*
11146 * Recurse to take appropriate action on each partition; either we
11147 * find an existing constraint to reparent to ours, or we create a new
11148 * one.
11149 */
11151 {
11153 List *partFKs;
11154 AttrMap *attmap;
11156 bool attached;
11157 ObjectAddress address;
11158
11159 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(partition);
11160
11162 RelationGetDescr(rel),
11163 false);
11166
11167 /* Check whether an existing constraint can be repurposed */
11169 attached = false;
11171 {
11173 fk,
11174 partition,
11175 parentConstr,
11176 numfks,
11177 mapped_fkattnum,
11178 pkattnum,
11179 pfeqoperators,
11180 insertTriggerOid,
11181 updateTriggerOid,
11182 trigrel))
11183 {
11184 attached = true;
11185 break;
11186 }
11187 }
11188 if (attached)
11189 {
11191 continue;
11192 }
11193
11194 /*
11195 * No luck finding a good constraint to reuse; create our own.
11196 */
11198 fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint,
11199 partition, pkrel, indexOid, parentConstr,
11200 numfks, pkattnum,
11201 mapped_fkattnum, pfeqoperators,
11202 ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators,
11203 numfkdelsetcols, fkdelsetcols, true,
11204 with_period);
11205
11206 /* call ourselves to finalize the creation and we're done */
11207 addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue, fkconstraint, partition, pkrel,
11208 indexOid,
11209 address.objectId,
11210 numfks,
11211 pkattnum,
11212 mapped_fkattnum,
11213 pfeqoperators,
11214 ppeqoperators,
11215 ffeqoperators,
11216 numfkdelsetcols,
11217 fkdelsetcols,
11218 old_check_ok,
11219 lockmode,
11220 insertTriggerOid,
11221 updateTriggerOid,
11222 with_period);
11223
11225 }
11226
11228 }
11229}
AttrMap * build_attrmap_by_name(TupleDesc indesc, TupleDesc outdesc, bool missing_ok)
Definition: attmap.c:175
Definition: tablecmds.c:170
Definition: rel.h:274
Definition: pg_list.h:54
Definition: tablecmds.c:216
Definition: nodes.h:135
static AlteredTableInfo * ATGetQueueEntry(List **wqueue, Relation rel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6586
static void addFkRecurseReferencing(List **wqueue, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool old_check_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, bool with_period)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11066
static void createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Oid *insertTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:14020
static bool tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(List **wqueue, ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk, Relation partition, Oid parentConstrOid, int numfks, AttrNumber *mapped_conkey, AttrNumber *confkey, Oid *conpfeqop, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Relation trigrel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11722
References addFkConstraint(), addFkRecurseReferencing(), addFkReferencingSide, Assert(), ATGetQueueEntry(), AttrMap::attnums, build_attrmap_by_name(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CheckRelationLockedByMe(), NewConstraint::conid, Constraint::conname, CONSTR_FOREIGN, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, NewConstraint::conwithperiod, copyObject, createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, Constraint::fk_with_period, foreach_node, get_constraint_name(), i, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, j, lappend(), NewConstraint::name, NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, ObjectAddress::objectId, OidIsValid, PartitionDescData::oids, palloc0_object, NewConstraint::qual, RelationData::rd_rel, NewConstraint::refindid, NewConstraint::refrelid, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetFKeyList(), RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ShareRowExclusiveLock, Constraint::skip_validation, table_close(), table_open(), and tryAttachPartitionForeignKey().
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferencing(), ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(), and CloneFkReferencing().
◆ alter_table_type_to_string()
|
static |
Definition at line 6620 of file tablecmds.c.
6621{
6622 switch (cmdtype)
6623 {
6626 return "ADD COLUMN";
6629 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET DEFAULT";
6631 return "ALTER COLUMN ... DROP NOT NULL";
6633 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET NOT NULL";
6635 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET EXPRESSION";
6637 return "ALTER COLUMN ... DROP EXPRESSION";
6639 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET STATISTICS";
6641 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET";
6643 return "ALTER COLUMN ... RESET";
6645 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET STORAGE";
6647 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET COMPRESSION";
6649 return "DROP COLUMN";
6652 return NULL; /* not real grammar */
6657 return "ADD CONSTRAINT";
6659 return "ALTER CONSTRAINT";
6661 return "VALIDATE CONSTRAINT";
6663 return "DROP CONSTRAINT";
6665 return NULL; /* not real grammar */
6667 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET DATA TYPE";
6669 return "ALTER COLUMN ... OPTIONS";
6671 return "OWNER TO";
6673 return "CLUSTER ON";
6675 return "SET WITHOUT CLUSTER";
6677 return "SET ACCESS METHOD";
6679 return "SET LOGGED";
6681 return "SET UNLOGGED";
6683 return "SET WITHOUT OIDS";
6685 return "SET TABLESPACE";
6687 return "SET";
6689 return "RESET";
6691 return NULL; /* not real grammar */
6693 return "ENABLE TRIGGER";
6695 return "ENABLE ALWAYS TRIGGER";
6697 return "ENABLE REPLICA TRIGGER";
6699 return "DISABLE TRIGGER";
6701 return "ENABLE TRIGGER ALL";
6703 return "DISABLE TRIGGER ALL";
6705 return "ENABLE TRIGGER USER";
6707 return "DISABLE TRIGGER USER";
6709 return "ENABLE RULE";
6711 return "ENABLE ALWAYS RULE";
6713 return "ENABLE REPLICA RULE";
6715 return "DISABLE RULE";
6717 return "INHERIT";
6719 return "NO INHERIT";
6721 return "OF";
6723 return "NOT OF";
6725 return "REPLICA IDENTITY";
6727 return "ENABLE ROW SECURITY";
6729 return "DISABLE ROW SECURITY";
6731 return "FORCE ROW SECURITY";
6733 return "NO FORCE ROW SECURITY";
6735 return "OPTIONS";
6737 return "ATTACH PARTITION";
6739 return "DETACH PARTITION";
6741 return "DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE";
6743 return "MERGE PARTITIONS";
6745 return "SPLIT PARTITION";
6747 return "ALTER COLUMN ... ADD IDENTITY";
6749 return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET";
6751 return "ALTER COLUMN ... DROP IDENTITY";
6753 return NULL; /* not real grammar */
6754 }
6755
6756 return NULL;
6757}
References AT_AddColumn, AT_AddColumnToView, AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIdentity, AT_AddIndex, AT_AddIndexConstraint, AT_AddInherit, AT_AddOf, AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions, AT_AlterColumnType, AT_AlterConstraint, AT_AttachPartition, AT_ChangeOwner, AT_ClusterOn, AT_ColumnDefault, AT_CookedColumnDefault, AT_DetachPartition, AT_DetachPartitionFinalize, AT_DisableRowSecurity, AT_DisableRule, AT_DisableTrig, AT_DisableTrigAll, AT_DisableTrigUser, AT_DropCluster, AT_DropColumn, AT_DropConstraint, AT_DropExpression, AT_DropIdentity, AT_DropInherit, AT_DropNotNull, AT_DropOf, AT_DropOids, AT_EnableAlwaysRule, AT_EnableAlwaysTrig, AT_EnableReplicaRule, AT_EnableReplicaTrig, AT_EnableRowSecurity, AT_EnableRule, AT_EnableTrig, AT_EnableTrigAll, AT_EnableTrigUser, AT_ForceRowSecurity, AT_GenericOptions, AT_MergePartitions, AT_NoForceRowSecurity, AT_ReAddComment, AT_ReAddConstraint, AT_ReAddDomainConstraint, AT_ReAddIndex, AT_ReAddStatistics, AT_ReplaceRelOptions, AT_ReplicaIdentity, AT_ResetOptions, AT_ResetRelOptions, AT_SetAccessMethod, AT_SetCompression, AT_SetExpression, AT_SetIdentity, AT_SetLogged, AT_SetNotNull, AT_SetOptions, AT_SetRelOptions, AT_SetStatistics, AT_SetStorage, AT_SetTableSpace, AT_SetUnLogged, AT_SplitPartition, and AT_ValidateConstraint.
Referenced by ATSimplePermissions().
◆ AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse()
|
static |
Definition at line 12840 of file tablecmds.c.
12844{
12845 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12846 Oid conoid;
12847 ScanKeyData pkey;
12848 SysScanDesc pscan;
12849 HeapTuple childtup;
12850
12852 conoid = currcon->oid;
12853
12854 ScanKeyInit(&pkey,
12855 Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
12856 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12857 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
12858
12859 pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId,
12860 true, NULL, 1, &pkey);
12861
12863 {
12865 Relation childrel;
12866
12867 childrel = table_open(childcon->conrelid, lockmode);
12868
12869 ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, childrel,
12870 childtup, recurse, otherrelids, lockmode);
12872 }
12873
12874 systable_endscan(pscan);
12875}
SysScanDesc systable_beginscan(Relation heapRelation, Oid indexId, bool indexOK, Snapshot snapshot, int nkeys, ScanKey key)
Definition: genam.c:388
void ScanKeyInit(ScanKey entry, AttrNumber attributeNumber, StrategyNumber strategy, RegProcedure procedure, Datum argument)
Definition: scankey.c:76
Definition: htup.h:63
Definition: skey.h:65
Definition: relscan.h:210
static bool ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12586
References ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability().
◆ AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse()
|
static |
Definition at line 12791 of file tablecmds.c.
12799{
12800 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12801 Oid conoid;
12802 ScanKeyData pkey;
12803 SysScanDesc pscan;
12804 HeapTuple childtup;
12805
12807 conoid = currcon->oid;
12808
12809 ScanKeyInit(&pkey,
12810 Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
12811 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12812 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
12813
12814 pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId,
12815 true, NULL, 1, &pkey);
12816
12818 ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, fkrelid,
12819 pkrelid, childtup, lockmode,
12820 ReferencedParentDelTrigger,
12821 ReferencedParentUpdTrigger,
12822 ReferencingParentInsTrigger,
12823 ReferencingParentUpdTrigger);
12824
12825 systable_endscan(pscan);
12826}
static bool ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger, Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12440
References ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), and systable_getnext().
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability().
◆ AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability()
|
static |
Definition at line 12722 of file tablecmds.c.
12725{
12726 HeapTuple tgtuple;
12727 ScanKeyData tgkey;
12728 SysScanDesc tgscan;
12729
12730 ScanKeyInit(&tgkey,
12731 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
12732 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12733 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
12735 NULL, 1, &tgkey);
12737 {
12739 Form_pg_trigger copy_tg;
12740 HeapTuple tgCopyTuple;
12741
12742 /*
12743 * Remember OIDs of other relation(s) involved in FK constraint.
12744 * (Note: it's likely that we could skip forcing a relcache inval for
12745 * other rels that don't have a trigger whose properties change, but
12746 * let's be conservative.)
12747 */
12749 *otherrelids = list_append_unique_oid(*otherrelids,
12750 tgform->tgrelid);
12751
12752 /*
12753 * Update enable status and deferrability of RI_FKey_noaction_del,
12754 * RI_FKey_noaction_upd, RI_FKey_check_ins and RI_FKey_check_upd
12755 * triggers, but not others; see createForeignKeyActionTriggers and
12756 * CreateFKCheckTrigger.
12757 */
12758 if (tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_DEL &&
12759 tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_UPD &&
12760 tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_INS &&
12761 tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_UPD)
12762 continue;
12763
12764 tgCopyTuple = heap_copytuple(tgtuple);
12766
12767 copy_tg->tgdeferrable = deferrable;
12768 copy_tg->tginitdeferred = initdeferred;
12770
12771 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId, tgform->oid, 0);
12772
12773 heap_freetuple(tgCopyTuple);
12774 }
12775
12776 systable_endscan(tgscan);
12777}
void CatalogTupleUpdate(Relation heapRel, const ItemPointerData *otid, HeapTuple tup)
Definition: indexing.c:313
#define InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(classId, objectId, subId)
Definition: objectaccess.h:197
References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, list_append_unique_oid(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetRelid, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), and HeapTupleData::t_self.
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability().
◆ AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry()
|
static |
Definition at line 12882 of file tablecmds.c.
12884{
12885 HeapTuple copyTuple;
12886 Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
12887
12889 cmdcon->alterInheritability);
12890
12891 copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
12893
12895 {
12896 copy_con->conenforced = cmdcon->is_enforced;
12897
12898 /*
12899 * NB: The convalidated status is irrelevant when the constraint is
12900 * set to NOT ENFORCED, but for consistency, it should still be set
12901 * appropriately. Similarly, if the constraint is later changed to
12902 * ENFORCED, validation will be performed during phase 3, so it makes
12903 * sense to mark it as valid in that case.
12904 */
12905 copy_con->convalidated = cmdcon->is_enforced;
12906 }
12908 {
12909 copy_con->condeferrable = cmdcon->deferrable;
12910 copy_con->condeferred = cmdcon->initdeferred;
12911 }
12913 copy_con->connoinherit = cmdcon->noinherit;
12914
12916 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, copy_con->oid, 0);
12917
12918 /* Make new constraint flags visible to others */
12919 CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(copy_con->conrelid);
12920
12921 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
12922}
void CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(Oid relid)
Definition: inval.c:1687
References ATAlterConstraint::alterDeferrability, ATAlterConstraint::alterEnforceability, ATAlterConstraint::alterInheritability, Assert(), CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), ATAlterConstraint::deferrable, GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), ATAlterConstraint::initdeferred, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ATAlterConstraint::is_enforced, ATAlterConstraint::noinherit, and HeapTupleData::t_self.
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(), ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(), and ATExecAlterConstrInheritability().
◆ AlterIndexNamespaces()
|
static |
Definition at line 19157 of file tablecmds.c.
19159{
19160 List *indexList;
19161 ListCell *l;
19162
19163 indexList = RelationGetIndexList(rel);
19164
19165 foreach(l, indexList)
19166 {
19168 ObjectAddress thisobj;
19169
19170 thisobj.classId = RelationRelationId;
19171 thisobj.objectId = indexOid;
19172 thisobj.objectSubId = 0;
19173
19174 /*
19175 * Note: currently, the index will not have its own dependency on the
19176 * namespace, so we don't need to do changeDependencyFor(). There's no
19177 * row type in pg_type, either.
19178 *
19179 * XXX this objsMoved test may be pointless -- surely we have a single
19180 * dependency link from a relation to each index?
19181 */
19183 {
19184 AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(classRel, indexOid,
19185 oldNspOid, newNspOid,
19186 false, objsMoved);
19187 add_exact_object_address(&thisobj, objsMoved);
19188 }
19189 }
19190
19191 list_free(indexList);
19192}
bool object_address_present(const ObjectAddress *object, const ObjectAddresses *addrs)
Definition: dependency.c:2769
void add_exact_object_address(const ObjectAddress *object, ObjectAddresses *addrs)
Definition: dependency.c:2709
void AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(Relation classRel, Oid relOid, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, bool hasDependEntry, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19080
Definition: pg_list.h:46
References add_exact_object_address(), AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(), ObjectAddress::classId, lfirst_oid, list_free(), object_address_present(), ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, and RelationGetIndexList().
Referenced by AlterTableNamespaceInternal().
◆ AlterRelationNamespaceInternal()
| void AlterRelationNamespaceInternal | ( | Relation | classRel, |
| Oid | relOid, | ||
| Oid | oldNspOid, | ||
| Oid | newNspOid, | ||
| bool | hasDependEntry, | ||
| ObjectAddresses * | objsMoved | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 19080 of file tablecmds.c.
19084{
19085 HeapTuple classTup;
19086 Form_pg_class classForm;
19087 ObjectAddress thisobj;
19088 bool already_done = false;
19089
19090 /* no rel lock for relkind=c so use LOCKTAG_TUPLE */
19095
19096 Assert(classForm->relnamespace == oldNspOid);
19097
19098 thisobj.classId = RelationRelationId;
19099 thisobj.objectId = relOid;
19100 thisobj.objectSubId = 0;
19101
19102 /*
19103 * If the object has already been moved, don't move it again. If it's
19104 * already in the right place, don't move it, but still fire the object
19105 * access hook.
19106 */
19107 already_done = object_address_present(&thisobj, objsMoved);
19108 if (!already_done && oldNspOid != newNspOid)
19109 {
19111
19112 /* check for duplicate name (more friendly than unique-index failure) */
19114 newNspOid) != InvalidOid)
19116 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
19118 NameStr(classForm->relname),
19119 get_namespace_name(newNspOid))));
19120
19121 /* classTup is a copy, so OK to scribble on */
19122 classForm->relnamespace = newNspOid;
19123
19124 CatalogTupleUpdate(classRel, &otid, classTup);
19126
19127
19128 /* Update dependency on schema if caller said so */
19129 if (hasDependEntry &&
19130 changeDependencyFor(RelationRelationId,
19131 relOid,
19132 NamespaceRelationId,
19133 oldNspOid,
19134 newNspOid) != 1)
19136 NameStr(classForm->relname));
19137 }
19138 else
19140 if (!already_done)
19141 {
19142 add_exact_object_address(&thisobj, objsMoved);
19143
19144 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relOid, 0);
19145 }
19146
19147 heap_freetuple(classTup);
19148}
void UnlockTuple(Relation relation, const ItemPointerData *tid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: lmgr.c:601
Oid get_relname_relid(const char *relname, Oid relnamespace)
Definition: lsyscache.c:2050
long changeDependencyFor(Oid classId, Oid objectId, Oid refClassId, Oid oldRefObjectId, Oid newRefObjectId)
Definition: pg_depend.c:457
Definition: itemptr.h:37
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheLockedCopy1(int cacheId, Datum key1)
Definition: syscache.c:399
References add_exact_object_address(), Assert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), changeDependencyFor(), ObjectAddress::classId, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_namespace_name(), get_relname_relid(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InplaceUpdateTupleLock, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NameStr, object_address_present(), ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, SearchSysCacheLockedCopy1(), HeapTupleData::t_self, and UnlockTuple().
Referenced by AlterIndexNamespaces(), AlterSeqNamespaces(), AlterTableNamespaceInternal(), and AlterTypeNamespaceInternal().
◆ AlterSeqNamespaces()
|
static |
Definition at line 19202 of file tablecmds.c.
19205{
19206 Relation depRel;
19207 SysScanDesc scan;
19209 HeapTuple tup;
19210
19211 /*
19212 * SERIAL sequences are those having an auto dependency on one of the
19213 * table's columns (we don't care *which* column, exactly).
19214 */
19216
19218 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
19219 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
19220 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
19222 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
19223 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
19225 /* we leave refobjsubid unspecified */
19226
19228 NULL, 2, key);
19229
19231 {
19233 Relation seqRel;
19234
19235 /* skip dependencies other than auto dependencies on columns */
19236 if (depForm->refobjsubid == 0 ||
19237 depForm->classid != RelationRelationId ||
19238 depForm->objsubid != 0 ||
19240 continue;
19241
19242 /* Use relation_open just in case it's an index */
19243 seqRel = relation_open(depForm->objid, lockmode);
19244
19245 /* skip non-sequence relations */
19247 {
19248 /* No need to keep the lock */
19249 relation_close(seqRel, lockmode);
19250 continue;
19251 }
19252
19253 /* Fix the pg_class and pg_depend entries */
19254 AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(classRel, depForm->objid,
19255 oldNspOid, newNspOid,
19256 true, objsMoved);
19257
19258 /*
19259 * Sequences used to have entries in pg_type, but no longer do. If we
19260 * ever re-instate that, we'll need to move the pg_type entry to the
19261 * new namespace, too (using AlterTypeNamespaceInternal).
19262 */
19264
19265 /* Now we can close it. Keep the lock till end of transaction. */
19267 }
19268
19269 systable_endscan(scan);
19270
19272}
References AccessShareLock, AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(), Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, DEPENDENCY_AUTO, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, sort-test::key, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetForm, RelationGetRelid, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), and table_open().
Referenced by AlterTableNamespaceInternal().
◆ AlterTable()
| void AlterTable | ( | AlterTableStmt * | stmt, |
| LOCKMODE | lockmode, | ||
| AlterTableUtilityContext * | context | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 4531 of file tablecmds.c.
4533{
4534 Relation rel;
4535
4536 /* Caller is required to provide an adequate lock. */
4538
4539 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(rel);
4540
4542}
static void ATController(AlterTableStmt *parsetree, Relation rel, List *cmds, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4872
References ATController(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), NoLock, relation_open(), AlterTableUtilityContext::relid, and stmt.
Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().
◆ AlterTableGetLockLevel()
Definition at line 4605 of file tablecmds.c.
4606{
4607 /*
4608 * This only works if we read catalog tables using MVCC snapshots.
4609 */
4610 ListCell *lcmd;
4612
4613 foreach(lcmd, cmds)
4614 {
4617
4619 {
4620 /*
4621 * These subcommands rewrite the heap, so require full locks.
4622 */
4624 * to SELECT */
4628 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4629 break;
4630
4631 /*
4632 * These subcommands may require addition of toast tables. If
4633 * we add a toast table to a table currently being scanned, we
4634 * might miss data added to the new toast table by concurrent
4635 * insert transactions.
4636 */
4638 * ATRewriteCatalogs() */
4639 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4640 break;
4641
4642 /*
4643 * Removing constraints can affect SELECTs that have been
4644 * optimized assuming the constraint holds true. See also
4645 * CloneFkReferenced.
4646 */
4649 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4650 break;
4651
4652 /*
4653 * Subcommands that may be visible to concurrent SELECTs
4654 */
4662 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4663 break;
4664
4665 /*
4666 * Changing owner may remove implicit SELECT privileges
4667 */
4669 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4670 break;
4671
4672 /*
4673 * Changing foreign table options may affect optimization.
4674 */
4677 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4678 break;
4679
4680 /*
4681 * These subcommands affect write operations only.
4682 */
4691 cmd_lockmode = ShareRowExclusiveLock;
4692 break;
4693
4694 /*
4695 * These subcommands affect write operations only. XXX
4696 * Theoretically, these could be ShareRowExclusiveLock.
4697 */
4715 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4716 break;
4717
4722 {
4724
4725 switch (con->contype)
4726 {
4730
4731 /*
4732 * Cases essentially the same as CREATE INDEX. We
4733 * could reduce the lock strength to ShareLock if
4734 * we can work out how to allow concurrent catalog
4735 * updates. XXX Might be set down to
4736 * ShareRowExclusiveLock but requires further
4737 * analysis.
4738 */
4739 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4740 break;
4742
4743 /*
4744 * We add triggers to both tables when we add a
4745 * Foreign Key, so the lock level must be at least
4746 * as strong as CREATE TRIGGER.
4747 */
4748 cmd_lockmode = ShareRowExclusiveLock;
4749 break;
4750
4751 default:
4752 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4753 }
4754 }
4755 break;
4756
4757 /*
4758 * These subcommands affect inheritance behaviour. Queries
4759 * started before us will continue to see the old inheritance
4760 * behaviour, while queries started after we commit will see
4761 * new behaviour. No need to prevent reads or writes to the
4762 * subtable while we hook it up though. Changing the TupDesc
4763 * may be a problem, so keep highest lock.
4764 */
4767 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4768 break;
4769
4770 /*
4771 * These subcommands affect implicit row type conversion. They
4772 * have affects similar to CREATE/DROP CAST on queries. don't
4773 * provide for invalidating parse trees as a result of such
4774 * changes, so we keep these at AccessExclusiveLock.
4775 */
4778 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4779 break;
4780
4781 /*
4782 * Only used by CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW which must conflict
4783 * with an SELECTs currently using the view.
4784 */
4786 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4787 break;
4788
4789 /*
4790 * These subcommands affect general strategies for performance
4791 * and maintenance, though don't change the semantic results
4792 * from normal data reads and writes. Delaying an ALTER TABLE
4793 * behind currently active writes only delays the point where
4794 * the new strategy begins to take effect, so there is no
4795 * benefit in waiting. In this case the minimum restriction
4796 * applies: we don't currently allow concurrent catalog
4797 * updates.
4798 */
4804 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
4805 break;
4806
4809 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4810 break;
4811
4813 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
4814 break;
4815
4816 /*
4817 * Rel options are more complex than first appears. Options
4818 * are set here for tables, views and indexes; for historical
4819 * reasons these can all be used with ALTER TABLE, so we can't
4820 * decide between them using the basic grammar.
4821 */
4823 * getTables() */
4825 * getTables() */
4827 break;
4828
4830 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
4831 break;
4832
4835 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
4836 else
4837 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4838 break;
4839
4841 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
4842 break;
4843
4846 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
4847 break;
4848
4849 default: /* oops */
4852 break;
4853 }
4854
4855 /*
4856 * Take the greatest lockmode from any subcommand
4857 */
4858 if (cmd_lockmode > lockmode)
4859 lockmode = cmd_lockmode;
4860 }
4861
4862 return lockmode;
4863}
LOCKMODE AlterTableGetRelOptionsLockLevel(List *defList)
Definition: reloptions.c:2155
Definition: parsenodes.h:2514
Definition: parsenodes.h:2859
Definition: parsenodes.h:985
References AccessExclusiveLock, AlterTableGetRelOptionsLockLevel(), AT_AddColumn, AT_AddColumnToView, AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIdentity, AT_AddIndex, AT_AddIndexConstraint, AT_AddInherit, AT_AddOf, AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions, AT_AlterColumnType, AT_AlterConstraint, AT_AttachPartition, AT_ChangeOwner, AT_ClusterOn, AT_ColumnDefault, AT_CookedColumnDefault, AT_DetachPartition, AT_DetachPartitionFinalize, AT_DisableRowSecurity, AT_DisableRule, AT_DisableTrig, AT_DisableTrigAll, AT_DisableTrigUser, AT_DropCluster, AT_DropColumn, AT_DropConstraint, AT_DropExpression, AT_DropIdentity, AT_DropInherit, AT_DropNotNull, AT_DropOf, AT_DropOids, AT_EnableAlwaysRule, AT_EnableAlwaysTrig, AT_EnableReplicaRule, AT_EnableReplicaTrig, AT_EnableRowSecurity, AT_EnableRule, AT_EnableTrig, AT_EnableTrigAll, AT_EnableTrigUser, AT_ForceRowSecurity, AT_GenericOptions, AT_MergePartitions, AT_NoForceRowSecurity, AT_ReAddConstraint, AT_ReAddDomainConstraint, AT_ReplaceRelOptions, AT_ReplicaIdentity, AT_ResetOptions, AT_ResetRelOptions, AT_SetAccessMethod, AT_SetCompression, AT_SetExpression, AT_SetIdentity, AT_SetLogged, AT_SetNotNull, AT_SetOptions, AT_SetRelOptions, AT_SetStatistics, AT_SetStorage, AT_SetTableSpace, AT_SetUnLogged, AT_SplitPartition, AT_ValidateConstraint, CONSTR_EXCLUSION, CONSTR_FOREIGN, CONSTR_PRIMARY, CONSTR_UNIQUE, Constraint::contype, AlterTableCmd::def, elog, ERROR, IsA, lfirst, ShareRowExclusiveLock, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, and AlterTableCmd::subtype.
Referenced by AlterTableInternal(), and ProcessUtilitySlow().
◆ AlterTableInternal()
Definition at line 4560 of file tablecmds.c.
4561{
4562 Relation rel;
4564
4565 rel = relation_open(relid, lockmode);
4566
4567 EventTriggerAlterTableRelid(relid);
4568
4569 ATController(NULL, rel, cmds, recurse, lockmode, NULL);
4570}
void EventTriggerAlterTableRelid(Oid objectId)
Definition: event_trigger.c:1787
References AlterTableGetLockLevel(), ATController(), EventTriggerAlterTableRelid(), and relation_open().
Referenced by AlterTableMoveAll(), and DefineVirtualRelation().
◆ AlterTableLookupRelation()
| Oid AlterTableLookupRelation | ( | AlterTableStmt * | stmt, |
| LOCKMODE | lockmode | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 4472 of file tablecmds.c.
4473{
4477 stmt);
4478}
Oid RangeVarGetRelidExtended(const RangeVar *relation, LOCKMODE lockmode, uint32 flags, RangeVarGetRelidCallback callback, void *callback_arg)
Definition: namespace.c:440
static void RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void *arg)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19612
References RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RVR_MISSING_OK, and stmt.
Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().
◆ AlterTableMoveAll()
| Oid AlterTableMoveAll | ( | AlterTableMoveAllStmt * | stmt | ) |
Definition at line 17013 of file tablecmds.c.
17014{
17016 ListCell *l;
17018 Relation rel;
17019 TableScanDesc scan;
17020 HeapTuple tuple;
17021 Oid orig_tablespaceoid;
17022 Oid new_tablespaceoid;
17024
17025 /* Ensure we were not asked to move something we can't */
17029 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
17031
17032 /* Get the orig and new tablespace OIDs */
17035
17036 /* Can't move shared relations in to or out of pg_global */
17037 /* This is also checked by ATExecSetTableSpace, but nice to stop earlier */
17038 if (orig_tablespaceoid == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID ||
17039 new_tablespaceoid == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID)
17041 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
17043
17044 /*
17045 * Must have CREATE rights on the new tablespace, unless it is the
17046 * database default tablespace (which all users implicitly have CREATE
17047 * rights on).
17048 */
17050 {
17051 AclResult aclresult;
17052
17054 ACL_CREATE);
17057 get_tablespace_name(new_tablespaceoid));
17058 }
17059
17060 /*
17061 * Now that the checks are done, check if we should set either to
17062 * InvalidOid because it is our database's default tablespace.
17063 */
17065 orig_tablespaceoid = InvalidOid;
17066
17068 new_tablespaceoid = InvalidOid;
17069
17070 /* no-op */
17071 if (orig_tablespaceoid == new_tablespaceoid)
17072 return new_tablespaceoid;
17073
17074 /*
17075 * Walk the list of objects in the tablespace and move them. This will
17076 * only find objects in our database, of course.
17077 */
17079 Anum_pg_class_reltablespace,
17080 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
17081 ObjectIdGetDatum(orig_tablespaceoid));
17082
17086 {
17088 Oid relOid = relForm->oid;
17089
17090 /*
17091 * Do not move objects in pg_catalog as part of this, if an admin
17092 * really wishes to do so, they can issue the individual ALTER
17093 * commands directly.
17094 *
17095 * Also, explicitly avoid any shared tables, temp tables, or TOAST
17096 * (TOAST will be moved with the main table).
17097 */
17099 relForm->relisshared ||
17100 isAnyTempNamespace(relForm->relnamespace) ||
17101 IsToastNamespace(relForm->relnamespace))
17102 continue;
17103
17104 /* Only move the object type requested */
17106 relForm->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
17107 relForm->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ||
17109 relForm->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
17110 relForm->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) ||
17112 relForm->relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW))
17113 continue;
17114
17115 /* Check if we are only moving objects owned by certain roles */
17117 continue;
17118
17119 /*
17120 * Handle permissions-checking here since we are locking the tables
17121 * and also to avoid doing a bunch of work only to fail part-way. Note
17122 * that permissions will also be checked by AlterTableInternal().
17123 *
17124 * Caller must be considered an owner on the table to move it.
17125 */
17128 NameStr(relForm->relname));
17129
17133 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
17135 get_namespace_name(relForm->relnamespace),
17136 NameStr(relForm->relname))));
17137 else
17139
17140 /* Add to our list of objects to move */
17141 relations = lappend_oid(relations, relOid);
17142 }
17143
17144 table_endscan(scan);
17146
17149 (errcode(ERRCODE_NO_DATA_FOUND),
17152 get_tablespace_name(orig_tablespaceoid))));
17153
17154 /* Everything is locked, loop through and move all of the relations. */
17155 foreach(l, relations)
17156 {
17159
17162
17163 cmds = lappend(cmds, cmd);
17164
17166 /* OID is set by AlterTableInternal */
17168 EventTriggerAlterTableEnd();
17169 }
17170
17171 return new_tablespaceoid;
17172}
void aclcheck_error(AclResult aclerr, ObjectType objtype, const char *objectname)
Definition: aclchk.c:2654
AclResult object_aclcheck(Oid classid, Oid objectid, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition: aclchk.c:3836
bool object_ownercheck(Oid classid, Oid objectid, Oid roleid)
Definition: aclchk.c:4090
Oid get_tablespace_oid(const char *tablespacename, bool missing_ok)
Definition: tablespace.c:1426
void EventTriggerAlterTableStart(Node *parsetree)
Definition: event_trigger.c:1753
HeapTuple heap_getnext(TableScanDesc sscan, ScanDirection direction)
Definition: heapam.c:1361
bool ConditionalLockRelationOid(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: lmgr.c:151
Definition: relscan.h:34
TableScanDesc table_beginscan_catalog(Relation relation, int nkeys, ScanKeyData *key)
Definition: tableam.c:113
void AlterTableInternal(Oid relid, List *cmds, bool recurse)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4560
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACLCHECK_OK, AlterTableInternal(), AT_SetTableSpace, BTEqualStrategyNumber, ConditionalLockRelationOid(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, EventTriggerAlterTableEnd(), EventTriggerAlterTableStart(), ForwardScanDirection, get_namespace_name(), get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), get_tablespace_name(), get_tablespace_oid(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), heap_getnext(), InvalidOid, isAnyTempNamespace(), IsCatalogNamespace(), IsToastNamespace(), sort-test::key, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst_oid, list_member_oid(), LockRelationOid(), makeNode, MyDatabaseTableSpace, AlterTableCmd::name, NameStr, NIL, NOTICE, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_INDEX, OBJECT_MATVIEW, object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_TABLE, OBJECT_TABLESPACE, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, roleSpecsToIds(), ScanKeyInit(), stmt, AlterTableCmd::subtype, table_beginscan_catalog(), table_close(), table_endscan(), and table_open().
Referenced by ProcessUtilitySlow().
◆ AlterTableNamespace()
| ObjectAddress AlterTableNamespace | ( | AlterObjectSchemaStmt * | stmt, |
| Oid * | oldschema | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 18972 of file tablecmds.c.
18973{
18974 Relation rel;
18975 Oid relid;
18976 Oid oldNspOid;
18977 Oid nspOid;
18978 RangeVar *newrv;
18979 ObjectAddresses *objsMoved;
18980 ObjectAddress myself;
18981
18985 stmt);
18986
18988 {
18991 stmt->relation->relname)));
18993 }
18994
18996
18997 oldNspOid = RelationGetNamespace(rel);
18998
18999 /* If it's an owned sequence, disallow moving it by itself. */
19001 {
19002 Oid tableId;
19003 int32 colId;
19004
19008 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
19011 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
19012 get_rel_name(tableId))));
19013 }
19014
19015 /* Get and lock schema OID and check its permissions. */
19018
19019 /* common checks on switching namespaces */
19020 CheckSetNamespace(oldNspOid, nspOid);
19021
19022 objsMoved = new_object_addresses();
19023 AlterTableNamespaceInternal(rel, oldNspOid, nspOid, objsMoved);
19024 free_object_addresses(objsMoved);
19025
19026 ObjectAddressSet(myself, RelationRelationId, relid);
19027
19028 if (oldschema)
19029 *oldschema = oldNspOid;
19030
19031 /* close rel, but keep lock until commit */
19033
19034 return myself;
19035}
void free_object_addresses(ObjectAddresses *addrs)
Definition: dependency.c:2949
RangeVar * makeRangeVar(char *schemaname, char *relname, int location)
Definition: makefuncs.c:473
Oid RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(RangeVar *relation, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid *existing_relation_id)
Definition: namespace.c:738
bool sequenceIsOwned(Oid seqId, char deptype, Oid *tableId, int32 *colId)
Definition: pg_depend.c:828
Definition: dependency.c:115
Definition: primnodes.h:73
void AlterTableNamespaceInternal(Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid nspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19043
References AccessExclusiveLock, AlterTableNamespaceInternal(), CheckSetNamespace(), DEPENDENCY_AUTO, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, free_object_addresses(), get_rel_name(), InvalidObjectAddress, makeRangeVar(), new_object_addresses(), NoLock, NOTICE, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(), RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, RVR_MISSING_OK, sequenceIsOwned(), and stmt.
Referenced by ExecAlterObjectSchemaStmt().
◆ AlterTableNamespaceInternal()
| void AlterTableNamespaceInternal | ( | Relation | rel, |
| Oid | oldNspOid, | ||
| Oid | nspOid, | ||
| ObjectAddresses * | objsMoved | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 19043 of file tablecmds.c.
19045{
19046 Relation classRel;
19047
19048 Assert(objsMoved != NULL);
19049
19050 /* OK, modify the pg_class row and pg_depend entry */
19052
19054 nspOid, true, objsMoved);
19055
19056 /* Fix the table's row type too, if it has one */
19059 false, /* isImplicitArray */
19060 false, /* ignoreDependent */
19061 false, /* errorOnTableType */
19062 objsMoved);
19063
19064 /* Fix other dependent stuff */
19065 AlterIndexNamespaces(classRel, rel, oldNspOid, nspOid, objsMoved);
19066 AlterSeqNamespaces(classRel, rel, oldNspOid, nspOid,
19067 objsMoved, AccessExclusiveLock);
19069 false, objsMoved);
19070
19072}
void AlterConstraintNamespaces(Oid ownerId, Oid oldNspId, Oid newNspId, bool isType, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1040
static void AlterSeqNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19202
static void AlterIndexNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19157
Oid AlterTypeNamespaceInternal(Oid typeOid, Oid nspOid, bool isImplicitArray, bool ignoreDependent, bool errorOnTableType, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
Definition: typecmds.c:4169
References AccessExclusiveLock, AlterConstraintNamespaces(), AlterIndexNamespaces(), AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(), AlterSeqNamespaces(), AlterTypeNamespaceInternal(), Assert(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by AlterObjectNamespace_oid(), and AlterTableNamespace().
◆ ATAddCheckNNConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 9940 of file tablecmds.c.
9943{
9944 List *newcons;
9945 ListCell *lcon;
9946 List *children;
9947 ListCell *child;
9949
9950 /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly deep inheritance tree. */
9951 check_stack_depth();
9952
9953 /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
9954 if (recursing)
9957
9958 /*
9959 * Call AddRelationNewConstraints to do the work, making sure it works on
9960 * a copy of the Constraint so transformExpr can't modify the original. It
9961 * returns a list of cooked constraints.
9962 *
9963 * If the constraint ends up getting merged with a pre-existing one, it's
9964 * omitted from the returned list, which is what we want: we do not need
9965 * to do any validation work. That can only happen at child tables,
9966 * though, since we disallow merging at the top level.
9967 */
9970 recursing || is_readd, /* allow_merge */
9971 !recursing, /* is_local */
9972 is_readd, /* is_internal */
9973 NULL); /* queryString not available
9974 * here */
9975
9976 /* we don't expect more than one constraint here */
9978
9979 /* Add each to-be-validated constraint to Phase 3's queue */
9980 foreach(lcon, newcons)
9981 {
9983
9985 {
9986 NewConstraint *newcon;
9987
9992
9994 }
9995
9996 /* Save the actually assigned name if it was defaulted */
9999
10000 /*
10001 * If adding a valid not-null constraint, set the pg_attribute flag
10002 * and tell phase 3 to verify existing rows, if needed. For an
10003 * invalid constraint, just set attnotnull, without queueing
10004 * verification.
10005 */
10008 !constr->skip_validation,
10009 !constr->skip_validation);
10010
10012 }
10013
10014 /* At this point we must have a locked-down name to use */
10016
10017 /* Advance command counter in case same table is visited multiple times */
10018 CommandCounterIncrement();
10019
10020 /*
10021 * If the constraint got merged with an existing constraint, we're done.
10022 * We mustn't recurse to child tables in this case, because they've
10023 * already got the constraint, and visiting them again would lead to an
10024 * incorrect value for coninhcount.
10025 */
10027 return address;
10028
10029 /*
10030 * If adding a NO INHERIT constraint, no need to find our children.
10031 */
10033 return address;
10034
10035 /*
10036 * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER
10037 * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
10038 * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
10039 */
10040 children =
10042
10043 /*
10044 * Check if ONLY was specified with ALTER TABLE. If so, allow the
10045 * constraint creation only if there are no children currently. Error out
10046 * otherwise.
10047 */
10050 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
10052
10053 /*
10054 * Recurse to create the constraint on each child.
10055 */
10056 foreach(child, children)
10057 {
10059 Relation childrel;
10060 AlteredTableInfo *childtab;
10061
10062 /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
10064 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
10065
10066 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
10067 childtab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, childrel);
10068
10069 /* Recurse to this child */
10070 ATAddCheckNNConstraint(wqueue, childtab, childrel,
10071 constr, recurse, true, is_readd, lockmode);
10072
10074 }
10075
10076 return address;
10077}
List * AddRelationNewConstraints(Relation rel, List *newColDefaults, List *newConstraints, bool allow_merge, bool is_local, bool is_internal, const char *queryString)
Definition: heap.c:2385
List * find_inheritance_children(Oid parentrelId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: pg_inherits.c:58
Definition: heap.h:36
static ObjectAddress ATAddCheckNNConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *constr, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9940
static void ATSimplePermissions(AlterTableType cmdtype, Relation rel, int allowed_targets)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6767
static void set_attnotnull(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, bool is_valid, bool queue_validation)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7868
References AddRelationNewConstraints(), Assert(), AT_AddConstraint, ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATGetQueueEntry(), ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, CookedConstraint::attnum, check_stack_depth(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CommandCounterIncrement(), Constraint::conname, CookedConstraint::conoid, CONSTR_NOTNULL, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, CookedConstraint::contype, Constraint::contype, copyObject, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, CookedConstraint::expr, find_inheritance_children(), InvalidObjectAddress, Constraint::is_no_inherit, lappend(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, list_length(), list_make1, NewConstraint::name, CookedConstraint::name, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, palloc0_object, NewConstraint::qual, RelationGetRelid, set_attnotnull(), CookedConstraint::skip_validation, Constraint::skip_validation, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), and ATExecAddConstraint().
◆ ATAddForeignKeyConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 10095 of file tablecmds.c.
10098{
10099 Relation pkrel;
10111 bool with_period;
10112 bool pk_has_without_overlaps;
10114 int numfks,
10115 numpks,
10116 numfkdelsetcols;
10117 Oid indexOid;
10118 bool old_check_ok;
10119 ObjectAddress address;
10121
10122 /*
10123 * Grab ShareRowExclusiveLock on the pk table, so that someone doesn't
10124 * delete rows out from under us.
10125 */
10128 else
10130
10131 /*
10132 * Validity checks (permission checks wait till we have the column
10133 * numbers)
10134 */
10137 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
10138 errmsg("cannot use ONLY for foreign key on partitioned table \"%s\" referencing relation \"%s\"",
10139 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
10140 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)));
10141
10143 pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
10145 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
10147 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
10148
10151 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
10153 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
10154
10155 /*
10156 * References from permanent or unlogged tables to temp tables, and from
10157 * permanent tables to unlogged tables, are disallowed because the
10158 * referenced data can vanish out from under us. References from temp
10159 * tables to any other table type are also disallowed, because other
10160 * backends might need to run the RI triggers on the perm table, but they
10161 * can't reliably see tuples in the local buffers of other backends.
10162 */
10164 {
10165 case RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT:
10168 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
10170 break;
10171 case RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED:
10173 && pkrel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED)
10175 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
10177 break;
10178 case RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP:
10181 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
10185 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
10187 break;
10188 }
10189
10190 /*
10191 * Look up the referencing attributes to make sure they exist, and record
10192 * their attnums and type and collation OIDs.
10193 */
10195 fkconstraint->fk_attrs,
10196 fkattnum, fktypoid, fkcolloid);
10200 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
10202
10204 fkconstraint->fk_del_set_cols,
10205 fkdelsetcols, NULL, NULL);
10206 numfkdelsetcols = validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns(numfks, fkattnum,
10207 numfkdelsetcols,
10208 fkdelsetcols,
10209 fkconstraint->fk_del_set_cols);
10210
10211 /*
10212 * If the attribute list for the referenced table was omitted, lookup the
10213 * definition of the primary key and use it. Otherwise, validate the
10214 * supplied attribute list. In either case, discover the index OID and
10215 * index opclasses, and the attnums and type and collation OIDs of the
10216 * attributes.
10217 */
10219 {
10220 numpks = transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(pkrel, &indexOid,
10221 &fkconstraint->pk_attrs,
10222 pkattnum, pktypoid, pkcolloid,
10223 opclasses, &pk_has_without_overlaps);
10224
10225 /* If the primary key uses WITHOUT OVERLAPS, the fk must use PERIOD */
10228 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
10230 }
10231 else
10232 {
10234 fkconstraint->pk_attrs,
10235 pkattnum, pktypoid, pkcolloid);
10236
10237 /* Since we got pk_attrs, one should be a period. */
10240 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
10242
10243 /* Look for an index matching the column list */
10244 indexOid = transformFkeyCheckAttrs(pkrel, numpks, pkattnum,
10245 with_period, opclasses, &pk_has_without_overlaps);
10246 }
10247
10248 /*
10249 * If the referenced primary key has WITHOUT OVERLAPS, the foreign key
10250 * must use PERIOD.
10251 */
10252 if (pk_has_without_overlaps && !with_period)
10254 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
10256
10257 /*
10258 * Now we can check permissions.
10259 */
10260 checkFkeyPermissions(pkrel, pkattnum, numpks);
10261
10262 /*
10263 * Check some things for generated columns.
10264 */
10266 {
10268
10269 if (attgenerated)
10270 {
10271 /*
10272 * Check restrictions on UPDATE/DELETE actions, per SQL standard
10273 */
10278 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
10280 "ON UPDATE")));
10284 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
10286 "ON DELETE")));
10287 }
10288
10289 /*
10290 * FKs on virtual columns are not supported. This would require
10291 * various additional support in ri_triggers.c, including special
10292 * handling in ri_NullCheck(), ri_KeysEqual(),
10293 * RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required() (since all virtual columns appear
10294 * as NULL there). Also not really practical as long as you can't
10295 * index virtual columns.
10296 */
10297 if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
10299 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
10301 }
10302
10303 /*
10304 * Some actions are currently unsupported for foreign keys using PERIOD.
10305 */
10307 {
10313 errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
10315 "ON UPDATE"));
10316
10322 errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
10324 "ON DELETE"));
10325 }
10326
10327 /*
10328 * Look up the equality operators to use in the constraint.
10329 *
10330 * Note that we have to be careful about the difference between the actual
10331 * PK column type and the opclass' declared input type, which might be
10332 * only binary-compatible with it. The declared opcintype is the right
10333 * thing to probe pg_amop with.
10334 */
10335 if (numfks != numpks)
10337 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
10339
10340 /*
10341 * On the strength of a previous constraint, we might avoid scanning
10342 * tables to validate this one. See below.
10343 */
10346
10348 {
10351 Oid fktyped;
10354 HeapTuple cla_ht;
10355 Form_pg_opclass cla_tup;
10356 Oid amid;
10357 Oid opfamily;
10358 Oid opcintype;
10359 bool for_overlaps;
10360 CompareType cmptype;
10361 Oid pfeqop;
10362 Oid ppeqop;
10363 Oid ffeqop;
10364 int16 eqstrategy;
10365 Oid pfeqop_right;
10366
10367 /* We need several fields out of the pg_opclass entry */
10372 amid = cla_tup->opcmethod;
10373 opfamily = cla_tup->opcfamily;
10374 opcintype = cla_tup->opcintype;
10375 ReleaseSysCache(cla_ht);
10376
10377 /*
10378 * Get strategy number from index AM.
10379 *
10380 * For a normal foreign-key constraint, this should not fail, since we
10381 * already checked that the index is unique and should therefore have
10382 * appropriate equal operators. For a period foreign key, this could
10383 * fail if we selected a non-matching exclusion constraint earlier.
10384 * (XXX Maybe we should do these lookups earlier so we don't end up
10385 * doing that.)
10386 */
10387 for_overlaps = with_period && i == numpks - 1;
10392 errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
10393 for_overlaps
10396 errdetail("Could not translate compare type %d for operator family \"%s\" of access method \"%s\".",
10398
10399 /*
10400 * There had better be a primary equality operator for the index.
10401 * We'll use it for PK = PK comparisons.
10402 */
10403 ppeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, opcintype, opcintype,
10404 eqstrategy);
10405
10408 eqstrategy, opcintype, opcintype, opfamily);
10409
10410 /*
10411 * Are there equality operators that take exactly the FK type? Assume
10412 * we should look through any domain here.
10413 */
10414 fktyped = getBaseType(fktype);
10415
10416 pfeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, opcintype, fktyped,
10417 eqstrategy);
10419 {
10420 pfeqop_right = fktyped;
10421 ffeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, fktyped, fktyped,
10422 eqstrategy);
10423 }
10424 else
10425 {
10426 /* keep compiler quiet */
10427 pfeqop_right = InvalidOid;
10428 ffeqop = InvalidOid;
10429 }
10430
10432 {
10433 /*
10434 * Otherwise, look for an implicit cast from the FK type to the
10435 * opcintype, and if found, use the primary equality operator.
10436 * This is a bit tricky because opcintype might be a polymorphic
10437 * type such as ANYARRAY or ANYENUM; so what we have to test is
10438 * whether the two actual column types can be concurrently cast to
10439 * that type. (Otherwise, we'd fail to reject combinations such
10440 * as int[] and point[].)
10441 */
10442 Oid input_typeids[2];
10443 Oid target_typeids[2];
10444
10445 input_typeids[0] = pktype;
10446 input_typeids[1] = fktype;
10447 target_typeids[0] = opcintype;
10448 target_typeids[1] = opcintype;
10450 COERCION_IMPLICIT))
10451 {
10452 pfeqop = ffeqop = ppeqop;
10453 pfeqop_right = opcintype;
10454 }
10455 }
10456
10459 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
10461 fkconstraint->conname),
10463 "are of incompatible types: %s and %s.",
10466 format_type_be(fktype),
10467 format_type_be(pktype))));
10468
10469 /*
10470 * This shouldn't be possible, but better check to make sure we have a
10471 * consistent state for the check below.
10472 */
10473 if ((OidIsValid(pkcoll) && !OidIsValid(fkcoll)) || (!OidIsValid(pkcoll) && OidIsValid(fkcoll)))
10475
10477 {
10478 bool pkcolldet;
10479 bool fkcolldet;
10480
10481 pkcolldet = get_collation_isdeterministic(pkcoll);
10482 fkcolldet = get_collation_isdeterministic(fkcoll);
10483
10484 /*
10485 * SQL requires that both collations are the same. This is
10486 * because we need a consistent notion of equality on both
10487 * columns. We relax this by allowing different collations if
10488 * they are both deterministic. (This is also for backward
10489 * compatibility, because PostgreSQL has always allowed this.)
10490 */
10491 if ((!pkcolldet || !fkcolldet) && pkcoll != fkcoll)
10493 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
10496 "have incompatible collations: \"%s\" and \"%s\". "
10497 "If either collation is nondeterministic, then both collations have to be the same.",
10500 get_collation_name(fkcoll),
10501 get_collation_name(pkcoll))));
10502 }
10503
10504 if (old_check_ok)
10505 {
10506 /*
10507 * When a pfeqop changes, revalidate the constraint. We could
10508 * permit intra-opfamily changes, but that adds subtle complexity
10509 * without any concrete benefit for core types. We need not
10510 * assess ppeqop or ffeqop, which RI_Initial_Check() does not use.
10511 */
10512 old_check_ok = (pfeqop == lfirst_oid(old_pfeqop_item));
10514 old_pfeqop_item);
10515 }
10516 if (old_check_ok)
10517 {
10518 Oid old_fktype;
10519 Oid new_fktype;
10520 CoercionPathType old_pathtype;
10521 CoercionPathType new_pathtype;
10522 Oid old_castfunc;
10523 Oid new_castfunc;
10524 Oid old_fkcoll;
10525 Oid new_fkcoll;
10527 fkattnum[i] - 1);
10528
10529 /*
10530 * Identify coercion pathways from each of the old and new FK-side
10531 * column types to the right (foreign) operand type of the pfeqop.
10532 * We may assume that pg_constraint.conkey is not changing.
10533 */
10534 old_fktype = attr->atttypid;
10535 new_fktype = fktype;
10536 old_pathtype = findFkeyCast(pfeqop_right, old_fktype,
10537 &old_castfunc);
10538 new_pathtype = findFkeyCast(pfeqop_right, new_fktype,
10539 &new_castfunc);
10540
10541 old_fkcoll = attr->attcollation;
10542 new_fkcoll = fkcoll;
10543
10544 /*
10545 * Upon a change to the cast from the FK column to its pfeqop
10546 * operand, revalidate the constraint. For this evaluation, a
10547 * binary coercion cast is equivalent to no cast at all. While
10548 * type implementors should design implicit casts with an eye
10549 * toward consistency of operations like equality, we cannot
10550 * assume here that they have done so.
10551 *
10552 * A function with a polymorphic argument could change behavior
10553 * arbitrarily in response to get_fn_expr_argtype(). Therefore,
10554 * when the cast destination is polymorphic, we only avoid
10555 * revalidation if the input type has not changed at all. Given
10556 * just the core data types and operator classes, this requirement
10557 * prevents no would-be optimizations.
10558 *
10559 * If the cast converts from a base type to a domain thereon, then
10560 * that domain type must be the opcintype of the unique index.
10561 * Necessarily, the primary key column must then be of the domain
10562 * type. Since the constraint was previously valid, all values on
10563 * the foreign side necessarily exist on the primary side and in
10564 * turn conform to the domain. Consequently, we need not treat
10565 * domains specially here.
10566 *
10567 * If the collation changes, revalidation is required, unless both
10568 * collations are deterministic, because those share the same
10569 * notion of equality (because texteq reduces to bitwise
10570 * equality).
10571 *
10572 * We need not directly consider the PK type. It's necessarily
10573 * binary coercible to the opcintype of the unique index column,
10574 * and ri_triggers.c will only deal with PK datums in terms of
10575 * that opcintype. Changing the opcintype also changes pfeqop.
10576 */
10577 old_check_ok = (new_pathtype == old_pathtype &&
10578 new_castfunc == old_castfunc &&
10579 (!IsPolymorphicType(pfeqop_right) ||
10580 new_fktype == old_fktype) &&
10581 (new_fkcoll == old_fkcoll ||
10583 }
10584
10585 pfeqoperators[i] = pfeqop;
10586 ppeqoperators[i] = ppeqop;
10587 ffeqoperators[i] = ffeqop;
10588 }
10589
10590 /*
10591 * For FKs with PERIOD we need additional operators to check whether the
10592 * referencing row's range is contained by the aggregated ranges of the
10593 * referenced row(s). For rangetypes and multirangetypes this is
10594 * fk.periodatt <@ range_agg(pk.periodatt). Those are the only types we
10595 * support for now. FKs will look these up at "runtime", but we should
10596 * make sure the lookup works here, even if we don't use the values.
10597 */
10598 if (with_period)
10599 {
10600 Oid periodoperoid;
10601 Oid aggedperiodoperoid;
10602 Oid intersectoperoid;
10603
10604 FindFKPeriodOpers(opclasses[numpks - 1], &periodoperoid, &aggedperiodoperoid,
10605 &intersectoperoid);
10606 }
10607
10608 /* First, create the constraint catalog entry itself. */
10610 fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint, rel, pkrel,
10611 indexOid,
10613 numfks,
10614 pkattnum,
10615 fkattnum,
10616 pfeqoperators,
10617 ppeqoperators,
10618 ffeqoperators,
10619 numfkdelsetcols,
10620 fkdelsetcols,
10621 false,
10622 with_period);
10623
10624 /* Next process the action triggers at the referenced side and recurse */
10625 addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint, rel, pkrel,
10626 indexOid,
10627 address.objectId,
10628 numfks,
10629 pkattnum,
10630 fkattnum,
10631 pfeqoperators,
10632 ppeqoperators,
10633 ffeqoperators,
10634 numfkdelsetcols,
10635 fkdelsetcols,
10636 old_check_ok,
10638 with_period);
10639
10640 /* Lastly create the check triggers at the referencing side and recurse */
10641 addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue, fkconstraint, rel, pkrel,
10642 indexOid,
10643 address.objectId,
10644 numfks,
10645 pkattnum,
10646 fkattnum,
10647 pfeqoperators,
10648 ppeqoperators,
10649 ffeqoperators,
10650 numfkdelsetcols,
10651 fkdelsetcols,
10652 old_check_ok,
10653 lockmode,
10655 with_period);
10656
10657 /*
10658 * Done. Close pk table, but keep lock until we've committed.
10659 */
10661
10662 return address;
10663}
StrategyNumber IndexAmTranslateCompareType(CompareType cmptype, Oid amoid, Oid opfamily, bool missing_ok)
Definition: amapi.c:161
Oid get_opfamily_member(Oid opfamily, Oid lefttype, Oid righttype, int16 strategy)
Definition: lsyscache.c:168
bool get_collation_isdeterministic(Oid colloid)
Definition: lsyscache.c:1145
bool can_coerce_type(int nargs, const Oid *input_typeids, const Oid *target_typeids, CoercionContext ccontext)
Definition: parse_coerce.c:558
void FindFKPeriodOpers(Oid opclass, Oid *containedbyoperoid, Oid *aggedcontainedbyoperoid, Oid *intersectoperoid)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1651
Relation table_openrv(const RangeVar *relation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: table.c:83
static int validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns(int numfks, const int16 *fkattnums, int numfksetcols, int16 *fksetcolsattnums, List *fksetcols)
Definition: tablecmds.c:10674
static CoercionPathType findFkeyCast(Oid targetTypeId, Oid sourceTypeId, Oid *funcid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13664
static Oid transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel, int numattrs, int16 *attnums, bool with_period, Oid *opclasses, bool *pk_has_without_overlaps)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13513
static void checkFkeyPermissions(Relation rel, int16 *attnums, int natts)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13693
static int transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(Relation pkrel, Oid *indexOid, List **attnamelist, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids, Oid *opclasses, bool *pk_has_without_overlaps)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13410
static int transformColumnNameList(Oid relId, List *colList, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13355
static FormData_pg_attribute * TupleDescAttr(TupleDesc tupdesc, int i)
Definition: tupdesc.h:160
References addFkBothSides, addFkConstraint(), addFkRecurseReferenced(), addFkRecurseReferencing(), allowSystemTableMods, Assert(), can_coerce_type(), checkFkeyPermissions(), COERCION_IMPLICIT, COMPARE_EQ, COMPARE_OVERLAP, Constraint::conname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, findFkeyCast(), FindFKPeriodOpers(), Constraint::fk_attrs, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_del_set_cols, Constraint::fk_upd_action, Constraint::fk_with_period, FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE, FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT, FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT, FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL, format_type_be(), get_am_name(), get_collation_isdeterministic(), get_collation_name(), get_opfamily_member(), get_opfamily_name(), getBaseType(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, IndexAmTranslateCompareType(), InvalidOid, InvalidStrategy, IsSystemRelation(), lfirst_oid, list_head(), list_length(), list_nth(), lnext(), NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, Constraint::old_conpfeqop, Constraint::old_pktable_oid, AlteredTableInfo::oldDesc, Constraint::pk_attrs, Constraint::pk_with_period, Constraint::pktable, RelationData::rd_islocaltemp, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RelationIsPermanent, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), ShareRowExclusiveLock, strVal, table_close(), table_open(), table_openrv(), transformColumnNameList(), transformFkeyCheckAttrs(), transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(), TupleDescAttr(), and validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns().
Referenced by ATExecAddConstraint().
◆ ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse()
Definition at line 6889 of file tablecmds.c.
6890{
6892 {
6893 List *inh;
6894 ListCell *cell;
6895
6897 /* first element is the parent rel; must ignore it */
6898 for_each_from(cell, inh, 1)
6899 {
6900 Relation childrel;
6901
6902 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
6904 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
6906 }
6907 list_free(inh);
6908 }
6909}
List * find_all_inheritors(Oid parentrelId, LOCKMODE lockmode, List **numparents)
Definition: pg_inherits.c:255
References CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), find_all_inheritors(), for_each_from, lfirst_oid, list_free(), NoLock, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite()
|
static |
Definition at line 14707 of file tablecmds.c.
14708{
14709 Assert(expr != NULL);
14710
14711 for (;;)
14712 {
14713 /* only one varno, so no need to check that */
14715 return false;
14719 {
14721
14723 return true;
14725 }
14727 {
14729
14731 {
14732 case F_TIMESTAMPTZ_TIMESTAMP:
14733 case F_TIMESTAMP_TIMESTAMPTZ:
14735 return true;
14736 else
14738 break;
14739 default:
14740 return true;
14741 }
14742 }
14743 else
14744 return true;
14745 }
14746}
bool TimestampTimestampTzRequiresRewrite(void)
Definition: timestamp.c:6417
Definition: primnodes.h:2051
Definition: primnodes.h:779
Definition: primnodes.h:1215
Definition: primnodes.h:262
References arg, CoerceToDomain::arg, FuncExpr::args, Assert(), DomainHasConstraints(), FuncExpr::funcid, IsA, linitial, CoerceToDomain::resulttype, and TimestampTimestampTzRequiresRewrite().
Referenced by ATPrepAlterColumnType().
◆ ATController()
|
static |
Definition at line 4872 of file tablecmds.c.
4875{
4877 ListCell *lcmd;
4878
4879 /* Phase 1: preliminary examination of commands, create work queue */
4880 foreach(lcmd, cmds)
4881 {
4883
4885 }
4886
4887 /* Close the relation, but keep lock until commit */
4889
4890 /* Phase 2: update system catalogs */
4891 ATRewriteCatalogs(&wqueue, lockmode, context);
4892
4893 /* Phase 3: scan/rewrite tables as needed, and run afterStmts */
4894 ATRewriteTables(parsetree, &wqueue, lockmode, context);
4895}
static void ATRewriteCatalogs(List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:5310
static void ATPrepCmd(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4907
static void ATRewriteTables(AlterTableStmt *parsetree, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:5862
References ATPrepCmd(), ATRewriteCatalogs(), ATRewriteTables(), lfirst, NIL, NoLock, and relation_close().
Referenced by AlterTable(), and AlterTableInternal().
◆ ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs()
|
static |
Definition at line 21985 of file tablecmds.c.
21986{
21987 List *constraints;
21988 ListCell *cell;
21989
21990 constraints = GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(partition);
21991
21992 foreach(cell, constraints)
21993 {
21995 HeapTuple tuple;
21996 Form_pg_constraint constrForm;
21997 Relation rel;
21998 Trigger trig = {0};
21999
22004
22007
22008 /* prevent data changes into the referencing table until commit */
22010
22016 trig.tgconstrindid = constrForm->conindid;
22017 trig.tgconstraint = constrForm->oid;
22020 /* we needn't fill in remaining fields */
22021
22022 RI_PartitionRemove_Check(&trig, rel, partition);
22023
22024 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
22025
22027 }
22028}
void RI_PartitionRemove_Check(Trigger *trigger, Relation fk_rel, Relation pk_rel)
Definition: ri_triggers.c:1813
Definition: reltrigger.h:24
static List * GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21932
References Assert(), elog, ERROR, GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, lfirst_oid, NameStr, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RI_PartitionRemove_Check(), SearchSysCache1(), ShareLock, table_close(), table_open(), Trigger::tgconstraint, Trigger::tgconstrindid, Trigger::tgconstrrelid, Trigger::tgdeferrable, Trigger::tgenabled, Trigger::tginitdeferred, Trigger::tgisinternal, Trigger::tgname, Trigger::tgoid, and TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN.
Referenced by ATExecDetachPartition().
◆ AtEOSubXact_on_commit_actions()
| void AtEOSubXact_on_commit_actions | ( | bool | isCommit, |
| SubTransactionId | mySubid, | ||
| SubTransactionId | parentSubid | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 19485 of file tablecmds.c.
19487{
19488 ListCell *cur_item;
19489
19491 {
19493
19495 {
19496 /* cur_item must be removed */
19498 pfree(oc);
19499 }
19500 else
19501 {
19502 /* cur_item must be preserved */
19504 oc->creating_subid = parentSubid;
19507 }
19508 }
19509}
Definition: tablecmds.c:117
References OnCommitItem::creating_subid, OnCommitItem::deleting_subid, foreach_delete_current, InvalidSubTransactionId, lfirst, on_commits, and pfree().
Referenced by AbortSubTransaction(), and CommitSubTransaction().
◆ AtEOXact_on_commit_actions()
| void AtEOXact_on_commit_actions | ( | bool | isCommit | ) |
Definition at line 19453 of file tablecmds.c.
19454{
19455 ListCell *cur_item;
19456
19458 {
19460
19463 {
19464 /* cur_item must be removed */
19466 pfree(oc);
19467 }
19468 else
19469 {
19470 /* cur_item must be preserved */
19473 }
19474 }
19475}
References OnCommitItem::creating_subid, OnCommitItem::deleting_subid, foreach_delete_current, InvalidSubTransactionId, lfirst, on_commits, and pfree().
Referenced by AbortTransaction(), CommitTransaction(), and PrepareTransaction().
◆ ATExecAddColumn()
|
static |
Definition at line 7245 of file tablecmds.c.
7249{
7252 bool if_not_exists = (*cmd)->missing_ok;
7253 Relation pgclass,
7254 attrdesc;
7255 HeapTuple reltup;
7256 Form_pg_class relform;
7257 Form_pg_attribute attribute;
7258 int newattnum;
7259 char relkind;
7260 Expr *defval;
7261 List *children;
7262 ListCell *child;
7263 AlterTableCmd *childcmd;
7264 ObjectAddress address;
7265 TupleDesc tupdesc;
7266
7267 /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
7268 check_stack_depth();
7269
7270 /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
7271 if (recursing)
7272 ATSimplePermissions((*cmd)->subtype, rel,
7274
7277 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
7279
7281
7282 /*
7283 * Are we adding the column to a recursion child? If so, check whether to
7284 * merge with an existing definition for the column. If we do merge, we
7285 * must not recurse. Children will already have the column, and recursing
7286 * into them would mess up attinhcount.
7287 */
7289 {
7290 HeapTuple tuple;
7291
7292 /* Does child already have a column by this name? */
7295 {
7297 Oid ctypeId;
7298 int32 ctypmod;
7299 Oid ccollid;
7300
7301 /* Child column must match on type, typmod, and collation */
7303 if (ctypeId != childatt->atttypid ||
7304 ctypmod != childatt->atttypmod)
7306 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
7309 ccollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, colDef, ctypeId);
7310 if (ccollid != childatt->attcollation)
7312 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
7316 get_collation_name(ccollid),
7317 get_collation_name(childatt->attcollation))));
7318
7319 /* Bump the existing child att's inhcount */
7321 &childatt->attinhcount))
7323 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
7326
7327 heap_freetuple(tuple);
7328
7329 /* Inform the user about the merge */
7333
7335
7336 /* Make the child column change visible */
7337 CommandCounterIncrement();
7338
7340 }
7341 }
7342
7343 /* skip if the name already exists and if_not_exists is true */
7345 {
7348 }
7349
7350 /*
7351 * Okay, we need to add the column, so go ahead and do parse
7352 * transformation. This can result in queueing up, or even immediately
7353 * executing, subsidiary operations (such as creation of unique indexes);
7354 * so we mustn't do it until we have made the if_not_exists check.
7355 *
7356 * When recursing, the command was already transformed and we needn't do
7357 * so again. Also, if context isn't given we can't transform. (That
7358 * currently happens only for AT_AddColumnToView; we expect that view.c
7359 * passed us a ColumnDef that doesn't need work.)
7360 */
7361 if (context != NULL && !recursing)
7362 {
7363 *cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, *cmd, recurse, lockmode,
7364 cur_pass, context);
7365 Assert(*cmd != NULL);
7367 }
7368
7369 /*
7370 * Regular inheritance children are independent enough not to inherit the
7371 * identity column from parent hence cannot recursively add identity
7372 * column if the table has inheritance children.
7373 *
7374 * Partitions, on the other hand, are integral part of a partitioned table
7375 * and inherit identity column. Hence propagate identity column down the
7376 * partition hierarchy.
7377 */
7379 recurse &&
7380 rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
7383 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
7385
7387
7392 relkind = relform->relkind;
7393
7394 /* Determine the new attribute's number */
7395 newattnum = relform->relnatts + 1;
7398 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
7400 MaxHeapAttributeNumber)));
7401
7402 /*
7403 * Construct new attribute's pg_attribute entry.
7404 */
7406
7407 attribute = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, 0);
7408
7409 /* Fix up attribute number */
7410 attribute->attnum = newattnum;
7411
7412 /* make sure datatype is legal for a column */
7415 (attribute->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL ? CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL : 0));
7416
7417 InsertPgAttributeTuples(attrdesc, tupdesc, myrelid, NULL, NULL);
7418
7420
7421 /*
7422 * Update pg_class tuple as appropriate
7423 */
7424 relform->relnatts = newattnum;
7425
7427
7428 heap_freetuple(reltup);
7429
7430 /* Post creation hook for new attribute */
7431 InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(RelationRelationId, myrelid, newattnum);
7432
7434
7435 /* Make the attribute's catalog entry visible */
7436 CommandCounterIncrement();
7437
7438 /*
7439 * Store the DEFAULT, if any, in the catalogs
7440 */
7442 {
7443 RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
7444
7446 rawEnt->attnum = attribute->attnum;
7449
7450 /*
7451 * This function is intended for CREATE TABLE, so it processes a
7452 * _list_ of defaults, but we just do one.
7453 */
7455 false, true, false, NULL);
7456
7457 /* Make the additional catalog changes visible */
7458 CommandCounterIncrement();
7459 }
7460
7461 /*
7462 * Tell Phase 3 to fill in the default expression, if there is one.
7463 *
7464 * If there is no default, Phase 3 doesn't have to do anything, because
7465 * that effectively means that the default is NULL. The heap tuple access
7466 * routines always check for attnum > # of attributes in tuple, and return
7467 * NULL if so, so without any modification of the tuple data we will get
7468 * the effect of NULL values in the new column.
7469 *
7470 * An exception occurs when the new column is of a domain type: the domain
7471 * might have a not-null constraint, or a check constraint that indirectly
7472 * rejects nulls. If there are any domain constraints then we construct
7473 * an explicit NULL default value that will be passed through
7474 * CoerceToDomain processing. (This is a tad inefficient, since it causes
7475 * rewriting the table which we really wouldn't have to do; but we do it
7476 * to preserve the historical behavior that such a failure will be raised
7477 * only if the table currently contains some rows.)
7478 *
7479 * Note: we use build_column_default, and not just the cooked default
7480 * returned by AddRelationNewConstraints, so that the right thing happens
7481 * when a datatype's default applies.
7482 *
7483 * Note: it might seem that this should happen at the end of Phase 2, so
7484 * that the effects of subsequent subcommands can be taken into account.
7485 * It's intentional that we do it now, though. The new column should be
7486 * filled according to what is said in the ADD COLUMN subcommand, so that
7487 * the effects are the same as if this subcommand had been run by itself
7488 * and the later subcommands had been issued in new ALTER TABLE commands.
7489 *
7490 * We can skip this entirely for relations without storage, since Phase 3
7491 * is certainly not going to touch them.
7492 */
7493 if (RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(relkind))
7494 {
7495 bool has_domain_constraints;
7496 bool has_missing = false;
7497
7498 /*
7499 * For an identity column, we can't use build_column_default(),
7500 * because the sequence ownership isn't set yet. So do it manually.
7501 */
7503 {
7505
7507 nve->typeId = attribute->atttypid;
7508
7509 defval = (Expr *) nve;
7510 }
7511 else
7513
7514 /* Build CoerceToDomain(NULL) expression if needed */
7515 has_domain_constraints = DomainHasConstraints(attribute->atttypid);
7516 if (!defval && has_domain_constraints)
7517 {
7518 Oid baseTypeId;
7519 int32 baseTypeMod;
7520 Oid baseTypeColl;
7521
7522 baseTypeMod = attribute->atttypmod;
7523 baseTypeId = getBaseTypeAndTypmod(attribute->atttypid, &baseTypeMod);
7524 baseTypeColl = get_typcollation(baseTypeId);
7527 (Node *) defval,
7528 baseTypeId,
7529 attribute->atttypid,
7530 attribute->atttypmod,
7531 COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
7532 COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
7533 -1);
7534 if (defval == NULL) /* should not happen */
7536 }
7537
7538 if (defval)
7539 {
7541
7542 /* Prepare defval for execution, either here or in Phase 3 */
7543 defval = expression_planner(defval);
7544
7545 /* Add the new default to the newvals list */
7547 newval->attnum = attribute->attnum;
7548 newval->expr = defval;
7550
7552
7553 /*
7554 * Attempt to skip a complete table rewrite by storing the
7555 * specified DEFAULT value outside of the heap. This is only
7556 * allowed for plain relations and non-generated columns, and the
7557 * default expression can't be volatile (stable is OK). Note that
7558 * contain_volatile_functions deems CoerceToDomain immutable, but
7559 * here we consider that coercion to a domain with constraints is
7560 * volatile; else it might fail even when the table is empty.
7561 */
7563 !colDef->generated &&
7564 !has_domain_constraints &&
7566 {
7567 EState *estate;
7568 ExprState *exprState;
7569 Datum missingval;
7570 bool missingIsNull;
7571
7572 /* Evaluate the default expression */
7573 estate = CreateExecutorState();
7574 exprState = ExecPrepareExpr(defval, estate);
7575 missingval = ExecEvalExpr(exprState,
7576 GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
7577 &missingIsNull);
7578 /* If it turns out NULL, nothing to do; else store it */
7579 if (!missingIsNull)
7580 {
7581 StoreAttrMissingVal(rel, attribute->attnum, missingval);
7582 /* Make the additional catalog change visible */
7583 CommandCounterIncrement();
7584 has_missing = true;
7585 }
7586 FreeExecutorState(estate);
7587 }
7588 else
7589 {
7590 /*
7591 * Failed to use missing mode. We have to do a table rewrite
7592 * to install the value --- unless it's a virtual generated
7593 * column.
7594 */
7597 }
7598 }
7599
7600 if (!has_missing)
7601 {
7602 /*
7603 * If the new column is NOT NULL, and there is no missing value,
7604 * tell Phase 3 it needs to check for NULLs.
7605 */
7607 }
7608 }
7609
7610 /*
7611 * Add needed dependency entries for the new column.
7612 */
7613 add_column_datatype_dependency(myrelid, newattnum, attribute->atttypid);
7614 add_column_collation_dependency(myrelid, newattnum, attribute->attcollation);
7615
7616 /*
7617 * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER
7618 * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
7619 * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
7620 */
7621 children =
7623
7624 /*
7625 * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
7626 * tables; else the addition would put them out of step.
7627 */
7628 if (children && !recurse)
7630 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
7632
7633 /* Children should see column as singly inherited */
7634 if (!recursing)
7635 {
7636 childcmd = copyObject(*cmd);
7638 colDef->inhcount = 1;
7640 }
7641 else
7642 childcmd = *cmd; /* no need to copy again */
7643
7644 foreach(child, children)
7645 {
7647 Relation childrel;
7648 AlteredTableInfo *childtab;
7649
7650 /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
7652 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
7653
7654 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
7655 childtab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, childrel);
7656
7657 /* Recurse to child; return value is ignored */
7658 ATExecAddColumn(wqueue, childtab, childrel,
7659 &childcmd, recurse, true,
7660 lockmode, cur_pass, context);
7661
7663 }
7664
7665 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, myrelid, newattnum);
7666 return address;
7667}
static Datum ExecEvalExpr(ExprState *state, ExprContext *econtext, bool *isNull)
Definition: executor.h:393
#define newval
void CheckAttributeType(const char *attname, Oid atttypid, Oid attcollation, List *containing_rowtypes, int flags)
Definition: heap.c:544
void InsertPgAttributeTuples(Relation pg_attribute_rel, TupleDesc tupdesc, Oid new_rel_oid, const FormExtraData_pg_attribute tupdesc_extra[], CatalogIndexState indstate)
Definition: heap.c:717
void StoreAttrMissingVal(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, Datum missingval)
Definition: heap.c:2030
static bool pg_add_s16_overflow(int16 a, int16 b, int16 *result)
Definition: int.h:67
Const * makeNullConst(Oid consttype, int32 consttypmod, Oid constcollid)
Definition: makefuncs.c:388
#define InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(classId, objectId, subId)
Definition: objectaccess.h:173
#define ObjectAddressSubSet(addr, class_id, object_id, object_sub_id)
Definition: objectaddress.h:33
Node * coerce_to_target_type(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, Oid exprtype, Oid targettype, int32 targettypmod, CoercionContext ccontext, CoercionForm cformat, int location)
Definition: parse_coerce.c:79
void typenameTypeIdAndMod(ParseState *pstate, const TypeName *typeName, Oid *typeid_p, int32 *typmod_p)
Definition: parse_type.c:310
Oid GetColumnDefCollation(ParseState *pstate, const ColumnDef *coldef, Oid typeOid)
Definition: parse_type.c:540
Node * build_column_default(Relation rel, int attrno)
Definition: rewriteHandler.c:1231
Definition: parsenodes.h:752
Definition: execnodes.h:655
Definition: execnodes.h:85
Definition: primnodes.h:189
Definition: tablecmds.c:236
Definition: primnodes.h:2135
Definition: heap.h:29
Definition: tupdesc.h:136
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(Oid relid, const char *attname)
Definition: syscache.c:498
static void add_column_datatype_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid typid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7727
static void add_column_collation_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid collid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7745
static AlterTableCmd * ATParseTransformCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:5735
static bool check_for_column_name_collision(Relation rel, const char *colname, bool if_not_exists)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7674
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddColumn(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd **cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7245
References add_column_collation_dependency(), add_column_datatype_dependency(), AddRelationNewConstraints(), Assert(), AT_REWRITE_DEFAULT_VAL, ATExecAddColumn(), ATGetQueueEntry(), ATParseTransformCmd(), ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, RawColumnDefault::attnum, build_column_default(), BuildDescForRelation(), castNode, CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_for_column_name_collision(), check_stack_depth(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CheckAttributeType(), CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL, COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST, coerce_to_target_type(), COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, ColumnDef::colname, CommandCounterIncrement(), contain_volatile_functions(), copyObject, CreateExecutorState(), AlterTableCmd::def, DomainHasConstraints(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, ExecEvalExpr(), ExecPrepareExpr(), expression_planner(), find_inheritance_children(), FreeExecutorState(), RawColumnDefault::generated, ColumnDef::generated, get_collation_name(), get_typcollation(), getBaseTypeAndTypmod(), GetColumnDefCollation(), GetPerTupleExprContext, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, ColumnDef::identity, ColumnDef::identitySequence, ColumnDef::inhcount, InsertPgAttributeTuples(), InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostCreateHook, ColumnDef::is_local, ColumnDef::is_not_null, lappend(), lfirst_oid, list_make1, list_make1_oid, makeNode, makeNullConst(), MaxHeapAttributeNumber, NameStr, newval, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, NIL, NoLock, NOTICE, ObjectAddressSubSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), palloc0_object, palloc_object, pg_add_s16_overflow(), RangeVarGetRelid, RawColumnDefault::raw_default, ColumnDef::raw_default, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), NextValueExpr::seqid, StoreAttrMissingVal(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), TupleDescAttr(), NextValueExpr::typeId, ColumnDef::typeName, typenameTypeIdAndMod(), and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), and ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 9824 of file tablecmds.c.
9827{
9829
9831
9832 /*
9833 * Currently, we only expect to see CONSTR_CHECK, CONSTR_NOTNULL and
9834 * CONSTR_FOREIGN nodes arriving here (see the preprocessing done in
9835 * parse_utilcmd.c).
9836 */
9838 {
9841 address =
9842 ATAddCheckNNConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel,
9843 newConstraint, recurse, false, is_readd,
9844 lockmode);
9845 break;
9846
9848
9849 /*
9850 * Assign or validate constraint name
9851 */
9853 {
9855 RelationGetRelid(rel),
9856 newConstraint->conname))
9860 newConstraint->conname,
9861 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9862 }
9863 else
9864 newConstraint->conname =
9867 "fkey",
9868 RelationGetNamespace(rel),
9869 NIL);
9870
9871 address = ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel,
9872 newConstraint,
9873 recurse, false,
9874 lockmode);
9875 break;
9876
9877 default:
9880 }
9881
9882 return address;
9883}
static char * ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(List *colnames)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9898
static ObjectAddress ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *fkconstraint, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:10095
References Assert(), ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(), ChooseConstraintName(), ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(), Constraint::conname, CONSTR_CHECK, CONSTR_FOREIGN, CONSTR_NOTNULL, CONSTRAINT_RELATION, ConstraintNameIsUsed(), Constraint::contype, elog, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg(), ERROR, Constraint::fk_attrs, InvalidObjectAddress, IsA, NIL, RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddIdentity()
|
static |
Definition at line 8268 of file tablecmds.c.
8270{
8271 Relation attrelation;
8272 HeapTuple tuple;
8273 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8275 ObjectAddress address;
8277 bool ispartitioned;
8278
8279 ispartitioned = (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
8280 if (ispartitioned && !recurse)
8282 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8285
8288 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8290
8292
8296 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8298 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8300 attnum = attTup->attnum;
8301
8302 /* Can't alter a system attribute */
8305 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8307 colName)));
8308
8309 /*
8310 * Creating a column as identity implies NOT NULL, so adding the identity
8311 * to an existing column that is not NOT NULL would create a state that
8312 * cannot be reproduced without contortions.
8313 */
8314 if (!attTup->attnotnull)
8316 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8317 errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" must be declared NOT NULL before identity can be added",
8318 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8319
8320 /*
8321 * On the other hand, if a not-null constraint exists, then verify that
8322 * it's compatible.
8323 */
8324 if (attTup->attnotnull)
8325 {
8326 HeapTuple contup;
8327 Form_pg_constraint conForm;
8328
8330 attnum);
8333 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
8334
8336 if (!conForm->convalidated)
8338 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8342 "ALTER TABLE ... VALIDATE CONSTRAINT"));
8343 }
8344
8345 if (attTup->attidentity)
8347 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8349 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8350
8351 if (attTup->atthasdef)
8353 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8355 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8356
8357 attTup->attidentity = cdef->identity;
8359
8360 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8361 RelationGetRelid(rel),
8362 attTup->attnum);
8363 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8365 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8366
8368
8369 /*
8370 * Recurse to propagate the identity column to partitions. Identity is
8371 * not inherited in regular inheritance children.
8372 */
8373 if (recurse && ispartitioned)
8374 {
8375 List *children;
8376 ListCell *lc;
8377
8379
8380 foreach(lc, children)
8381 {
8382 Relation childrel;
8383
8387 }
8388 }
8389
8390 return address;
8391}
HeapTuple findNotNullConstraintAttnum(Oid relid, AttrNumber attnum)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:592
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8268
References ATExecAddIdentity(), attnum, castNode, CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), findNotNullConstraintAttnum(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, ColumnDef::identity, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_oid, NameStr, NoLock, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAddIdentity(), and ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddIndex()
|
static |
Definition at line 9648 of file tablecmds.c.
9650{
9651 bool check_rights;
9652 bool skip_build;
9653 bool quiet;
9654 ObjectAddress address;
9655
9658
9659 /* The IndexStmt has already been through transformIndexStmt */
9661
9662 /* suppress schema rights check when rebuilding existing index */
9663 check_rights = !is_rebuild;
9664 /* skip index build if phase 3 will do it or we're reusing an old one */
9666 /* suppress notices when rebuilding existing index */
9667 quiet = is_rebuild;
9668
9670 stmt,
9674 -1, /* total_parts unknown */
9675 true, /* is_alter_table */
9676 check_rights,
9677 false, /* check_not_in_use - we did it already */
9678 skip_build,
9679 quiet);
9680
9681 /*
9682 * If TryReuseIndex() stashed a relfilenumber for us, we used it for the
9683 * new index instead of building from scratch. Restore associated fields.
9684 * This may store InvalidSubTransactionId in both fields, in which case
9685 * relcache.c will assume it can rebuild the relcache entry. Hence, do
9686 * this after the CCI that made catalog rows visible to any rebuild. The
9687 * DROP of the old edition of this index will have scheduled the storage
9688 * for deletion at commit, so cancel that pending deletion.
9689 */
9691 {
9693
9698 }
9699
9700 return address;
9701}
ObjectAddress DefineIndex(Oid tableId, IndexStmt *stmt, Oid indexRelationId, Oid parentIndexId, Oid parentConstraintId, int total_parts, bool is_alter_table, bool check_rights, bool check_not_in_use, bool skip_build, bool quiet)
Definition: indexcmds.c:541
void RelationPreserveStorage(RelFileLocator rlocator, bool atCommit)
Definition: storage.c:252
Definition: parsenodes.h:3511
SubTransactionId rd_firstRelfilelocatorSubid
Definition: rel.h:106
References Assert(), DefineIndex(), index_close(), index_open(), InvalidOid, IsA, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, RelationData::rd_createSubid, RelationData::rd_firstRelfilelocatorSubid, RelationData::rd_locator, RelationGetRelid, RelationPreserveStorage(), RelFileNumberIsValid, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, and stmt.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddIndexConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 9732 of file tablecmds.c.
9734{
9736 Relation indexRel;
9737 char *indexName;
9738 IndexInfo *indexInfo;
9739 char *constraintName;
9740 char constraintType;
9741 ObjectAddress address;
9742 bits16 flags;
9743
9747
9748 /*
9749 * Doing this on partitioned tables is not a simple feature to implement,
9750 * so let's punt for now.
9751 */
9754 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9756
9758
9760
9761 indexInfo = BuildIndexInfo(indexRel);
9762
9763 /* this should have been checked at parse time */
9766
9767 /*
9768 * Determine name to assign to constraint. We require a constraint to
9769 * have the same name as the underlying index; therefore, use the index's
9770 * existing name as the default constraint name, and if the user
9771 * explicitly gives some other name for the constraint, rename the index
9772 * to match.
9773 */
9774 constraintName = stmt->idxname;
9775 if (constraintName == NULL)
9776 constraintName = indexName;
9777 else if (strcmp(constraintName, indexName) != 0)
9778 {
9781 indexName, constraintName)));
9783 }
9784
9785 /* Extra checks needed if making primary key */
9788
9789 /* Note we currently don't support EXCLUSION constraints here */
9791 constraintType = CONSTRAINT_PRIMARY;
9792 else
9793 constraintType = CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE;
9794
9795 /* Create the catalog entries for the constraint */
9796 flags = INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_UPDATE_INDEX |
9801
9802 address = index_constraint_create(rel,
9803 index_oid,
9804 InvalidOid,
9805 indexInfo,
9806 constraintName,
9807 constraintType,
9808 flags,
9809 allowSystemTableMods,
9810 false); /* is_internal */
9811
9813
9814 return address;
9815}
void index_check_primary_key(Relation heapRel, const IndexInfo *indexInfo, bool is_alter_table, const IndexStmt *stmt)
Definition: index.c:202
ObjectAddress index_constraint_create(Relation heapRelation, Oid indexRelationId, Oid parentConstraintId, const IndexInfo *indexInfo, const char *constraintName, char constraintType, bits16 constr_flags, bool allow_system_table_mods, bool is_internal)
Definition: index.c:1885
#define INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_REMOVE_OLD_DEPS
Definition: index.h:95
#define INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_MARK_AS_PRIMARY
Definition: index.h:91
Definition: execnodes.h:163
void RenameRelationInternal(Oid myrelid, const char *newrelname, bool is_internal, bool is_index)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4267
References AccessShareLock, allowSystemTableMods, Assert(), BuildIndexInfo(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, IndexInfo::ii_Unique, index_check_primary_key(), index_close(), INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_DEFERRABLE, INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_INIT_DEFERRED, INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_MARK_AS_PRIMARY, INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_REMOVE_OLD_DEPS, INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_UPDATE_INDEX, index_constraint_create(), index_open(), InvalidOid, IsA, NoLock, NOTICE, OidIsValid, pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RenameRelationInternal(), and stmt.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddInherit()
|
static |
Definition at line 17289 of file tablecmds.c.
17290{
17291 Relation parent_rel;
17292 List *children;
17293 ObjectAddress address;
17294 const char *trigger_name;
17295
17296 /*
17297 * A self-exclusive lock is needed here. See the similar case in
17298 * MergeAttributes() for a full explanation.
17299 */
17301
17302 /*
17303 * Must be owner of both parent and child -- child was checked by
17304 * ATSimplePermissions call in ATPrepCmd
17305 */
17308
17309 /* Permanent rels cannot inherit from temporary ones */
17311 child_rel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
17313 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17315 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
17316
17317 /* If parent rel is temp, it must belong to this session */
17320 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17322
17323 /* Ditto for the child */
17326 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17328
17329 /* Prevent partitioned tables from becoming inheritance parents */
17332 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17334 parent->relname)));
17335
17336 /* Likewise for partitions */
17339 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17341
17342 /*
17343 * Prevent circularity by seeing if proposed parent inherits from child.
17344 * (In particular, this disallows making a rel inherit from itself.)
17345 *
17346 * This is not completely bulletproof because of race conditions: in
17347 * multi-level inheritance trees, someone else could concurrently be
17348 * making another inheritance link that closes the loop but does not join
17349 * either of the rels we have locked. Preventing that seems to require
17350 * exclusive locks on the entire inheritance tree, which is a cure worse
17351 * than the disease. find_all_inheritors() will cope with circularity
17352 * anyway, so don't sweat it too much.
17353 *
17354 * We use weakest lock we can on child's children, namely AccessShareLock.
17355 */
17357 AccessShareLock, NULL);
17358
17361 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
17364 parent->relname,
17365 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel))));
17366
17367 /*
17368 * If child_rel has row-level triggers with transition tables, we
17369 * currently don't allow it to become an inheritance child. See also
17370 * prohibitions in ATExecAttachPartition() and CreateTrigger().
17371 */
17373 if (trigger_name != NULL)
17375 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
17377 trigger_name, RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)),
17378 errdetail("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported in inheritance hierarchies.")));
17379
17380 /* OK to create inheritance */
17382
17383 ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId,
17384 RelationGetRelid(parent_rel));
17385
17386 /* keep our lock on the parent relation until commit */
17388
17389 return address;
17390}
static void CreateInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17400
const char * FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
Definition: trigger.c:2277
References AccessShareLock, AT_AddInherit, ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, CreateInheritance(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(), list_member_oid(), NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, RelationData::rd_rel, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RangeVar::relname, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, table_close(), table_openrv(), and RelationData::trigdesc.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddOf()
|
static |
Definition at line 18242 of file tablecmds.c.
18243{
18245 Type typetuple;
18246 Form_pg_type typeform;
18248 Relation inheritsRelation,
18249 relationRelation;
18250 SysScanDesc scan;
18252 AttrNumber table_attno,
18253 type_attno;
18254 TupleDesc typeTupleDesc,
18255 tableTupleDesc;
18256 ObjectAddress tableobj,
18257 typeobj;
18258 HeapTuple classtuple;
18259
18260 /* Validate the type. */
18261 typetuple = typenameType(NULL, ofTypename, NULL);
18262 check_of_type(typetuple);
18264 typeid = typeform->oid;
18265
18266 /* Fail if the table has any inheritance parents. */
18269 Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
18270 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18271 ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
18272 scan = systable_beginscan(inheritsRelation, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId,
18276 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
18278 systable_endscan(scan);
18280
18281 /*
18282 * Check the tuple descriptors for compatibility. Unlike inheritance, we
18283 * require that the order also match. However, attnotnull need not match.
18284 */
18286 tableTupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
18287 table_attno = 1;
18289 {
18290 Form_pg_attribute type_attr,
18291 table_attr;
18292 const char *type_attname,
18293 *table_attname;
18294
18295 /* Get the next non-dropped type attribute. */
18296 type_attr = TupleDescAttr(typeTupleDesc, type_attno - 1);
18297 if (type_attr->attisdropped)
18298 continue;
18299 type_attname = NameStr(type_attr->attname);
18300
18301 /* Get the next non-dropped table attribute. */
18302 do
18303 {
18306 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
18308 type_attname)));
18309 table_attr = TupleDescAttr(tableTupleDesc, table_attno - 1);
18310 table_attno++;
18311 } while (table_attr->attisdropped);
18312 table_attname = NameStr(table_attr->attname);
18313
18314 /* Compare name. */
18317 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
18319 table_attname, type_attname)));
18320
18321 /* Compare type. */
18322 if (table_attr->atttypid != type_attr->atttypid ||
18323 table_attr->atttypmod != type_attr->atttypmod ||
18324 table_attr->attcollation != type_attr->attcollation)
18326 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
18328 RelationGetRelationName(rel), type_attname)));
18329 }
18330 ReleaseTupleDesc(typeTupleDesc);
18331
18332 /* Any remaining columns at the end of the table had better be dropped. */
18334 {
18336 table_attno - 1);
18337
18338 if (!table_attr->attisdropped)
18340 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
18342 NameStr(table_attr->attname))));
18343 }
18344
18345 /* If the table was already typed, drop the existing dependency. */
18348 DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
18349
18350 /* Record a dependency on the new type. */
18351 tableobj.classId = RelationRelationId;
18352 tableobj.objectId = relid;
18353 tableobj.objectSubId = 0;
18354 typeobj.classId = TypeRelationId;
18356 typeobj.objectSubId = 0;
18358
18359 /* Update pg_class.reloftype */
18366
18367 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relid, 0);
18368
18369 heap_freetuple(classtuple);
18371
18372 ReleaseSysCache(typetuple);
18373
18374 return typeobj;
18375}
Type typenameType(ParseState *pstate, const TypeName *typeName, int32 *typmod_p)
Definition: parse_type.c:264
static void drop_parent_dependency(Oid relid, Oid refclassid, Oid refobjid, DependencyType deptype)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18190
TupleDesc lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(Oid type_id, int32 typmod)
Definition: typcache.c:1921
References AccessShareLock, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_of_type(), ObjectAddress::classId, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, drop_parent_dependency(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, sort-test::key, lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(), NAMEDATALEN, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, RelationData::rd_rel, recordDependencyOn(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), ReleaseTupleDesc, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCacheCopy1, systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), TupleDescAttr(), and typenameType().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAddStatistics()
|
static |
Definition at line 9711 of file tablecmds.c.
9713{
9714 ObjectAddress address;
9715
9717
9718 /* The CreateStatsStmt has already been through transformStatsStmt */
9720
9722
9723 return address;
9724}
ObjectAddress CreateStatistics(CreateStatsStmt *stmt, bool check_rights)
Definition: statscmds.c:63
Definition: parsenodes.h:3548
References Assert(), CreateStatistics(), IsA, and stmt.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions()
|
static |
Definition at line 15983 of file tablecmds.c.
15987{
15988 Relation ftrel;
15989 Relation attrel;
15990 ForeignServer *server;
15991 ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
15992 HeapTuple tuple;
15993 HeapTuple newtuple;
15994 bool isnull;
15995 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
15996 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
15997 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
15998 Datum datum;
15999 Form_pg_foreign_table fttableform;
16000 Form_pg_attribute atttableform;
16002 ObjectAddress address;
16003
16006
16007 /* First, determine FDW validator associated to the foreign table. */
16012 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
16014 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
16016 server = GetForeignServer(fttableform->ftserver);
16018
16020 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
16021
16026 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
16028 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
16029
16030 /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
16032 attnum = atttableform->attnum;
16035 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
16037
16038
16039 /* Initialize buffers for new tuple values */
16040 memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
16041 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
16042 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
16043
16044 /* Extract the current options */
16045 datum = SysCacheGetAttr(ATTNAME,
16046 tuple,
16047 Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions,
16048 &isnull);
16049 if (isnull)
16050 datum = PointerGetDatum(NULL);
16051
16052 /* Transform the options */
16053 datum = transformGenericOptions(AttributeRelationId,
16054 datum,
16055 options,
16056 fdw->fdwvalidator);
16057
16059 repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = datum;
16060 else
16061 repl_null[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = true;
16062
16063 repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = true;
16064
16065 /* Everything looks good - update the tuple */
16066
16068 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
16069
16071
16072 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
16073 RelationGetRelid(rel),
16074 atttableform->attnum);
16075 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
16077
16078 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
16079
16081
16082 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
16083
16084 return address;
16085}
Datum transformGenericOptions(Oid catalogId, Datum oldOptions, List *options, Oid fdwvalidator)
Definition: foreigncmds.c:121
HeapTuple heap_modify_tuple(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc tupleDesc, const Datum *replValues, const bool *replIsnull, const bool *doReplace)
Definition: heaptuple.c:1210
FormData_pg_foreign_table * Form_pg_foreign_table
Definition: pg_foreign_table.h:43
Definition: foreign.h:25
Definition: foreign.h:35
Definition: oid2name.c:30
Datum SysCacheGetAttr(int cacheId, HeapTuple tup, AttrNumber attributeNumber, bool *isNull)
Definition: syscache.c:595
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheAttName(Oid relid, const char *attname)
Definition: syscache.c:475
References AccessShareLock, attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), DatumGetPointer(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ForeignServer::fdwid, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwvalidator, GetForeignDataWrapper(), GetForeignServer(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NIL, ObjectAddressSubSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PointerGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_id, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), SearchSysCacheAttName(), SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and transformGenericOptions().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAlterColumnType()
|
static |
Definition at line 14754 of file tablecmds.c.
14756{
14760 HeapTuple heapTup;
14761 Form_pg_attribute attTup,
14762 attOldTup;
14764 HeapTuple typeTuple;
14765 Form_pg_type tform;
14766 Oid targettype;
14767 int32 targettypmod;
14768 Oid targetcollid;
14769 Node *defaultexpr;
14770 Relation attrelation;
14771 Relation depRel;
14773 SysScanDesc scan;
14774 HeapTuple depTup;
14775 ObjectAddress address;
14776
14777 /*
14778 * Clear all the missing values if we're rewriting the table, since this
14779 * renders them pointless.
14780 */
14782 {
14783 Relation newrel;
14784
14786 RelationClearMissing(newrel);
14788 /* make sure we don't conflict with later attribute modifications */
14789 CommandCounterIncrement();
14790 }
14791
14793
14794 /* Look up the target column */
14798 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
14800 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
14802 attnum = attTup->attnum;
14804
14805 /* Check for multiple ALTER TYPE on same column --- can't cope */
14806 if (attTup->atttypid != attOldTup->atttypid ||
14807 attTup->atttypmod != attOldTup->atttypmod)
14809 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
14811 colName)));
14812
14813 /* Look up the target type (should not fail, since prep found it) */
14814 typeTuple = typenameType(NULL, typeName, &targettypmod);
14816 targettype = tform->oid;
14817 /* And the collation */
14818 targetcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, def, targettype);
14819
14820 /*
14821 * If there is a default expression for the column, get it and ensure we
14822 * can coerce it to the new datatype. (We must do this before changing
14823 * the column type, because build_column_default itself will try to
14824 * coerce, and will not issue the error message we want if it fails.)
14825 *
14826 * We remove any implicit coercion steps at the top level of the old
14827 * default expression; this has been agreed to satisfy the principle of
14828 * least surprise. (The conversion to the new column type should act like
14829 * it started from what the user sees as the stored expression, and the
14830 * implicit coercions aren't going to be shown.)
14831 */
14832 if (attTup->atthasdef)
14833 {
14835 Assert(defaultexpr);
14836 defaultexpr = strip_implicit_coercions(defaultexpr);
14838 defaultexpr, exprType(defaultexpr),
14839 targettype, targettypmod,
14840 COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
14841 COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
14842 -1);
14843 if (defaultexpr == NULL)
14844 {
14845 if (attTup->attgenerated)
14847 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
14849 colName, format_type_be(targettype))));
14850 else
14852 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
14854 colName, format_type_be(targettype))));
14855 }
14856 }
14857 else
14858 defaultexpr = NULL;
14859
14860 /*
14861 * Find everything that depends on the column (constraints, indexes, etc),
14862 * and record enough information to let us recreate the objects.
14863 *
14864 * The actual recreation does not happen here, but only after we have
14865 * performed all the individual ALTER TYPE operations. We have to save
14866 * the info before executing ALTER TYPE, though, else the deparser will
14867 * get confused.
14868 */
14870
14871 /*
14872 * Now scan for dependencies of this column on other things. The only
14873 * things we should find are the dependency on the column datatype and
14874 * possibly a collation dependency. Those can be removed.
14875 */
14877
14879 Anum_pg_depend_classid,
14880 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
14881 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
14883 Anum_pg_depend_objid,
14884 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
14887 Anum_pg_depend_objsubid,
14888 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ,
14890
14892 NULL, 3, key);
14893
14895 {
14897 ObjectAddress foundObject;
14898
14899 foundObject.classId = foundDep->refclassid;
14900 foundObject.objectId = foundDep->refobjid;
14901 foundObject.objectSubId = foundDep->refobjsubid;
14902
14905 foundDep->deptype);
14906 if (!(foundDep->refclassid == TypeRelationId &&
14907 foundDep->refobjid == attTup->atttypid) &&
14908 !(foundDep->refclassid == CollationRelationId &&
14909 foundDep->refobjid == attTup->attcollation))
14912
14913 CatalogTupleDelete(depRel, &depTup->t_self);
14914 }
14915
14916 systable_endscan(scan);
14917
14919
14920 /*
14921 * Here we go --- change the recorded column type and collation. (Note
14922 * heapTup is a copy of the syscache entry, so okay to scribble on.) First
14923 * fix up the missing value if any.
14924 */
14925 if (attTup->atthasmissing)
14926 {
14927 Datum missingval;
14928 bool missingNull;
14929
14930 /* if rewrite is true the missing value should already be cleared */
14932
14933 /* Get the missing value datum */
14934 missingval = heap_getattr(heapTup,
14935 Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval,
14936 attrelation->rd_att,
14937 &missingNull);
14938
14939 /* if it's a null array there is nothing to do */
14940
14941 if (!missingNull)
14942 {
14943 /*
14944 * Get the datum out of the array and repack it in a new array
14945 * built with the new type data. We assume that since the table
14946 * doesn't need rewriting, the actual Datum doesn't need to be
14947 * changed, only the array metadata.
14948 */
14949
14950 int one = 1;
14951 bool isNull;
14952 Datum valuesAtt[Natts_pg_attribute] = {0};
14953 bool nullsAtt[Natts_pg_attribute] = {0};
14954 bool replacesAtt[Natts_pg_attribute] = {0};
14955 HeapTuple newTup;
14956
14957 missingval = array_get_element(missingval,
14958 1,
14959 &one,
14960 0,
14961 attTup->attlen,
14962 attTup->attbyval,
14963 attTup->attalign,
14964 &isNull);
14966 1,
14967 targettype,
14968 tform->typlen,
14969 tform->typbyval,
14970 tform->typalign));
14971
14972 valuesAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = missingval;
14973 replacesAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = true;
14974 nullsAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = false;
14975
14977 valuesAtt, nullsAtt, replacesAtt);
14978 heap_freetuple(heapTup);
14979 heapTup = newTup;
14981 }
14982 }
14983
14984 attTup->atttypid = targettype;
14985 attTup->atttypmod = targettypmod;
14986 attTup->attcollation = targetcollid;
14989 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
14991 attTup->attndims = list_length(typeName->arrayBounds);
14992 attTup->attlen = tform->typlen;
14993 attTup->attbyval = tform->typbyval;
14994 attTup->attalign = tform->typalign;
14995 attTup->attstorage = tform->typstorage;
14996 attTup->attcompression = InvalidCompressionMethod;
14997
14998 ReleaseSysCache(typeTuple);
14999
15000 CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &heapTup->t_self, heapTup);
15001
15003
15004 /* Install dependencies on new datatype and collation */
15007
15008 /*
15009 * Drop any pg_statistic entry for the column, since it's now wrong type
15010 */
15012
15013 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
15015
15016 /*
15017 * Update the default, if present, by brute force --- remove and re-add
15018 * the default. Probably unsafe to take shortcuts, since the new version
15019 * may well have additional dependencies. (It's okay to do this now,
15020 * rather than after other ALTER TYPE commands, since the default won't
15021 * depend on other column types.)
15022 */
15023 if (defaultexpr)
15024 {
15025 /*
15026 * If it's a GENERATED default, drop its dependency records, in
15027 * particular its INTERNAL dependency on the column, which would
15028 * otherwise cause dependency.c to refuse to perform the deletion.
15029 */
15030 if (attTup->attgenerated)
15031 {
15033
15038 }
15039
15040 /*
15041 * Make updates-so-far visible, particularly the new pg_attribute row
15042 * which will be updated again.
15043 */
15044 CommandCounterIncrement();
15045
15046 /*
15047 * We use RESTRICT here for safety, but at present we do not expect
15048 * anything to depend on the default.
15049 */
15051 true);
15052
15054 }
15055
15056 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
15058
15059 /* Cleanup */
15060 heap_freetuple(heapTup);
15061
15062 return address;
15063}
ArrayType * construct_array(Datum *elems, int nelems, Oid elmtype, int elmlen, bool elmbyval, char elmalign)
Definition: arrayfuncs.c:3362
Datum array_get_element(Datum arraydatum, int nSubscripts, int *indx, int arraytyplen, int elmlen, bool elmbyval, char elmalign, bool *isNull)
Definition: arrayfuncs.c:1821
static Datum heap_getattr(HeapTuple tup, int attnum, TupleDesc tupleDesc, bool *isnull)
Definition: htup_details.h:904
void CatalogTupleDelete(Relation heapRel, const ItemPointerData *tid)
Definition: indexing.c:365
char * getObjectDescription(const ObjectAddress *object, bool missing_ok)
Definition: objectaddress.c:2911
Oid StoreAttrDefault(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, Node *expr, bool is_internal)
Definition: pg_attrdef.c:36
void RemoveAttrDefault(Oid relid, AttrNumber attnum, DropBehavior behavior, bool complain, bool internal)
Definition: pg_attrdef.c:153
long deleteDependencyRecordsFor(Oid classId, Oid objectId, bool skipExtensionDeps)
Definition: pg_depend.c:301
Definition: parsenodes.h:283
static void RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableType subtype, Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, const char *colName)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15071
References add_column_collation_dependency(), add_column_datatype_dependency(), array_get_element(), Assert(), AT_AlterColumnType, attnum, BTEqualStrategyNumber, build_column_default(), CatalogTupleDelete(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), ObjectAddress::classId, COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST, coerce_to_target_type(), COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, CommandCounterIncrement(), construct_array(), AlterTableCmd::def, deleteDependencyRecordsFor(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, DROP_RESTRICT, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, exprType(), format_type_be(), GetAttrDefaultOid(), GetColumnDefCollation(), getObjectDescription(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_getattr(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, if(), Int32GetDatum(), InvalidCompressionMethod, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, sort-test::key, list_length(), AlterTableCmd::name, NoLock, ObjectAddressSubSet, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, AlteredTableInfo::oldDesc, PG_INT16_MAX, PointerGetDatum(), relation_close(), RelationClearMissing(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(), RemoveAttrDefault(), RemoveStatistics(), AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), StoreAttrDefault(), strip_implicit_coercions(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), TupleDescAttr(), ColumnDef::typeName, and typenameType().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAlterConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 12226 of file tablecmds.c.
12228{
12229 Relation conrel;
12230 Relation tgrel;
12231 SysScanDesc scan;
12232 ScanKeyData skey[3];
12233 HeapTuple contuple;
12234 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12235 ObjectAddress address;
12236
12237 /*
12238 * Disallow altering ONLY a partitioned table, as it would make no sense.
12239 * This is okay for legacy inheritance.
12240 */
12243 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
12246
12247
12250
12251 /*
12252 * Find and check the target constraint
12253 */
12254 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
12255 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
12256 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12258 ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
12259 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
12260 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12262 ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
12263 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
12264 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
12266 scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
12267 true, NULL, 3, skey);
12268
12269 /* There can be at most one matching row */
12272 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
12275
12279 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
12284 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
12288 currcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
12290 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
12293
12294 /* Refuse to modify inheritability of inherited constraints */
12296 cmdcon->noinherit && currcon->coninhcount > 0)
12298 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
12300 NameStr(currcon->conname),
12301 RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
12302
12303 /*
12304 * If it's not the topmost constraint, raise an error.
12305 *
12306 * Altering a non-topmost constraint leaves some triggers untouched, since
12307 * they are not directly connected to this constraint; also, pg_dump would
12308 * ignore the deferrability status of the individual constraint, since it
12309 * only dumps topmost constraints. Avoid these problems by refusing this
12310 * operation and telling the user to alter the parent constraint instead.
12311 */
12313 {
12314 HeapTuple tp;
12315 Oid parent = currcon->conparentid;
12316 char *ancestorname = NULL;
12317 char *ancestortable = NULL;
12318
12319 /* Loop to find the topmost constraint */
12321 {
12323
12324 /* If no parent, this is the constraint we want */
12326 {
12328 ancestortable = get_rel_name(contup->conrelid);
12329 ReleaseSysCache(tp);
12330 break;
12331 }
12332
12333 parent = contup->conparentid;
12334 ReleaseSysCache(tp);
12335 }
12336
12338 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
12341 ancestorname && ancestortable ?
12343 cmdcon->conname, ancestorname, ancestortable) : 0,
12345 }
12346
12347 address = InvalidObjectAddress;
12348
12349 /*
12350 * Do the actual catalog work, and recurse if necessary.
12351 */
12353 contuple, recurse, lockmode))
12354 ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, currcon->oid);
12355
12356 systable_endscan(scan);
12357
12360
12361 return address;
12362}
static bool ATExecAlterConstraintInternal(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12369
References ATAlterConstraint::alterDeferrability, ATAlterConstraint::alterEnforceability, ATAlterConstraint::alterInheritability, ATExecAlterConstraintInternal(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, ATAlterConstraint::conname, CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_name(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvalidOid, NameStr, ATAlterConstraint::noinherit, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCache1(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAlterConstraintInternal()
|
static |
Definition at line 12369 of file tablecmds.c.
12373{
12374 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12375 bool changed = false;
12377
12379
12380 /*
12381 * Do the catalog work for the enforceability or deferrability change,
12382 * recurse if necessary.
12383 *
12384 * Note that even if deferrability is requested to be altered along with
12385 * enforceability, we don't need to explicitly update multiple entries in
12386 * pg_trigger related to deferrability.
12387 *
12388 * Modifying enforceability involves either creating or dropping the
12389 * trigger, during which the deferrability setting will be adjusted
12390 * automatically.
12391 */
12393 ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel,
12394 currcon->conrelid, currcon->confrelid,
12395 contuple, lockmode, InvalidOid,
12397 changed = true;
12398
12400 ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, rel,
12401 contuple, recurse, &otherrelids,
12402 lockmode))
12403 {
12404 /*
12405 * AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry already invalidated relcache for
12406 * the relations having the constraint itself; here we also invalidate
12407 * for relations that have any triggers that are part of the
12408 * constraint.
12409 */
12410 foreach_oid(relid, otherrelids)
12411 CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(relid);
12412
12413 changed = true;
12414 }
12415
12416 /*
12417 * Do the catalog work for the inheritability change.
12418 */
12420 ATExecAlterConstrInheritability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, rel, contuple,
12421 lockmode))
12422 changed = true;
12423
12424 return changed;
12425}
static bool ATExecAlterConstrInheritability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12643
References ATAlterConstraint::alterDeferrability, ATAlterConstraint::alterEnforceability, ATAlterConstraint::alterInheritability, ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(), ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(), ATExecAlterConstrInheritability(), CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(), foreach_oid, GETSTRUCT(), InvalidOid, and NIL.
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstraint().
◆ ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability()
|
static |
Definition at line 12586 of file tablecmds.c.
12590{
12591 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12592 Oid refrelid;
12593 bool changed = false;
12594
12595 /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
12596 check_stack_depth();
12597
12599
12601 refrelid = currcon->confrelid;
12602
12603 /* Should be foreign key constraint */
12604 Assert(currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN);
12605
12606 /*
12607 * If called to modify a constraint that's already in the desired state,
12608 * silently do nothing.
12609 */
12611 currcon->condeferred != cmdcon->initdeferred)
12612 {
12613 AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(cmdcon, conrel, contuple);
12614 changed = true;
12615
12616 /*
12617 * Now we need to update the multiple entries in pg_trigger that
12618 * implement the constraint.
12619 */
12620 AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability(currcon->oid, tgrel, rel,
12621 cmdcon->deferrable,
12622 cmdcon->initdeferred, otherrelids);
12623 }
12624
12625 /*
12626 * If the table at either end of the constraint is partitioned, we need to
12627 * handle every constraint that is a child of this one.
12628 */
12629 if (recurse && changed &&
12630 (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
12631 get_rel_relkind(refrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE))
12632 AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, rel,
12633 contuple, recurse, otherrelids,
12634 lockmode);
12635
12636 return changed;
12637}
static void AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, HeapTuple contuple)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12882
static void AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12840
static void AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability(Oid conoid, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, bool deferrable, bool initdeferred, List **otherrelids)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12722
References AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse(), AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability(), AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(), ATAlterConstraint::alterDeferrability, Assert(), check_stack_depth(), ATAlterConstraint::deferrable, get_rel_relkind(), GETSTRUCT(), ATAlterConstraint::initdeferred, and RelationData::rd_rel.
Referenced by AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse(), and ATExecAlterConstraintInternal().
◆ ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability()
|
static |
Definition at line 12440 of file tablecmds.c.
12448{
12449 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12450 Oid conoid;
12451 Relation rel;
12452 bool changed = false;
12453
12454 /* Since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
12455 check_stack_depth();
12456
12458
12460 conoid = currcon->oid;
12461
12462 /* Should be foreign key constraint */
12463 Assert(currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN);
12464
12465 rel = table_open(currcon->conrelid, lockmode);
12466
12468 {
12469 AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(cmdcon, conrel, contuple);
12470 changed = true;
12471 }
12472
12473 /* Drop triggers */
12475 {
12476 /*
12477 * When setting a constraint to NOT ENFORCED, the constraint triggers
12478 * need to be dropped. Therefore, we must process the child relations
12479 * first, followed by the parent, to account for dependencies.
12480 */
12482 get_rel_relkind(currcon->confrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
12483 AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel,
12484 fkrelid, pkrelid, contuple,
12487
12488 /* Drop all the triggers */
12490 }
12491 else if (changed) /* Create triggers */
12492 {
12494 ReferencedUpdTriggerOid = InvalidOid,
12495 ReferencingInsTriggerOid = InvalidOid,
12496 ReferencingUpdTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
12497
12498 /* Prepare the minimal information required for trigger creation. */
12500
12502 fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = currcon->confmatchtype;
12503 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = currcon->confupdtype;
12504 fkconstraint->fk_del_action = currcon->confdeltype;
12505
12506 /* Create referenced triggers */
12507 if (currcon->conrelid == fkrelid)
12508 createForeignKeyActionTriggers(currcon->conrelid,
12509 currcon->confrelid,
12510 fkconstraint,
12511 conoid,
12512 currcon->conindid,
12513 ReferencedParentDelTrigger,
12514 ReferencedParentUpdTrigger,
12515 &ReferencedDelTriggerOid,
12516 &ReferencedUpdTriggerOid);
12517
12518 /* Create referencing triggers */
12519 if (currcon->confrelid == pkrelid)
12520 createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(currcon->conrelid,
12521 pkrelid,
12522 fkconstraint,
12523 conoid,
12524 currcon->conindid,
12525 ReferencingParentInsTrigger,
12526 ReferencingParentUpdTrigger,
12527 &ReferencingInsTriggerOid,
12528 &ReferencingUpdTriggerOid);
12529
12530 /*
12531 * Tell Phase 3 to check that the constraint is satisfied by existing
12532 * rows. Only applies to leaf partitions, and (for constraints that
12533 * reference a partitioned table) only if this is not one of the
12534 * pg_constraint rows that exist solely to support action triggers.
12535 */
12537 currcon->confrelid == pkrelid)
12538 {
12539 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
12540 NewConstraint *newcon;
12541
12545 newcon->refrelid = currcon->confrelid;
12546 newcon->refindid = currcon->conindid;
12547 newcon->conid = currcon->oid;
12549
12550 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
12551 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
12553 }
12554
12555 /*
12556 * If the table at either end of the constraint is partitioned, we
12557 * need to recurse and create triggers for each constraint that is a
12558 * child of this one.
12559 */
12561 get_rel_relkind(currcon->confrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
12562 AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel,
12563 fkrelid, pkrelid, contuple,
12564 lockmode, ReferencedDelTriggerOid,
12565 ReferencedUpdTriggerOid,
12566 ReferencingInsTriggerOid,
12567 ReferencingUpdTriggerOid);
12568 }
12569
12571
12572 return changed;
12573}
static void AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode, Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger, Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger, Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12791
static void DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12031
References AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(), AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(), ATAlterConstraint::alterEnforceability, Assert(), ATGetQueueEntry(), check_stack_depth(), NewConstraint::conid, Constraint::conname, CONSTR_FOREIGN, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, createForeignKeyActionTriggers(), createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(), DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(), Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_matchtype, Constraint::fk_upd_action, get_rel_relkind(), GETSTRUCT(), InvalidOid, ATAlterConstraint::is_enforced, lappend(), makeNode, NewConstraint::name, NameStr, NoLock, palloc0_object, pstrdup(), NewConstraint::qual, RelationData::rd_rel, NewConstraint::refindid, NewConstraint::refrelid, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by AlterConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(), and ATExecAlterConstraintInternal().
◆ ATExecAlterConstrInheritability()
|
static |
Definition at line 12643 of file tablecmds.c.
12646{
12647 Form_pg_constraint currcon;
12648 AttrNumber colNum;
12649 char *colName;
12650 List *children;
12651
12653
12655
12656 /* The current implementation only works for NOT NULL constraints */
12657 Assert(currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL);
12658
12659 /*
12660 * If called to modify a constraint that's already in the desired state,
12661 * silently do nothing.
12662 */
12664 return false;
12665
12666 AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(cmdcon, conrel, contuple);
12667 CommandCounterIncrement();
12668
12669 /* Fetch the column number and name */
12670 colNum = extractNotNullColumn(contuple);
12672
12673 /*
12674 * Propagate the change to children. For this subcommand type we don't
12675 * recursively affect children, just the immediate level.
12676 */
12678 lockmode);
12679 foreach_oid(childoid, children)
12680 {
12681 ObjectAddress addr;
12682
12684 {
12685 HeapTuple childtup;
12686 Form_pg_constraint childcon;
12687
12688 childtup = findNotNullConstraint(childoid, colName);
12689 if (!childtup)
12691 colName, childoid);
12693 Assert(childcon->coninhcount > 0);
12694 childcon->coninhcount--;
12695 childcon->conislocal = true;
12697 heap_freetuple(childtup);
12698 }
12699 else
12700 {
12702
12704 colName, true, true, lockmode);
12706 CommandCounterIncrement();
12708 }
12709 }
12710
12711 return true;
12712}
char * get_attname(Oid relid, AttrNumber attnum, bool missing_ok)
Definition: lsyscache.c:918
HeapTuple findNotNullConstraint(Oid relid, const char *colname)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:642
AttrNumber extractNotNullColumn(HeapTuple constrTup)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:702
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetNotNull(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *conName, char *colName, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7941
References AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(), ATAlterConstraint::alterInheritability, Assert(), ATExecSetNotNull(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), CommandCounterIncrement(), elog, ERROR, extractNotNullColumn(), find_inheritance_children(), findNotNullConstraint(), foreach_oid, get_attname(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), NameStr, ATAlterConstraint::noinherit, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, OidIsValid, RelationGetRelid, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstraintInternal().
◆ ATExecAttachPartition()
|
static |
Definition at line 20310 of file tablecmds.c.
20312{
20313 Relation attachrel,
20314 catalog;
20315 List *attachrel_children;
20316 List *partConstraint;
20317 SysScanDesc scan;
20318 ScanKeyData skey;
20319 AttrNumber attno;
20320 int natts;
20321 TupleDesc tupleDesc;
20322 ObjectAddress address;
20323 const char *trigger_name;
20324 Oid defaultPartOid;
20325 List *partBoundConstraint;
20327
20329
20330 /*
20331 * We must lock the default partition if one exists, because attaching a
20332 * new partition will change its partition constraint.
20333 */
20334 defaultPartOid =
20338
20340
20341 /*
20342 * XXX I think it'd be a good idea to grab locks on all tables referenced
20343 * by FKs at this point also.
20344 */
20345
20346 /*
20347 * Must be owner of both parent and source table -- parent was checked by
20348 * ATSimplePermissions call in ATPrepCmd
20349 */
20352
20353 /* A partition can only have one parent */
20356 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20358 RelationGetRelationName(attachrel))));
20359
20362 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20364
20365 /*
20366 * Table being attached should not already be part of inheritance; either
20367 * as a child table...
20368 */
20370 ScanKeyInit(&skey,
20371 Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
20372 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
20375 NULL, 1, &skey);
20378 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20380 systable_endscan(scan);
20381
20382 /* ...or as a parent table (except the case when it is partitioned) */
20383 ScanKeyInit(&skey,
20384 Anum_pg_inherits_inhparent,
20385 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
20388 1, &skey);
20390 attachrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION)
20392 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20394 systable_endscan(scan);
20396
20397 /*
20398 * Prevent circularity by seeing if rel is a partition of attachrel. (In
20399 * particular, this disallows making a rel a partition of itself.)
20400 *
20401 * We do that by checking if rel is a member of the list of attachrel's
20402 * partitions provided the latter is partitioned at all. We want to avoid
20403 * having to construct this list again, so we request the strongest lock
20404 * on all partitions. We need the strongest lock, because we may decide
20405 * to scan them if we find out that the table being attached (or its leaf
20406 * partitions) may contain rows that violate the partition constraint. If
20407 * the table has a constraint that would prevent such rows, which by
20408 * definition is present in all the partitions, we need not scan the
20409 * table, nor its partitions. But we cannot risk a deadlock by taking a
20410 * weaker lock now and the stronger one only when needed.
20411 */
20413 AccessExclusiveLock, NULL);
20416 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
20419 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
20420 RelationGetRelationName(attachrel))));
20421
20422 /* If the parent is permanent, so must be all of its partitions. */
20424 attachrel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
20426 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20428 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
20429
20430 /* Temp parent cannot have a partition that is itself not a temp */
20432 attachrel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
20434 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20436 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
20437
20438 /* If the parent is temp, it must belong to this session */
20441 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20443
20444 /* Ditto for the partition */
20447 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20449
20450 /*
20451 * Check if attachrel has any identity columns or any columns that aren't
20452 * in the parent.
20453 */
20454 tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(attachrel);
20455 natts = tupleDesc->natts;
20456 for (attno = 1; attno <= natts; attno++)
20457 {
20460
20461 /* Ignore dropped */
20462 if (attribute->attisdropped)
20463 continue;
20464
20465 if (attribute->attidentity)
20467 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
20469 RelationGetRelationName(attachrel), attributeName),
20471
20472 /* Try to find the column in parent (matching on column name) */
20475 CStringGetDatum(attributeName)))
20477 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
20479 RelationGetRelationName(attachrel), attributeName,
20480 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
20482 }
20483
20484 /*
20485 * If child_rel has row-level triggers with transition tables, we
20486 * currently don't allow it to become a partition. See also prohibitions
20487 * in ATExecAddInherit() and CreateTrigger().
20488 */
20490 if (trigger_name != NULL)
20492 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
20494 trigger_name, RelationGetRelationName(attachrel)),
20496
20497 /*
20498 * Check that the new partition's bound is valid and does not overlap any
20499 * of existing partitions of the parent - note that it does not return on
20500 * error.
20501 */
20503 cmd->bound, pstate);
20504
20506
20507 /*
20508 * Generate a partition constraint from the partition bound specification.
20509 * If the parent itself is a partition, make sure to include its
20510 * constraint as well.
20511 */
20513
20514 /*
20515 * Use list_concat_copy() to avoid modifying partBoundConstraint in place,
20516 * since it's needed later to construct the constraint expression for
20517 * validating against the default partition, if any.
20518 */
20519 partConstraint = list_concat_copy(partBoundConstraint,
20520 RelationGetPartitionQual(rel));
20521
20522 /* Skip validation if there are no constraints to validate. */
20523 if (partConstraint)
20524 {
20525 /*
20526 * Run the partition quals through const-simplification similar to
20527 * check constraints. We skip canonicalize_qual, though, because
20528 * partition quals should be in canonical form already.
20529 */
20530 partConstraint =
20532 (Node *) partConstraint);
20533
20534 /* XXX this sure looks wrong */
20536
20537 /*
20538 * Adjust the generated constraint to match this partition's attribute
20539 * numbers.
20540 */
20541 partConstraint = map_partition_varattnos(partConstraint, 1, attachrel,
20542 rel);
20543
20544 /* Validate partition constraints against the table being attached. */
20545 QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, attachrel, partConstraint,
20546 false);
20547 }
20548
20549 /*
20550 * If we're attaching a partition other than the default partition and a
20551 * default one exists, then that partition's partition constraint changes,
20552 * so add an entry to the work queue to validate it, too. (We must not do
20553 * this when the partition being attached is the default one; we already
20554 * did it above!)
20555 */
20557 {
20558 Relation defaultrel;
20559 List *defPartConstraint;
20560
20562
20563 /* we already hold a lock on the default partition */
20565 defPartConstraint =
20566 get_proposed_default_constraint(partBoundConstraint);
20567
20568 /*
20569 * Map the Vars in the constraint expression from rel's attnos to
20570 * defaultrel's.
20571 */
20572 defPartConstraint =
20573 map_partition_varattnos(defPartConstraint,
20574 1, defaultrel, rel);
20575 QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, defaultrel,
20576 defPartConstraint, true);
20577
20578 /* keep our lock until commit. */
20580 }
20581
20583
20584 /*
20585 * If the partition we just attached is partitioned itself, invalidate
20586 * relcache for all descendent partitions too to ensure that their
20587 * rd_partcheck expression trees are rebuilt; partitions already locked at
20588 * the beginning of this function.
20589 */
20591 {
20592 ListCell *l;
20593
20594 foreach(l, attachrel_children)
20595 {
20597 }
20598 }
20599
20600 /* keep our lock until commit */
20602
20603 return address;
20604}
Node * eval_const_expressions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *node)
Definition: clauses.c:2270
ParseState * make_parsestate(ParseState *parentParseState)
Definition: parse_node.c:39
void check_new_partition_bound(char *relname, Relation parent, PartitionBoundSpec *spec, ParseState *pstate)
Definition: partbounds.c:2889
List * get_qual_from_partbound(Relation parent, PartitionBoundSpec *spec)
Definition: partbounds.c:250
Oid get_default_oid_from_partdesc(PartitionDesc partdesc)
Definition: partdesc.c:501
List * map_partition_varattnos(List *expr, int fromrel_varno, Relation to_rel, Relation from_rel)
Definition: partition.c:222
List * get_proposed_default_constraint(List *new_part_constraints)
Definition: partition.c:370
Definition: parse_node.h:193
static void attachPartitionTable(List **wqueue, Relation rel, Relation attachrel, PartitionBoundSpec *bound)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20280
static void QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation scanrel, List *partConstraint, bool validate_default)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20203
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, Assert(), AT_AttachPartition, ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, attachPartitionTable(), PartitionCmd::bound, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(), check_new_partition_bound(), CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, eval_const_expressions(), find_all_inheritors(), FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(), get_default_oid_from_partdesc(), get_proposed_default_constraint(), get_qual_from_partbound(), HeapTupleIsValid, PartitionBoundSpec::is_default, lfirst_oid, list_concat_copy(), list_make1, list_member_oid(), LockRelationOid(), make_ands_explicit(), make_parsestate(), map_partition_varattnos(), PartitionCmd::name, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ParseState::p_sourcetext, AlterTableUtilityContext::queryString, QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(), RelationData::rd_rel, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetPartitionQual(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCacheExists2, systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), table_openrv(), RelationData::trigdesc, and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecAttachPartitionIdx()
|
static |
Definition at line 21622 of file tablecmds.c.
21623{
21624 Relation partIdx;
21625 Relation partTbl;
21626 Relation parentTbl;
21627 ObjectAddress address;
21628 Oid partIdxId;
21629 Oid currParent;
21631
21632 /*
21633 * We need to obtain lock on the index 'name' to modify it, but we also
21634 * need to read its owning table's tuple descriptor -- so we need to lock
21635 * both. To avoid deadlocks, obtain lock on the table before doing so on
21636 * the index. Furthermore, we need to examine the parent table of the
21637 * partition, so lock that one too.
21638 */
21642 partIdxId =
21645 &state);
21646 /* Not there? */
21649 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
21651
21652 /* no deadlock risk: RangeVarGetRelidExtended already acquired the lock */
21654
21655 /* we already hold locks on both tables, so this is safe: */
21658
21660
21661 /* Silently do nothing if already in the right state */
21662 currParent = partIdx->rd_rel->relispartition ?
21665 {
21666 IndexInfo *childInfo;
21667 IndexInfo *parentInfo;
21668 AttrMap *attmap;
21669 bool found;
21671 PartitionDesc partDesc;
21672 Oid constraintOid,
21673 cldConstrId = InvalidOid;
21674
21675 /*
21676 * If this partition already has an index attached, refuse the
21677 * operation.
21678 */
21679 refuseDupeIndexAttach(parentIdx, partIdx, partTbl);
21680
21683 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
21685 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21686 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
21688 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx))));
21689
21690 /* Make sure it indexes a partition of the other index's table */
21692 found = false;
21694 {
21696 {
21697 found = true;
21698 break;
21699 }
21700 }
21701 if (!found)
21703 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
21705 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21706 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
21708 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21709 RelationGetRelationName(parentTbl))));
21710
21711 /* Ensure the indexes are compatible */
21712 childInfo = BuildIndexInfo(partIdx);
21713 parentInfo = BuildIndexInfo(parentIdx);
21715 RelationGetDescr(parentTbl),
21716 false);
21718 partIdx->rd_indcollation,
21719 parentIdx->rd_indcollation,
21720 partIdx->rd_opfamily,
21721 parentIdx->rd_opfamily,
21722 attmap))
21724 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
21726 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21727 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
21729
21730 /*
21731 * If there is a constraint in the parent, make sure there is one in
21732 * the child too.
21733 */
21735 RelationGetRelid(parentIdx));
21736
21738 {
21740 partIdxId);
21743 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
21745 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21746 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
21747 errdetail("The index \"%s\" belongs to a constraint in table \"%s\" but no constraint exists for index \"%s\".",
21748 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx),
21749 RelationGetRelationName(parentTbl),
21750 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx))));
21751 }
21752
21753 /*
21754 * If it's a primary key, make sure the columns in the partition are
21755 * NOT NULL.
21756 */
21758 verifyPartitionIndexNotNull(childInfo, partTbl);
21759
21760 /* All good -- do it */
21763 ConstraintSetParentConstraint(cldConstrId, constraintOid,
21764 RelationGetRelid(partTbl));
21765
21766 free_attrmap(attmap);
21767
21768 validatePartitionedIndex(parentIdx, parentTbl);
21769 }
21770
21772 /* keep these locks till commit */
21775
21776 return address;
21777}
bool CompareIndexInfo(const IndexInfo *info1, const IndexInfo *info2, const Oid *collations1, const Oid *collations2, const Oid *opfamilies1, const Oid *opfamilies2, const AttrMap *attmap)
Definition: index.c:2537
void IndexSetParentIndex(Relation partitionIdx, Oid parentOid)
Definition: indexcmds.c:4445
Oid get_partition_parent(Oid relid, bool even_if_detached)
Definition: partition.c:53
Oid get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(Oid relationId, Oid indexId)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1329
void ConstraintSetParentConstraint(Oid childConstrId, Oid parentConstrId, Oid childTableId)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1109
Definition: tablecmds.c:21561
Definition: regguts.h:323
static void RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid, void *arg)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21568
static void validatePartitionedIndex(Relation partedIdx, Relation partedTbl)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21808
static void verifyPartitionIndexNotNull(IndexInfo *iinfo, Relation partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21910
static void refuseDupeIndexAttach(Relation parentIdx, Relation partIdx, Relation partitionTbl)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21784
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, build_attrmap_by_name(), BuildIndexInfo(), CompareIndexInfo(), ConstraintSetParentConstraint(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, free_attrmap(), get_partition_parent(), get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(), i, IndexSetParentIndex(), InvalidOid, name, NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, PartitionDescData::oids, RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RelationData::rd_indcollation, RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_opfamily, RelationData::rd_rel, refuseDupeIndexAttach(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, validatePartitionedIndex(), and verifyPartitionIndexNotNull().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecChangeOwner()
Definition at line 16100 of file tablecmds.c.
16101{
16102 Relation target_rel;
16103 Relation class_rel;
16104 HeapTuple tuple;
16105 Form_pg_class tuple_class;
16106
16107 /*
16108 * Get exclusive lock till end of transaction on the target table. Use
16109 * relation_open so that we can work on indexes and sequences.
16110 */
16111 target_rel = relation_open(relationOid, lockmode);
16112
16113 /* Get its pg_class tuple, too */
16115
16120
16121 /* Can we change the ownership of this tuple? */
16122 switch (tuple_class->relkind)
16123 {
16124 case RELKIND_RELATION:
16125 case RELKIND_VIEW:
16126 case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
16127 case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE:
16128 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
16129 /* ok to change owner */
16130 break;
16131 case RELKIND_INDEX:
16132 if (!recursing)
16133 {
16134 /*
16135 * Because ALTER INDEX OWNER used to be allowed, and in fact
16136 * is generated by old versions of pg_dump, we give a warning
16137 * and do nothing rather than erroring out. Also, to avoid
16138 * unnecessary chatter while restoring those old dumps, say
16139 * nothing at all if the command would be a no-op anyway.
16140 */
16141 if (tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId)
16143 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
16145 NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
16147 /* quick hack to exit via the no-op path */
16148 newOwnerId = tuple_class->relowner;
16149 }
16150 break;
16151 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
16152 if (recursing)
16153 break;
16155 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
16157 NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
16159 break;
16160 case RELKIND_SEQUENCE:
16161 if (!recursing &&
16162 tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId)
16163 {
16164 /* if it's an owned sequence, disallow changing it by itself */
16165 Oid tableId;
16166 int32 colId;
16167
16171 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
16173 NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
16175 NameStr(tuple_class->relname),
16176 get_rel_name(tableId))));
16177 }
16178 break;
16179 case RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE:
16180 if (recursing)
16181 break;
16183 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
16185 NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
16186 /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
16188 "ALTER TYPE")));
16189 break;
16190 case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
16191 if (recursing)
16192 break;
16193 /* FALL THRU */
16194 default:
16196 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
16198 NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
16199 errdetail_relkind_not_supported(tuple_class->relkind)));
16200 }
16201
16202 /*
16203 * If the new owner is the same as the existing owner, consider the
16204 * command to have succeeded. This is for dump restoration purposes.
16205 */
16206 if (tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId)
16207 {
16208 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_class];
16209 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_class];
16210 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_class];
16211 Acl *newAcl;
16212 Datum aclDatum;
16213 bool isNull;
16214 HeapTuple newtuple;
16215
16216 /* skip permission checks when recursing to index or toast table */
16217 if (!recursing)
16218 {
16219 /* Superusers can always do it */
16221 {
16222 Oid namespaceOid = tuple_class->relnamespace;
16223 AclResult aclresult;
16224
16225 /* Otherwise, must be owner of the existing object */
16228 RelationGetRelationName(target_rel));
16229
16230 /* Must be able to become new owner */
16232
16233 /* New owner must have CREATE privilege on namespace */
16234 aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, namespaceOid, newOwnerId,
16235 ACL_CREATE);
16238 get_namespace_name(namespaceOid));
16239 }
16240 }
16241
16242 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
16243 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
16244
16245 repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_relowner - 1] = true;
16246 repl_val[Anum_pg_class_relowner - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(newOwnerId);
16247
16248 /*
16249 * Determine the modified ACL for the new owner. This is only
16250 * necessary when the ACL is non-null.
16251 */
16252 aclDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple,
16253 Anum_pg_class_relacl,
16254 &isNull);
16255 if (!isNull)
16256 {
16258 tuple_class->relowner, newOwnerId);
16259 repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = true;
16260 repl_val[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = PointerGetDatum(newAcl);
16261 }
16262
16263 newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(class_rel), repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
16264
16266
16267 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
16268
16269 /*
16270 * We must similarly update any per-column ACLs to reflect the new
16271 * owner; for neatness reasons that's split out as a subroutine.
16272 */
16273 change_owner_fix_column_acls(relationOid,
16274 tuple_class->relowner,
16275 newOwnerId);
16276
16277 /*
16278 * Update owner dependency reference, if any. A composite type has
16279 * none, because it's tracked for the pg_type entry instead of here;
16280 * indexes and TOAST tables don't have their own entries either.
16281 */
16282 if (tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE &&
16283 tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
16284 tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
16285 tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_TOASTVALUE)
16286 changeDependencyOnOwner(RelationRelationId, relationOid,
16287 newOwnerId);
16288
16289 /*
16290 * Also change the ownership of the table's row type, if it has one
16291 */
16293 AlterTypeOwnerInternal(tuple_class->reltype, newOwnerId);
16294
16295 /*
16296 * If we are operating on a table or materialized view, also change
16297 * the ownership of any indexes and sequences that belong to the
16298 * relation, as well as its toast table (if it has one).
16299 */
16300 if (tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION ||
16301 tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
16302 tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW ||
16303 tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE)
16304 {
16305 List *index_oid_list;
16307
16308 /* Find all the indexes belonging to this relation */
16309 index_oid_list = RelationGetIndexList(target_rel);
16310
16311 /* For each index, recursively change its ownership */
16314
16315 list_free(index_oid_list);
16316 }
16317
16318 /* If it has a toast table, recurse to change its ownership */
16320 ATExecChangeOwner(tuple_class->reltoastrelid, newOwnerId,
16321 true, lockmode);
16322
16323 /* If it has dependent sequences, recurse to change them too */
16324 change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(relationOid, newOwnerId, lockmode);
16325 }
16326
16327 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relationOid, 0);
16328
16329 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
16332}
Acl * aclnewowner(const Acl *old_acl, Oid oldOwnerId, Oid newOwnerId)
Definition: acl.c:1119
int errdetail_relkind_not_supported(char relkind)
Definition: pg_class.c:24
void changeDependencyOnOwner(Oid classId, Oid objectId, Oid newOwnerId)
Definition: pg_shdepend.c:316
Definition: array.h:93
void ATExecChangeOwner(Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16100
static void change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16406
static void change_owner_fix_column_acls(Oid relationOid, Oid oldOwnerId, Oid newOwnerId)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16341
void AlterTypeOwnerInternal(Oid typeOid, Oid newOwnerId)
Definition: typecmds.c:4000
References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACLCHECK_OK, aclnewowner(), AlterTypeOwnerInternal(), ATExecChangeOwner(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), change_owner_fix_column_acls(), change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(), changeDependencyOnOwner(), check_can_set_role(), DatumGetAclP, DEPENDENCY_AUTO, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_namespace_name(), get_rel_name(), get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_oid, list_free(), NameStr, NoLock, object_aclcheck(), object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_SCHEMA, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PointerGetDatum(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelationName, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), sequenceIsOwned(), superuser(), SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and WARNING.
Referenced by AlterTypeOwner_oid(), ATExecChangeOwner(), ATExecCmd(), change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(), and shdepReassignOwned_Owner().
◆ ATExecClusterOn()
|
static |
Definition at line 16475 of file tablecmds.c.
16476{
16477 Oid indexOid;
16478 ObjectAddress address;
16479
16481
16484 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
16486 indexName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
16487
16488 /* Check index is valid to cluster on */
16489 check_index_is_clusterable(rel, indexOid, lockmode);
16490
16491 /* And do the work */
16493
16494 ObjectAddressSet(address,
16495 RelationRelationId, indexOid);
16496
16497 return address;
16498}
void check_index_is_clusterable(Relation OldHeap, Oid indexOid, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: cluster.c:494
void mark_index_clustered(Relation rel, Oid indexOid, bool is_internal)
Definition: cluster.c:554
References check_index_is_clusterable(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_relname_relid(), mark_index_clustered(), ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, and RelationGetRelationName.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecCmd()
|
static |
Definition at line 5384 of file tablecmds.c.
5387{
5390
5392 {
5395 address = ATExecAddColumn(wqueue, tab, rel, &cmd,
5397 lockmode, cur_pass, context);
5398 break;
5401 break;
5404 break;
5407 cur_pass, context);
5408 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5410 break;
5413 cur_pass, context);
5414 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5416 break;
5419 break;
5422 break;
5426 break;
5429 break;
5432 break;
5435 break;
5438 break;
5441 break;
5444 break;
5447 lockmode);
5448 break;
5452 cmd->missing_ok, lockmode,
5453 NULL);
5454 break;
5457 lockmode);
5458 break;
5461 lockmode);
5462 break;
5465 true, lockmode);
5466 break;
5468 /* Transform the command only during initial examination */
5470 cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd,
5471 cmd->recurse, lockmode,
5472 cur_pass, context);
5473 /* Depending on constraint type, might be no more work to do now */
5474 if (cmd != NULL)
5475 address =
5476 ATExecAddConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel,
5479 break;
5481 address =
5483 true, true, lockmode);
5484 break;
5486 * constraint */
5487 address =
5490 NULL);
5491 break;
5494 break;
5497 lockmode);
5498 break;
5500 address = ATExecAlterConstraint(wqueue, rel,
5502 cmd->recurse, lockmode);
5503 break;
5506 false, lockmode);
5507 break;
5510 cmd->recurse,
5511 cmd->missing_ok, lockmode);
5512 break;
5514 /* parse transformation was done earlier */
5515 address = ATExecAlterColumnType(tab, rel, cmd, lockmode);
5516 break;
5518 address =
5521 break;
5525 false, lockmode);
5526 break;
5529 break;
5531 ATExecDropCluster(rel, lockmode);
5532 break;
5535 break;
5537 /* nothing to do here, oid columns don't exist anymore */
5538 break;
5540
5541 /*
5542 * Only do this for partitioned tables, for which this is just a
5543 * catalog change. Tables with storage are handled by Phase 3.
5544 */
5546 tab->chgAccessMethod)
5548 break;
5550
5551 /*
5552 * Only do this for partitioned tables and indexes, for which this
5553 * is just a catalog change. Other relation types which have
5554 * storage are handled by Phase 3.
5555 */
5557 rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
5559
5560 break;
5565 break;
5569 cmd->recurse,
5570 lockmode);
5571 break;
5575 cmd->recurse,
5576 lockmode);
5577 break;
5581 cmd->recurse,
5582 lockmode);
5583 break;
5587 cmd->recurse,
5588 lockmode);
5589 break;
5591 ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
5593 cmd->recurse,
5594 lockmode);
5595 break;
5597 ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
5599 cmd->recurse,
5600 lockmode);
5601 break;
5603 ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
5605 cmd->recurse,
5606 lockmode);
5607 break;
5609 ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
5611 cmd->recurse,
5612 lockmode);
5613 break;
5614
5617 RULE_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, lockmode);
5618 break;
5621 RULE_FIRES_ALWAYS, lockmode);
5622 break;
5625 RULE_FIRES_ON_REPLICA, lockmode);
5626 break;
5629 RULE_DISABLED, lockmode);
5630 break;
5631
5634 break;
5637 break;
5640 break;
5642 ATExecDropOf(rel, lockmode);
5643 break;
5646 break;
5649 break;
5652 break;
5655 break;
5658 break;
5661 break;
5664 cur_pass, context);
5665 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5668 context);
5669 else
5670 address = ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(wqueue, rel,
5672 break;
5675 cur_pass, context);
5676 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5677 /* ATPrepCmd ensures it must be a table */
5679 address = ATExecDetachPartition(wqueue, tab, rel,
5682 break;
5685 break;
5688 cur_pass, context);
5689 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5692 context);
5693 break;
5696 cur_pass, context);
5697 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5700 context);
5701 break;
5702 default: /* oops */
5705 break;
5706 }
5707
5708 /*
5709 * Report the subcommand to interested event triggers.
5710 */
5711 if (cmd)
5713
5714 /*
5715 * Bump the command counter to ensure the next subcommand in the sequence
5716 * can see the changes so far
5717 */
5718 CommandCounterIncrement();
5719}
void EventTriggerCollectAlterTableSubcmd(Node *subcmd, ObjectAddress address)
Definition: event_trigger.c:1805
Definition: parsenodes.h:2531
Definition: parsenodes.h:2581
Definition: parsenodes.h:3386
Definition: parsenodes.h:2545
static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions(Relation rel, const char *colName, List *options, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15983
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddInherit(Relation child_rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17289
static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12226
static ObjectAddress ATExecDropExpression(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8830
static ObjectAddress ATExecColumnDefault(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newDefault, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8154
static ObjectAddress ATExecDropIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8516
static ObjectAddress ATExecValidateConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *constrName, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12936
static ObjectAddress ATExecDropNotNull(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7770
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *newConstraint, bool recurse, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9824
static ObjectAddress ATExecDetachPartition(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, RangeVar *name, bool concurrent)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20954
static void ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool force_rls)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18660
static void ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *trigname, char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17232
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetOptions(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *options, bool isReset, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9079
static ObjectAddress ATExecDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, const char *colName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, ObjectAddresses *addrs)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9312
static void ATExecSetRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool rls)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18630
static ObjectAddress ATExecCookedColumnDefault(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, Node *newDefault)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8239
static void ATExecMergePartitions(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22743
static void ATExecSetRelOptions(Relation rel, List *defList, AlterTableType operation, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16673
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8399
static void ATExecGenericOptions(Relation rel, List *options)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18689
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetStatistics(Relation rel, const char *colName, int16 colNum, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8934
static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterColumnType(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:14754
static void ATExecDropCluster(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16507
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetExpression(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newExpr, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8630
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddOf(Relation rel, const TypeName *ofTypename, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18242
static ObjectAddress ATExecDropInherit(Relation rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17851
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIndexConstraint(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9732
static void ATExecReplicaIdentity(Relation rel, ReplicaIdentityStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18516
static ObjectAddress ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, RangeVar *name)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21461
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetStorage(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9221
static ObjectAddress ATExecAttachPartition(List **wqueue, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20310
static void ATExecSetAccessMethodNoStorage(Relation rel, Oid newAccessMethodId)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16553
static void ATExecDropConstraint(Relation rel, const char *constrName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:14040
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIndex(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9648
static ObjectAddress ATExecSetCompression(Relation rel, const char *column, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18770
static void ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpace)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16974
static ObjectAddress ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(List **wqueue, Relation parentIdx, RangeVar *name)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21622
static void ATExecSplitPartition(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:23197
static ObjectAddress ATExecAddStatistics(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, CreateStatsStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9711
static ObjectAddress ATExecClusterOn(Relation rel, const char *indexName, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16475
static void ATExecEnableDisableRule(Relation rel, const char *rulename, char fires_when, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17250
ObjectAddress AlterDomainAddConstraint(List *names, Node *newConstraint, ObjectAddress *constrAddr)
Definition: typecmds.c:2938
References AlterDomainAddConstraint(), Assert(), AT_AddColumn, AT_AddColumnToView, AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIdentity, AT_AddIndex, AT_AddIndexConstraint, AT_AddInherit, AT_AddOf, AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions, AT_AlterColumnType, AT_AlterConstraint, AT_AttachPartition, AT_ChangeOwner, AT_ClusterOn, AT_ColumnDefault, AT_CookedColumnDefault, AT_DetachPartition, AT_DetachPartitionFinalize, AT_DisableRowSecurity, AT_DisableRule, AT_DisableTrig, AT_DisableTrigAll, AT_DisableTrigUser, AT_DropCluster, AT_DropColumn, AT_DropConstraint, AT_DropExpression, AT_DropIdentity, AT_DropInherit, AT_DropNotNull, AT_DropOf, AT_DropOids, AT_EnableAlwaysRule, AT_EnableAlwaysTrig, AT_EnableReplicaRule, AT_EnableReplicaTrig, AT_EnableRowSecurity, AT_EnableRule, AT_EnableTrig, AT_EnableTrigAll, AT_EnableTrigUser, AT_ForceRowSecurity, AT_GenericOptions, AT_MergePartitions, AT_NoForceRowSecurity, AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR, AT_ReAddComment, AT_ReAddConstraint, AT_ReAddDomainConstraint, AT_ReAddIndex, AT_ReAddStatistics, AT_ReplaceRelOptions, AT_ReplicaIdentity, AT_ResetOptions, AT_ResetRelOptions, AT_SetAccessMethod, AT_SetCompression, AT_SetExpression, AT_SetIdentity, AT_SetLogged, AT_SetNotNull, AT_SetOptions, AT_SetRelOptions, AT_SetStatistics, AT_SetStorage, AT_SetTableSpace, AT_SetUnLogged, AT_SplitPartition, AT_ValidateConstraint, ATExecAddColumn(), ATExecAddConstraint(), ATExecAddIdentity(), ATExecAddIndex(), ATExecAddIndexConstraint(), ATExecAddInherit(), ATExecAddOf(), ATExecAddStatistics(), ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions(), ATExecAlterColumnType(), ATExecAlterConstraint(), ATExecAttachPartition(), ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(), ATExecChangeOwner(), ATExecClusterOn(), ATExecColumnDefault(), ATExecCookedColumnDefault(), ATExecDetachPartition(), ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize(), ATExecDropCluster(), ATExecDropColumn(), ATExecDropConstraint(), ATExecDropExpression(), ATExecDropIdentity(), ATExecDropInherit(), ATExecDropNotNull(), ATExecDropOf(), ATExecEnableDisableRule(), ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(), ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(), ATExecGenericOptions(), ATExecMergePartitions(), ATExecReplicaIdentity(), ATExecSetAccessMethodNoStorage(), ATExecSetCompression(), ATExecSetExpression(), ATExecSetIdentity(), ATExecSetNotNull(), ATExecSetOptions(), ATExecSetRelOptions(), ATExecSetRowSecurity(), ATExecSetStatistics(), ATExecSetStorage(), ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(), ATExecSplitPartition(), ATExecValidateConstraint(), ATParseTransformCmd(), AlterTableCmd::behavior, castNode, AlteredTableInfo::chgAccessMethod, CommandCounterIncrement(), CommentObject(), AlterTableCmd::def, elog, ERROR, EventTriggerCollectAlterTableSubcmd(), get_rolespec_oid(), InvalidObjectAddress, AlterTableCmd::missing_ok, AlterTableCmd::name, AlteredTableInfo::newAccessMethod, AlterTableCmd::newowner, AlteredTableInfo::newTableSpace, AlterTableCmd::num, RelationData::rd_rel, AlterTableCmd::recurse, AlteredTableInfo::rel, RelationGetRelid, RULE_DISABLED, RULE_FIRES_ALWAYS, RULE_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, RULE_FIRES_ON_REPLICA, AlterTableCmd::subtype, TRIGGER_DISABLED, TRIGGER_FIRES_ALWAYS, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, and TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_REPLICA.
Referenced by ATRewriteCatalogs().
◆ ATExecColumnDefault()
|
static |
Definition at line 8154 of file tablecmds.c.
8156{
8159 ObjectAddress address;
8160
8161 /*
8162 * get the number of the attribute
8163 */
8167 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8169 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8170
8171 /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
8174 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8176 colName)));
8177
8180 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
8182 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
8183 /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
8185 "ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... DROP IDENTITY")));
8186
8189 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
8191 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
8192 newDefault ?
8193 /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
8197
8198 /*
8199 * Remove any old default for the column. We use RESTRICT here for
8200 * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
8201 * default.
8202 *
8203 * We treat removing the existing default as an internal operation when it
8204 * is preparatory to adding a new default, but as a user-initiated
8205 * operation when the user asked for a drop.
8206 */
8208 newDefault != NULL);
8209
8210 if (newDefault)
8211 {
8212 /* SET DEFAULT */
8213 RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
8214
8217 rawEnt->raw_default = newDefault;
8219
8220 /*
8221 * This function is intended for CREATE TABLE, so it processes a
8222 * _list_ of defaults, but we just do one.
8223 */
8225 false, true, false, NULL);
8226 }
8227
8228 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8230 return address;
8231}
References AddRelationNewConstraints(), RawColumnDefault::attnum, attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, RawColumnDefault::generated, get_attnum(), InvalidAttrNumber, list_make1, NIL, ObjectAddressSubSet, palloc_object, RawColumnDefault::raw_default, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RemoveAttrDefault(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecCookedColumnDefault()
|
static |
Definition at line 8239 of file tablecmds.c.
8241{
8242 ObjectAddress address;
8243
8244 /* We assume no checking is required */
8245
8246 /*
8247 * Remove any old default for the column. We use RESTRICT here for
8248 * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
8249 * default. (In ordinary cases, there could not be a default in place
8250 * anyway, but it's possible when combining LIKE with inheritance.)
8251 */
8253 true);
8254
8256
8257 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8259 return address;
8260}
References attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationGetRelid, RemoveAttrDefault(), and StoreAttrDefault().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDetachPartition()
|
static |
Definition at line 20954 of file tablecmds.c.
20956{
20957 Relation partRel;
20958 ObjectAddress address;
20959 Oid defaultPartOid;
20960
20961 /*
20962 * We must lock the default partition, because detaching this partition
20963 * will change its partition constraint.
20964 */
20965 defaultPartOid =
20968 {
20969 /*
20970 * Concurrent detaching when a default partition exists is not
20971 * supported. The main problem is that the default partition
20972 * constraint would change. And there's a definitional problem: what
20973 * should happen to the tuples that are being inserted that belong to
20974 * the partition being detached? Putting them on the partition being
20975 * detached would be wrong, since they'd become "lost" after the
20976 * detaching completes but we cannot put them in the default partition
20977 * either until we alter its partition constraint.
20978 *
20979 * I think we could solve this problem if we effected the constraint
20980 * change before committing the first transaction. But the lock would
20981 * have to remain AEL and it would cause concurrent query planning to
20982 * be blocked, so changing it that way would be even worse.
20983 */
20984 if (concurrent)
20986 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
20989 }
20990
20991 /*
20992 * In concurrent mode, the partition is locked with share-update-exclusive
20993 * in the first transaction. This allows concurrent transactions to be
20994 * doing DML to the partition.
20995 */
20997 AccessExclusiveLock);
20998
20999 /*
21000 * Check inheritance conditions and either delete the pg_inherits row (in
21001 * non-concurrent mode) or just set the inhdetachpending flag.
21002 */
21003 if (!concurrent)
21005 else
21006 MarkInheritDetached(partRel, rel);
21007
21008 /*
21009 * Ensure that foreign keys still hold after this detach. This keeps
21010 * locks on the referencing tables, which prevents concurrent transactions
21011 * from adding rows that we wouldn't see. For this to work in concurrent
21012 * mode, it is critical that the partition appears as no longer attached
21013 * for the RI queries as soon as the first transaction commits.
21014 */
21015 ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(partRel);
21016
21017 /*
21018 * Concurrent mode has to work harder; first we add a new constraint to
21019 * the partition that matches the partition constraint. Then we close our
21020 * existing transaction, and in a new one wait for all processes to catch
21021 * up on the catalog updates we've done so far; at that point we can
21022 * complete the operation.
21023 */
21024 if (concurrent)
21025 {
21026 Oid partrelid,
21027 parentrelid;
21028 LOCKTAG tag;
21029 char *parentrelname;
21030 char *partrelname;
21031
21032 /*
21033 * We're almost done now; the only traces that remain are the
21034 * pg_inherits tuple and the partition's relpartbounds. Before we can
21035 * remove those, we need to wait until all transactions that know that
21036 * this is a partition are gone.
21037 */
21038
21039 /*
21040 * Remember relation OIDs to re-acquire them later; and relation names
21041 * too, for error messages if something is dropped in between.
21042 */
21043 partrelid = RelationGetRelid(partRel);
21044 parentrelid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
21046 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
21048 RelationGetRelationName(partRel));
21049
21050 /* Invalidate relcache entries for the parent -- must be before close */
21051 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
21052
21055 tab->rel = NULL;
21056
21057 /* Make updated catalog entry visible */
21058 PopActiveSnapshot();
21059 CommitTransactionCommand();
21060
21061 StartTransactionCommand();
21062
21063 /*
21064 * Now wait. This ensures that all queries that were planned
21065 * including the partition are finished before we remove the rest of
21066 * catalog entries. We don't need or indeed want to acquire this
21067 * lock, though -- that would block later queries.
21068 *
21069 * We don't need to concern ourselves with waiting for a lock on the
21070 * partition itself, since we will acquire AccessExclusiveLock below.
21071 */
21074
21075 /*
21076 * Now acquire locks in both relations again. Note they may have been
21077 * removed in the meantime, so care is required.
21078 */
21081
21082 /* If the relations aren't there, something bad happened; bail out */
21083 if (rel == NULL)
21084 {
21085 if (partRel != NULL) /* shouldn't happen */
21087 partrelname);
21089 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
21091 parentrelname)));
21092 }
21093 if (partRel == NULL)
21095 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
21097
21098 tab->rel = rel;
21099 }
21100
21101 /*
21102 * Detaching the partition might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we
21103 * have a valid snapshot.
21104 */
21106
21107 /* Do the final part of detaching */
21108 DetachPartitionFinalize(rel, partRel, concurrent, defaultPartOid);
21109
21110 PopActiveSnapshot();
21111
21113
21114 /* keep our lock until commit */
21116
21117 return address;
21118}
void WaitForLockersMultiple(List *locktags, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool progress)
Definition: lmgr.c:911
char * MemoryContextStrdup(MemoryContext context, const char *string)
Definition: mcxt.c:1746
Relation try_relation_open(Oid relationId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: relation.c:88
Definition: lock.h:167
static void MarkInheritDetached(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17893
static void RemoveInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool expect_detached)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17976
static void DetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, Relation partRel, bool concurrent, Oid defaultPartOid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21127
static void ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21985
References AccessExclusiveLock, ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(), CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CommitTransactionCommand(), DetachPartitionFinalize(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_default_oid_from_partdesc(), GetTransactionSnapshot(), list_make1, LockRelationOid(), MarkInheritDetached(), MemoryContextStrdup(), MyDatabaseId, name, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, PopActiveSnapshot(), PortalContext, PushActiveSnapshot(), AlteredTableInfo::rel, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RemoveInheritance(), SET_LOCKTAG_RELATION, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, StartTransactionCommand(), table_close(), table_openrv(), try_relation_open(), WaitForLockersMultiple(), and WARNING.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize()
|
static |
Definition at line 21461 of file tablecmds.c.
21462{
21463 Relation partRel;
21464 ObjectAddress address;
21466
21468
21469 /*
21470 * Wait until existing snapshots are gone. This is important if the
21471 * second transaction of DETACH PARTITION CONCURRENTLY is canceled: the
21472 * user could immediately run DETACH FINALIZE without actually waiting for
21473 * existing transactions. We must not complete the detach action until
21474 * all such queries are complete (otherwise we would present them with an
21475 * inconsistent view of catalogs).
21476 */
21478
21480
21482
21484
21485 return address;
21486}
void WaitForOlderSnapshots(TransactionId limitXmin, bool progress)
Definition: indexcmds.c:434
Definition: snapshot.h:139
References AccessExclusiveLock, DetachPartitionFinalize(), GetActiveSnapshot(), InvalidOid, name, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, RelationGetRelid, table_close(), table_openrv(), WaitForOlderSnapshots(), and SnapshotData::xmin.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropCluster()
Definition at line 16507 of file tablecmds.c.
References InvalidOid, and mark_index_clustered().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropColumn()
|
static |
Definition at line 9312 of file tablecmds.c.
9317{
9318 HeapTuple tuple;
9319 Form_pg_attribute targetatt;
9321 List *children;
9322 ObjectAddress object;
9323 bool is_expr;
9324
9325 /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
9326 if (recursing)
9329
9330 /* Initialize addrs on the first invocation */
9331 Assert(!recursing || addrs != NULL);
9332
9333 /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
9334 check_stack_depth();
9335
9336 if (!recursing)
9337 addrs = new_object_addresses();
9338
9339 /*
9340 * get the number of the attribute
9341 */
9344 {
9345 if (!missing_ok)
9346 {
9348 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
9350 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9351 }
9352 else
9353 {
9356 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9358 }
9359 }
9361
9362 attnum = targetatt->attnum;
9363
9364 /* Can't drop a system attribute */
9367 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9369 colName)));
9370
9371 /*
9372 * Don't drop inherited columns, unless recursing (presumably from a drop
9373 * of the parent column)
9374 */
9375 if (targetatt->attinhcount > 0 && !recursing)
9377 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
9379 colName)));
9380
9381 /*
9382 * Don't drop columns used in the partition key, either. (If we let this
9383 * go through, the key column's dependencies would cause a cascaded drop
9384 * of the whole table, which is surely not what the user expected.)
9385 */
9388 &is_expr))
9390 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
9392 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9393
9394 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
9395
9396 /*
9397 * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER
9398 * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
9399 * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
9400 */
9401 children =
9403
9404 if (children)
9405 {
9406 Relation attr_rel;
9407 ListCell *child;
9408
9409 /*
9410 * In case of a partitioned table, the column must be dropped from the
9411 * partitions as well.
9412 */
9415 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
9418
9420 foreach(child, children)
9421 {
9423 Relation childrel;
9424 Form_pg_attribute childatt;
9425
9426 /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
9428 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
9429
9430 tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(childrelid, colName);
9433 colName, childrelid);
9435
9436 if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
9438 childrelid, colName);
9439
9440 if (recurse)
9441 {
9442 /*
9443 * If the child column has other definition sources, just
9444 * decrement its inheritance count; if not, recurse to delete
9445 * it.
9446 */
9447 if (childatt->attinhcount == 1 && !childatt->attislocal)
9448 {
9449 /* Time to delete this child column, too */
9450 ATExecDropColumn(wqueue, childrel, colName,
9451 behavior, true, true,
9452 false, lockmode, addrs);
9453 }
9454 else
9455 {
9456 /* Child column must survive my deletion */
9457 childatt->attinhcount--;
9458
9460
9461 /* Make update visible */
9462 CommandCounterIncrement();
9463 }
9464 }
9465 else
9466 {
9467 /*
9468 * If we were told to drop ONLY in this table (no recursion),
9469 * we need to mark the inheritors' attributes as locally
9470 * defined rather than inherited.
9471 */
9472 childatt->attinhcount--;
9473 childatt->attislocal = true;
9474
9476
9477 /* Make update visible */
9478 CommandCounterIncrement();
9479 }
9480
9481 heap_freetuple(tuple);
9482
9484 }
9486 }
9487
9488 /* Add object to delete */
9489 object.classId = RelationRelationId;
9493
9494 if (!recursing)
9495 {
9496 /* Recursion has ended, drop everything that was collected */
9497 performMultipleDeletions(addrs, behavior, 0);
9498 free_object_addresses(addrs);
9499 }
9500
9501 return object;
9502}
void performMultipleDeletions(const ObjectAddresses *objects, DropBehavior behavior, int flags)
Definition: dependency.c:383
bool has_partition_attrs(Relation rel, Bitmapset *attnums, bool *used_in_expr)
Definition: partition.c:255
#define FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber
Definition: sysattr.h:27
References add_exact_object_address(), Assert(), AT_DropColumn, ATExecDropColumn(), ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, attnum, bms_make_singleton(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_stack_depth(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CommandCounterIncrement(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, free_object_addresses(), GETSTRUCT(), has_partition_attrs(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, lfirst_oid, new_object_addresses(), NoLock, NOTICE, performMultipleDeletions(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheAttName(), SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd(), and ATExecDropColumn().
◆ ATExecDropConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 14040 of file tablecmds.c.
14043{
14044 Relation conrel;
14045 SysScanDesc scan;
14046 ScanKeyData skey[3];
14047 HeapTuple tuple;
14048 bool found = false;
14049
14051
14052 /*
14053 * Find and drop the target constraint
14054 */
14055 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
14056 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
14057 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
14059 ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
14060 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
14061 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
14063 ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
14064 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
14065 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
14066 CStringGetDatum(constrName));
14067 scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
14068 true, NULL, 3, skey);
14069
14070 /* There can be at most one matching row */
14072 {
14074 missing_ok, lockmode);
14075 found = true;
14076 }
14077
14078 systable_endscan(scan);
14079
14080 if (!found)
14081 {
14082 if (!missing_ok)
14084 errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
14086 constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
14087 else
14090 constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
14091 }
14092
14094}
static ObjectAddress dropconstraint_internal(Relation rel, HeapTuple constraintTup, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:14105
References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CStringGetDatum(), dropconstraint_internal(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, NOTICE, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropExpression()
|
static |
Definition at line 8830 of file tablecmds.c.
8831{
8832 HeapTuple tuple;
8833 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8835 Relation attrelation;
8836 Oid attrdefoid;
8837 ObjectAddress address;
8838
8843 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8845 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8846
8848 attnum = attTup->attnum;
8849
8852 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8854 colName)));
8855
8856 /*
8857 * TODO: This could be done, but it would need a table rewrite to
8858 * materialize the generated values. Note that for the time being, we
8859 * still error with missing_ok, so that we don't silently leave the column
8860 * as generated.
8861 */
8862 if (attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
8864 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8867 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8868
8869 if (!attTup->attgenerated)
8870 {
8871 if (!missing_ok)
8873 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8875 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8876 else
8877 {
8880 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8881 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8884 }
8885 }
8886
8887 /*
8888 * Mark the column as no longer generated. (The atthasdef flag needs to
8889 * get cleared too, but RemoveAttrDefault will handle that.)
8890 */
8891 attTup->attgenerated = '\0';
8893
8894 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8895 RelationGetRelid(rel),
8896 attnum);
8897 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8898
8900
8901 /*
8902 * Drop the dependency records of the GENERATED expression, in particular
8903 * its INTERNAL dependency on the column, which would otherwise cause
8904 * dependency.c to refuse to perform the deletion.
8905 */
8911
8912 /* Make above changes visible */
8913 CommandCounterIncrement();
8914
8915 /*
8916 * Get rid of the GENERATED expression itself. We use RESTRICT here for
8917 * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
8918 * default.
8919 */
8921 false, false);
8922
8923 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8925 return address;
8926}
References attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsFor(), DROP_RESTRICT, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, GetAttrDefaultOid(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NOTICE, ObjectAddressSubSet, OidIsValid, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RemoveAttrDefault(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropIdentity()
|
static |
Definition at line 8516 of file tablecmds.c.
8518{
8519 HeapTuple tuple;
8520 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8522 Relation attrelation;
8523 ObjectAddress address;
8524 Oid seqid;
8525 ObjectAddress seqaddress;
8526 bool ispartitioned;
8527
8528 ispartitioned = (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
8529 if (ispartitioned && !recurse)
8531 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8534
8537 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8539
8544 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8546 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8547
8549 attnum = attTup->attnum;
8550
8553 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8555 colName)));
8556
8557 if (!attTup->attidentity)
8558 {
8559 if (!missing_ok)
8561 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8563 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8564 else
8565 {
8568 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8569 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8572 }
8573 }
8574
8575 attTup->attidentity = '\0';
8577
8578 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8579 RelationGetRelid(rel),
8580 attTup->attnum);
8581 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8583 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8584
8586
8587 /*
8588 * Recurse to drop the identity from column in partitions. Identity is
8589 * not inherited in regular inheritance children so ignore them.
8590 */
8591 if (recurse && ispartitioned)
8592 {
8593 List *children;
8594 ListCell *lc;
8595
8597
8598 foreach(lc, children)
8599 {
8600 Relation childrel;
8601
8605 }
8606 }
8607
8608 if (!recursing)
8609 {
8610 /* drop the internal sequence */
8612 deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(RelationRelationId, seqid,
8613 RelationRelationId, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
8614 CommandCounterIncrement();
8615 seqaddress.classId = RelationRelationId;
8616 seqaddress.objectId = seqid;
8617 seqaddress.objectSubId = 0;
8619 }
8620
8621 return address;
8622}
void performDeletion(const ObjectAddress *object, DropBehavior behavior, int flags)
Definition: dependency.c:274
long deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(Oid classId, Oid objectId, Oid refclassId, char deptype)
Definition: pg_depend.c:351
Oid getIdentitySequence(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, bool missing_ok)
Definition: pg_depend.c:945
References ATExecDropIdentity(), attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), ObjectAddress::classId, CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(), DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, DROP_RESTRICT, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), getIdentitySequence(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_oid, NoLock, NOTICE, ObjectAddressSubSet, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL, performDeletion(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd(), ATExecDropIdentity(), and DetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ ATExecDropInherit()
|
static |
Definition at line 17851 of file tablecmds.c.
17852{
17853 ObjectAddress address;
17854 Relation parent_rel;
17855
17858 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17860
17861 /*
17862 * AccessShareLock on the parent is probably enough, seeing that DROP
17863 * TABLE doesn't lock parent tables at all. We need some lock since we'll
17864 * be inspecting the parent's schema.
17865 */
17867
17868 /*
17869 * We don't bother to check ownership of the parent table --- ownership of
17870 * the child is presumed enough rights.
17871 */
17872
17873 /* Off to RemoveInheritance() where most of the work happens */
17875
17876 ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId,
17877 RelationGetRelid(parent_rel));
17878
17879 /* keep our lock on the parent relation until commit */
17881
17882 return address;
17883}
References AccessShareLock, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, RemoveInheritance(), table_close(), and table_openrv().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropNotNull()
|
static |
Definition at line 7770 of file tablecmds.c.
7772{
7773 HeapTuple tuple;
7774 HeapTuple conTup;
7775 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
7777 Relation attr_rel;
7778 ObjectAddress address;
7779
7780 /*
7781 * lookup the attribute
7782 */
7784
7788 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
7790 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
7792 attnum = attTup->attnum;
7793 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
7795
7796 /* If the column is already nullable there's nothing to do. */
7797 if (!attTup->attnotnull)
7798 {
7801 }
7802
7803 /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
7806 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7808 colName)));
7809
7810 if (attTup->attidentity)
7812 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
7814 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
7815
7816 /*
7817 * If rel is partition, shouldn't drop NOT NULL if parent has the same.
7818 */
7820 {
7824 AttrNumber parent_attnum;
7825
7826 parent_attnum = get_attnum(parentId, colName);
7829 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
7831 colName)));
7833 }
7834
7835 /*
7836 * Find the constraint that makes this column NOT NULL, and drop it.
7837 * dropconstraint_internal() resets attnotnull.
7838 */
7840 if (conTup == NULL)
7842 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
7843
7844 /* The normal case: we have a pg_constraint row, remove it */
7846 false, lockmode);
7847 heap_freetuple(conTup);
7848
7849 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
7851
7853
7854 return address;
7855}
References AccessShareLock, attnotnull, attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, dropconstraint_internal(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, findNotNullConstraintAttnum(), get_attnum(), get_partition_parent(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), table_close(), table_open(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecDropOf()
Definition at line 18384 of file tablecmds.c.
18385{
18387 Relation relationRelation;
18388 HeapTuple tuple;
18389
18392 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
18394 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
18395
18396 /*
18397 * We don't bother to check ownership of the type --- ownership of the
18398 * table is presumed enough rights. No lock required on the type, either.
18399 */
18400
18402 DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
18403
18404 /* Clear pg_class.reloftype */
18411
18412 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relid, 0);
18413
18414 heap_freetuple(tuple);
18416}
References CatalogTupleUpdate(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, drop_parent_dependency(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecEnableDisableRule()
|
static |
Definition at line 17250 of file tablecmds.c.
17252{
17253 EnableDisableRule(rel, rulename, fires_when);
17254
17255 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
17256 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
17257}
void EnableDisableRule(Relation rel, const char *rulename, char fires_when)
Definition: rewriteDefine.c:691
References EnableDisableRule(), InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecEnableDisableTrigger()
|
static |
Definition at line 17232 of file tablecmds.c.
17235{
17237 fires_when, skip_system, recurse,
17238 lockmode);
17239
17240 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
17241 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
17242}
void EnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *tgname, Oid tgparent, char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: trigger.c:1726
References EnableDisableTrigger(), InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity()
|
static |
Definition at line 18660 of file tablecmds.c.
18661{
18662 Relation pg_class;
18663 Oid relid;
18664 HeapTuple tuple;
18665
18666 relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
18667
18669
18671
18674
18677
18678 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
18679 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
18680
18682 heap_freetuple(tuple);
18683}
References CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecGenericOptions()
Definition at line 18689 of file tablecmds.c.
18690{
18691 Relation ftrel;
18692 ForeignServer *server;
18693 ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
18694 HeapTuple tuple;
18695 bool isnull;
18696 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_foreign_table];
18697 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_foreign_table];
18698 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_foreign_table];
18699 Datum datum;
18700 Form_pg_foreign_table tableform;
18701
18703 return;
18704
18706
18707 tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(FOREIGNTABLEREL,
18711 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
18713 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
18715 server = GetForeignServer(tableform->ftserver);
18717
18718 memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
18719 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
18720 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
18721
18722 /* Extract the current options */
18723 datum = SysCacheGetAttr(FOREIGNTABLEREL,
18724 tuple,
18725 Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions,
18726 &isnull);
18727 if (isnull)
18728 datum = PointerGetDatum(NULL);
18729
18730 /* Transform the options */
18731 datum = transformGenericOptions(ForeignTableRelationId,
18732 datum,
18733 options,
18734 fdw->fdwvalidator);
18735
18737 repl_val[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = datum;
18738 else
18739 repl_null[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = true;
18740
18741 repl_repl[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = true;
18742
18743 /* Everything looks good - update the tuple */
18744
18746 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
18747
18749
18750 /*
18751 * Invalidate relcache so that all sessions will refresh any cached plans
18752 * that might depend on the old options.
18753 */
18754 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
18755
18756 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ForeignTableRelationId,
18757 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
18758
18760
18761 heap_freetuple(tuple);
18762}
References CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), DatumGetPointer(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ForeignServer::fdwid, ForeignDataWrapper::fdwvalidator, GetForeignDataWrapper(), GetForeignServer(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PointerGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_id, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and transformGenericOptions().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecMergePartitions()
|
static |
Definition at line 22743 of file tablecmds.c.
22745{
22746 Relation newPartRel;
22748 Oid defaultPartOid;
22749 Oid existingRelid;
22751 Oid save_userid;
22752 int save_sec_context;
22753 int save_nestlevel;
22754
22755 /*
22756 * Check ownership of merged partitions - partitions with different owners
22757 * cannot be merged. Also, collect the OIDs of these partitions during the
22758 * check.
22759 */
22761 {
22762 Relation mergingPartition;
22763
22764 /*
22765 * We are going to detach and remove this partition. We already took
22766 * AccessExclusiveLock lock on transformPartitionCmdForMerge, so here,
22767 * NoLock is fine.
22768 */
22771
22773 {
22774 /* Do the partitions being merged have different owners? */
22777 errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
22779 }
22780 else
22781 ownerId = mergingPartition->rd_rel->relowner;
22782
22783 /* Store the next merging partition into the list. */
22784 mergingPartitions = lappend_oid(mergingPartitions,
22785 RelationGetRelid(mergingPartition));
22786
22788 }
22789
22790 /* Look up the existing relation by the new partition name. */
22792
22793 /*
22794 * Check if this name is already taken. This helps us to detect the
22795 * situation when one of the merging partitions has the same name as the
22796 * new partition. Otherwise, this would fail later on anyway, but
22797 * catching this here allows us to emit a nicer error message.
22798 */
22800 {
22802 {
22803 /*
22804 * The new partition has the same name as one of the merging
22805 * partitions.
22806 */
22808
22809 /* Generate a temporary name. */
22811
22812 /*
22813 * Rename the existing partition with a temporary name, leaving it
22814 * free for the new partition. We don't need to care about this
22815 * in the future because we're going to eventually drop the
22816 * existing partition anyway.
22817 */
22819
22820 /*
22821 * We must bump the command counter to make the new partition
22822 * tuple visible for rename.
22823 */
22824 CommandCounterIncrement();
22825 }
22826 else
22827 {
22829 errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
22831 }
22832 }
22833
22834 defaultPartOid =
22836
22837 /* Detach all merging partitions. */
22838 foreach_oid(mergingPartitionOid, mergingPartitions)
22839 {
22840 Relation child_rel;
22841
22843
22844 detachPartitionTable(rel, child_rel, defaultPartOid);
22845
22847 }
22848
22849 /*
22850 * Perform a preliminary check to determine whether it's safe to drop all
22851 * merging partitions before we actually do so later. After merging rows
22852 * into the new partitions via MergePartitionsMoveRows, all old partitions
22853 * need to be dropped. However, since the drop behavior is DROP_RESTRICT
22854 * and the merge process (MergePartitionsMoveRows) can be time-consuming,
22855 * performing an early check on the drop eligibility of old partitions is
22856 * preferable.
22857 */
22858 foreach_oid(mergingPartitionOid, mergingPartitions)
22859 {
22860 ObjectAddress object;
22861
22862 /* Get oid of the later to be dropped relation. */
22864 object.classId = RelationRelationId;
22865 object.objectSubId = 0;
22866
22868 }
22869
22870 /*
22871 * Create a table for the new partition, using the partitioned table as a
22872 * model.
22873 */
22876
22877 /*
22878 * Switch to the table owner's userid, so that any index functions are run
22879 * as that user. Also, lockdown security-restricted operations and
22880 * arrange to make GUC variable changes local to this command.
22881 *
22882 * Need to do it after determining the namespace in the
22883 * createPartitionTable() call.
22884 */
22885 GetUserIdAndSecContext(&save_userid, &save_sec_context);
22886 SetUserIdAndSecContext(ownerId,
22887 save_sec_context | SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION);
22888 save_nestlevel = NewGUCNestLevel();
22889 RestrictSearchPath();
22890
22891 /* Copy data from merged partitions to the new partition. */
22892 MergePartitionsMoveRows(wqueue, mergingPartitions, newPartRel);
22893
22894 /* Drop the current partitions before attaching the new one. */
22895 foreach_oid(mergingPartitionOid, mergingPartitions)
22896 {
22897 ObjectAddress object;
22898
22900 object.classId = RelationRelationId;
22901 object.objectSubId = 0;
22902
22904 }
22905
22906 list_free(mergingPartitions);
22907
22908 /*
22909 * Attach a new partition to the partitioned table. wqueue = NULL:
22910 * verification for each cloned constraint is not needed.
22911 */
22913
22914 /* Keep the lock until commit. */
22916
22917 /* Roll back any GUC changes executed by index functions. */
22919
22920 /* Restore the userid and security context. */
22921 SetUserIdAndSecContext(save_userid, save_sec_context);
22922}
void performDeletionCheck(const ObjectAddress *object, DropBehavior behavior, int flags)
Definition: dependency.c:333
void GetUserIdAndSecContext(Oid *userid, int *sec_context)
Definition: miscinit.c:612
void SetUserIdAndSecContext(Oid userid, int sec_context)
Definition: miscinit.c:619
Relation table_openrv_extended(const RangeVar *relation, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool missing_ok)
Definition: table.c:103
static void MergePartitionsMoveRows(List **wqueue, List *mergingPartitions, Relation newPartRel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22568
static Relation createPartitionTable(List **wqueue, RangeVar *newPartName, Relation parent_rel, Oid ownerId)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22455
static void detachPartitionTable(Relation parent_rel, Relation child_rel, Oid defaultPartOid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22722
References AccessExclusiveLock, Assert(), AtEOXact_GUC(), attachPartitionTable(), PartitionCmd::bound, CheckRelationLockedByMe(), CommandCounterIncrement(), createPartitionTable(), detachPartitionTable(), DROP_RESTRICT, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, foreach_node, foreach_oid, get_default_oid_from_partdesc(), GetUserIdAndSecContext(), InvalidOid, lappend_oid(), list_free(), list_member_oid(), MergePartitionsMoveRows(), MyProcPid, name, PartitionCmd::name, NAMEDATALEN, NewGUCNestLevel(), NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, OidIsValid, PartitionCmd::partlist, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL, performDeletion(), performDeletionCheck(), RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelid, RangeVar::relname, RenameRelationInternal(), RestrictSearchPath(), SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION, SetUserIdAndSecContext(), sprintf, table_close(), table_open(), and table_openrv_extended().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecReplicaIdentity()
|
static |
Definition at line 18516 of file tablecmds.c.
18517{
18518 Oid indexOid;
18519 Relation indexRel;
18521
18523 {
18525 return;
18526 }
18528 {
18530 return;
18531 }
18533 {
18535 return;
18536 }
18538 {
18539 /* fallthrough */ ;
18540 }
18541 else
18543
18544 /* Check that the index exists */
18548 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
18551
18553
18554 /* Check that the index is on the relation we're altering. */
18558 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
18560 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel),
18561 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
18562
18563 /*
18564 * The AM must support uniqueness, and the index must in fact be unique.
18565 * If we have a WITHOUT OVERLAPS constraint (identified by uniqueness +
18566 * exclusion), we can use that too.
18567 */
18569 !indexRel->rd_index->indisunique) &&
18572 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
18574 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
18575 /* Deferred indexes are not guaranteed to be always unique. */
18578 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
18580 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
18581 /* Expression indexes aren't supported. */
18584 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
18586 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
18587 /* Predicate indexes aren't supported. */
18590 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
18592 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
18593
18594 /* Check index for nullable columns. */
18596 {
18598 Form_pg_attribute attr;
18599
18600 /*
18601 * Reject any other system columns. (Going forward, we'll disallow
18602 * indexes containing such columns in the first place, but they might
18603 * exist in older branches.)
18604 */
18605 if (attno <= 0)
18607 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
18608 errmsg("index \"%s\" cannot be used as replica identity because column %d is a system column",
18609 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel), attno)));
18610
18612 if (!attr->attnotnull)
18614 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
18616 RelationGetRelationName(indexRel),
18617 NameStr(attr->attname))));
18618 }
18619
18620 /* This index is suitable for use as a replica identity. Mark it. */
18622
18624}
#define IndexRelationGetNumberOfKeyAttributes(relation)
Definition: rel.h:534
List * RelationGetIndexPredicate(Relation relation)
Definition: relcache.c:5210
List * RelationGetIndexExpressions(Relation relation)
Definition: relcache.c:5097
static void relation_mark_replica_identity(Relation rel, char ri_type, Oid indexOid, bool is_internal)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18428
References IndexAmRoutine::amcanunique, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_relname_relid(), index_close(), index_open(), IndexRelationGetNumberOfKeyAttributes, InvalidOid, sort-test::key, NameStr, NIL, NoLock, OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_indam, RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_mark_replica_identity(), RelationGetIndexExpressions(), RelationGetIndexPredicate(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ShareLock, stmt, and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetAccessMethodNoStorage()
Definition at line 16553 of file tablecmds.c.
16554{
16555 Relation pg_class;
16556 Oid oldAccessMethodId;
16557 HeapTuple tuple;
16558 Form_pg_class rd_rel;
16560
16561 /*
16562 * Shouldn't be called on relations having storage; these are processed in
16563 * phase 3.
16564 */
16566
16567 /* Get a modifiable copy of the relation's pg_class row. */
16569
16574
16575 /* Update the pg_class row. */
16576 oldAccessMethodId = rd_rel->relam;
16577 rd_rel->relam = newAccessMethodId;
16578
16579 /* Leave if no update required */
16580 if (rd_rel->relam == oldAccessMethodId)
16581 {
16582 heap_freetuple(tuple);
16584 return;
16585 }
16586
16588
16589 /*
16590 * Update the dependency on the new access method. No dependency is added
16591 * if the new access method is InvalidOid (default case). Be very careful
16592 * that this has to compare the previous value stored in pg_class with the
16593 * new one.
16594 */
16596 {
16597 ObjectAddress relobj,
16598 referenced;
16599
16600 /*
16601 * New access method is defined and there was no dependency
16602 * previously, so record a new one.
16603 */
16604 ObjectAddressSet(relobj, RelationRelationId, reloid);
16605 ObjectAddressSet(referenced, AccessMethodRelationId, rd_rel->relam);
16607 }
16609 !OidIsValid(rd_rel->relam))
16610 {
16611 /*
16612 * There was an access method defined, and no new one, so just remove
16613 * the existing dependency.
16614 */
16615 deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(RelationRelationId, reloid,
16616 AccessMethodRelationId,
16617 DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
16618 }
16619 else
16620 {
16622 OidIsValid(rd_rel->relam));
16623
16624 /* Both are valid, so update the dependency */
16625 changeDependencyFor(RelationRelationId, reloid,
16626 AccessMethodRelationId,
16627 oldAccessMethodId, rd_rel->relam);
16628 }
16629
16630 /* make the relam and dependency changes visible */
16631 CommandCounterIncrement();
16632
16634
16635 heap_freetuple(tuple);
16637}
References Assert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), changeDependencyFor(), CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(), DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, recordDependencyOn(), RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetCompression()
|
static |
Definition at line 18770 of file tablecmds.c.
18774{
18775 Relation attrel;
18776 HeapTuple tuple;
18777 Form_pg_attribute atttableform;
18779 char *compression;
18780 char cmethod;
18781 ObjectAddress address;
18782
18783 compression = strVal(newValue);
18784
18786
18787 /* copy the cache entry so we can scribble on it below */
18791 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
18793 column, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
18794
18795 /* prevent them from altering a system attribute */
18797 attnum = atttableform->attnum;
18800 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
18802
18803 /*
18804 * Check that column type is compressible, then get the attribute
18805 * compression method code
18806 */
18807 cmethod = GetAttributeCompression(atttableform->atttypid, compression);
18808
18809 /* update pg_attribute entry */
18810 atttableform->attcompression = cmethod;
18812
18813 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
18814 RelationGetRelid(rel),
18815 attnum);
18816
18817 /*
18818 * Apply the change to indexes as well (only for simple index columns,
18819 * matching behavior of index.c ConstructTupleDescriptor()).
18820 */
18822 false, 0,
18823 true, cmethod,
18824 lockmode);
18825
18826 heap_freetuple(tuple);
18827
18829
18830 /* make changes visible */
18831 CommandCounterIncrement();
18832
18833 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
18835 return address;
18836}
static char GetAttributeCompression(Oid atttypid, const char *compression)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22034
static void SetIndexStorageProperties(Relation rel, Relation attrelation, AttrNumber attnum, bool setstorage, char newstorage, bool setcompression, char newcompression, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9158
References attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), CommandCounterIncrement(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GetAttributeCompression(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), SetIndexStorageProperties(), strVal, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetExpression()
|
static |
Definition at line 8630 of file tablecmds.c.
8632{
8633 HeapTuple tuple;
8634 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8636 char attgenerated;
8637 bool rewrite;
8638 Oid attrdefoid;
8639 ObjectAddress address;
8640 Expr *defval;
8642 RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
8643
8647 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8649 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8650
8652
8653 attnum = attTup->attnum;
8656 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8658 colName)));
8659
8660 attgenerated = attTup->attgenerated;
8661 if (!attgenerated)
8663 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8665 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8666
8667 /*
8668 * TODO: This could be done, just need to recheck any constraints
8669 * afterwards.
8670 */
8671 if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL &&
8674 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8675 errmsg("ALTER TABLE / SET EXPRESSION is not supported for virtual generated columns in tables with check constraints"),
8677 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8678
8679 if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL && attTup->attnotnull)
8681
8682 /*
8683 * We need to prevent this because a change of expression could affect a
8684 * row filter and inject expressions that are not permitted in a row
8685 * filter. XXX We could try to have a more precise check to catch only
8686 * publications with row filters, or even re-verify the row filter
8687 * expressions.
8688 */
8689 if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL &&
8692 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8693 errmsg("ALTER TABLE / SET EXPRESSION is not supported for virtual generated columns in tables that are part of a publication"),
8695 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8696
8697 rewrite = (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED);
8698
8699 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
8700
8701 if (rewrite)
8702 {
8703 /*
8704 * Clear all the missing values if we're rewriting the table, since
8705 * this renders them pointless.
8706 */
8707 RelationClearMissing(rel);
8708
8709 /* make sure we don't conflict with later attribute modifications */
8710 CommandCounterIncrement();
8711
8712 /*
8713 * Find everything that depends on the column (constraints, indexes,
8714 * etc), and record enough information to let us recreate the objects
8715 * after rewrite.
8716 */
8718 }
8719
8720 /*
8721 * Drop the dependency records of the GENERATED expression, in particular
8722 * its INTERNAL dependency on the column, which would otherwise cause
8723 * dependency.c to refuse to perform the deletion.
8724 */
8730
8731 /* Make above changes visible */
8732 CommandCounterIncrement();
8733
8734 /*
8735 * Get rid of the GENERATED expression itself. We use RESTRICT here for
8736 * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
8737 * expression.
8738 */
8740 false, false);
8741
8742 /* Prepare to store the new expression, in the catalogs */
8745 rawEnt->raw_default = newExpr;
8746 rawEnt->generated = attgenerated;
8747
8748 /* Store the generated expression */
8750 false, true, false, NULL);
8751
8752 /* Make above new expression visible */
8753 CommandCounterIncrement();
8754
8755 if (rewrite)
8756 {
8757 /* Prepare for table rewrite */
8759
8764
8767 }
8768
8769 /* Drop any pg_statistic entry for the column */
8771
8772 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8774
8775 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8777 return address;
8778}
References AddRelationNewConstraints(), AT_REWRITE_DEFAULT_VAL, AT_SetExpression, RawColumnDefault::attnum, attnum, build_column_default(), CommandCounterIncrement(), TupleDescData::constr, deleteDependencyRecordsFor(), DROP_RESTRICT, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, expression_planner(), RawColumnDefault::generated, GetAttrDefaultOid(), GetRelationPublications(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lappend(), list_make1, newval, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, NIL, TupleConstr::num_check, ObjectAddressSubSet, OidIsValid, palloc0_object, palloc_object, RawColumnDefault::raw_default, RelationData::rd_att, RelationClearMissing(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(), RemoveAttrDefault(), RemoveStatistics(), AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, SearchSysCacheAttName(), and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetIdentity()
|
static |
Definition at line 8399 of file tablecmds.c.
8401{
8403 DefElem *generatedEl = NULL;
8404 HeapTuple tuple;
8405 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8407 Relation attrelation;
8408 ObjectAddress address;
8409 bool ispartitioned;
8410
8411 ispartitioned = (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
8412 if (ispartitioned && !recurse)
8414 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8417
8420 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8422
8424 {
8426
8428 {
8429 if (generatedEl)
8431 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
8433 generatedEl = defel;
8434 }
8435 else
8437 defel->defname);
8438 }
8439
8440 /*
8441 * Even if there is nothing to change here, we run all the checks. There
8442 * will be a subsequent ALTER SEQUENCE that relies on everything being
8443 * there.
8444 */
8445
8450 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8452 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8453
8455 attnum = attTup->attnum;
8456
8459 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8461 colName)));
8462
8463 if (!attTup->attidentity)
8465 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8467 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
8468
8469 if (generatedEl)
8470 {
8471 attTup->attidentity = defGetInt32(generatedEl);
8473
8474 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8475 RelationGetRelid(rel),
8476 attTup->attnum);
8477 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
8479 }
8480 else
8481 address = InvalidObjectAddress;
8482
8483 heap_freetuple(tuple);
8485
8486 /*
8487 * Recurse to propagate the identity change to partitions. Identity is not
8488 * inherited in regular inheritance children.
8489 */
8490 if (generatedEl && recurse && ispartitioned)
8491 {
8492 List *children;
8493 ListCell *lc;
8494
8496
8497 foreach(lc, children)
8498 {
8499 Relation childrel;
8500
8504 }
8505 }
8506
8507 return address;
8508}
Definition: parsenodes.h:840
Definition: getopt_long.h:18
References ATExecSetIdentity(), attnum, castNode, CatalogTupleUpdate(), defGetInt32(), DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_node, lfirst_oid, NoLock, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd(), and ATExecSetIdentity().
◆ ATExecSetNotNull()
|
static |
Definition at line 7941 of file tablecmds.c.
7943{
7944 HeapTuple tuple;
7946 ObjectAddress address;
7947 Constraint *constraint;
7948 CookedConstraint *ccon;
7949 List *cooked;
7950 bool is_no_inherit = false;
7951
7952 /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly deep inheritance tree. */
7953 check_stack_depth();
7954
7955 /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
7956 if (recursing)
7957 {
7960 Assert(conName != NULL);
7961 }
7962
7966 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
7968 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
7969
7970 /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
7973 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7975 colName)));
7976
7977 /* See if there's already a constraint */
7980 {
7982 bool changed = false;
7983
7984 /*
7985 * Don't let a NO INHERIT constraint be changed into inherit.
7986 */
7987 if (conForm->connoinherit && recurse)
7989 errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7991 NameStr(conForm->conname),
7992 RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
7993
7994 /*
7995 * If we find an appropriate constraint, we're almost done, but just
7996 * need to change some properties on it: if we're recursing, increment
7997 * coninhcount; if not, set conislocal if not already set.
7998 */
7999 if (recursing)
8000 {
8002 &conForm->coninhcount))
8004 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
8006 changed = true;
8007 }
8008 else if (!conForm->conislocal)
8009 {
8010 conForm->conislocal = true;
8011 changed = true;
8012 }
8013 else if (!conForm->convalidated)
8014 {
8015 /*
8016 * Flip attnotnull and convalidated, and also validate the
8017 * constraint.
8018 */
8020 recurse, recursing, lockmode);
8021 }
8022
8023 if (changed)
8024 {
8025 Relation constr_rel;
8026
8028
8030 ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, conForm->oid);
8032 }
8033
8034 if (changed)
8035 return address;
8036 else
8038 }
8039
8040 /*
8041 * If we're asked not to recurse, and children exist, raise an error for
8042 * partitioned tables. For inheritance, we act as if NO INHERIT had been
8043 * specified.
8044 */
8045 if (!recurse &&
8048 {
8051 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8054 else
8055 is_no_inherit = true;
8056 }
8057
8058 /*
8059 * No constraint exists; we must add one. First determine a name to use,
8060 * if we haven't already.
8061 */
8062 if (!recursing)
8063 {
8064 Assert(conName == NULL);
8066 colName, "not_null",
8067 RelationGetNamespace(rel),
8068 NIL);
8069 }
8070
8072 constraint->is_no_inherit = is_no_inherit;
8073 constraint->conname = conName;
8074
8075 /* and do it */
8077 false, !recursing, false, NULL);
8078 ccon = linitial(cooked);
8080
8081 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
8083
8084 /* Mark pg_attribute.attnotnull for the column and queue validation */
8086
8087 /*
8088 * Recurse to propagate the constraint to children that don't have one.
8089 */
8090 if (recurse)
8091 {
8092 List *children;
8093
8095 lockmode);
8096
8097 foreach_oid(childoid, children)
8098 {
8100
8101 CommandCounterIncrement();
8102
8103 ATExecSetNotNull(wqueue, childrel, conName, colName,
8104 recurse, true, lockmode);
8106 }
8107 }
8108
8109 return address;
8110}
References AddRelationNewConstraints(), Assert(), AT_AddConstraint, ATExecSetNotNull(), ATExecValidateConstraint(), ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_stack_depth(), ChooseConstraintName(), CommandCounterIncrement(), Constraint::conname, CookedConstraint::conoid, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), findNotNullConstraintAttnum(), foreach_oid, get_attnum(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidAttrNumber, InvalidObjectAddress, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, Constraint::is_no_inherit, linitial, list_make1, makeNotNullConstraint(), makeString(), NameStr, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, pg_add_s16_overflow(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, set_attnotnull(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrInheritability(), ATExecCmd(), and ATExecSetNotNull().
◆ ATExecSetOptions()
|
static |
Definition at line 9079 of file tablecmds.c.
9081{
9082 Relation attrelation;
9083 HeapTuple tuple,
9084 newtuple;
9085 Form_pg_attribute attrtuple;
9087 Datum datum,
9088 newOptions;
9089 bool isnull;
9090 ObjectAddress address;
9091 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
9092 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
9093 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
9094
9096
9098
9101 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
9103 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9105
9106 attnum = attrtuple->attnum;
9109 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9111 colName)));
9112
9113 /* Generate new proposed attoptions (text array) */
9114 datum = SysCacheGetAttr(ATTNAME, tuple, Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions,
9115 &isnull);
9118 false, isReset);
9119 /* Validate new options */
9121
9122 /* Build new tuple. */
9123 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
9124 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
9126 repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = newOptions;
9127 else
9128 repl_null[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = true;
9129 repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = true;
9131 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
9132
9133 /* Update system catalog. */
9135
9136 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
9137 RelationGetRelid(rel),
9138 attrtuple->attnum);
9139 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
9141
9142 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
9143
9144 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
9145
9147
9148 return address;
9149}
Datum transformRelOptions(Datum oldOptions, List *defList, const char *nameSpace, const char *const validnsps[], bool acceptOidsOff, bool isReset)
Definition: reloptions.c:1176
bytea * attribute_reloptions(Datum reloptions, bool validate)
Definition: reloptions.c:2116
References attnum, attribute_reloptions(), castNode, CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheAttName(), SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and transformRelOptions().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetRelOptions()
|
static |
Definition at line 16673 of file tablecmds.c.
16675{
16676 Oid relid;
16677 Relation pgclass;
16678 HeapTuple tuple;
16679 HeapTuple newtuple;
16680 Datum datum;
16681 Datum newOptions;
16682 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_class];
16683 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_class];
16684 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_class];
16686
16688 return; /* nothing to do */
16689
16691
16692 /* Fetch heap tuple */
16693 relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
16697
16699 {
16700 /*
16701 * If we're supposed to replace the reloptions list, we just pretend
16702 * there were none before.
16703 */
16704 datum = (Datum) 0;
16705 }
16706 else
16707 {
16708 bool isnull;
16709
16710 /* Get the old reloptions */
16711 datum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple, Anum_pg_class_reloptions,
16712 &isnull);
16713 if (isnull)
16714 datum = (Datum) 0;
16715 }
16716
16717 /* Generate new proposed reloptions (text array) */
16719 operation == AT_ResetRelOptions);
16720
16721 /* Validate */
16723 {
16724 case RELKIND_RELATION:
16725 case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
16727 break;
16728 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
16730 break;
16731 case RELKIND_VIEW:
16733 break;
16734 case RELKIND_INDEX:
16735 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
16737 break;
16738 case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
16739 /* fall through to error -- shouldn't ever get here */
16740 default:
16742 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
16744 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
16746 break;
16747 }
16748
16749 /* Special-case validation of view options */
16751 {
16754 ListCell *cell;
16755 bool check_option = false;
16756
16757 foreach(cell, view_options)
16758 {
16760
16762 check_option = true;
16763 }
16764
16765 /*
16766 * If the check option is specified, look to see if the view is
16767 * actually auto-updatable or not.
16768 */
16769 if (check_option)
16770 {
16771 const char *view_updatable_error =
16773
16774 if (view_updatable_error)
16776 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
16779 }
16780 }
16781
16782 /*
16783 * All we need do here is update the pg_class row; the new options will be
16784 * propagated into relcaches during post-commit cache inval.
16785 */
16786 memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
16787 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
16788 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
16789
16791 repl_val[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = newOptions;
16792 else
16793 repl_null[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
16794
16795 repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
16796
16798 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
16799
16802
16804
16805 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
16806
16807 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
16808
16809 /* repeat the whole exercise for the toast table, if there's one */
16811 {
16812 Relation toastrel;
16814
16815 toastrel = table_open(toastid, lockmode);
16816
16817 /* Fetch heap tuple */
16821
16823 {
16824 /*
16825 * If we're supposed to replace the reloptions list, we just
16826 * pretend there were none before.
16827 */
16828 datum = (Datum) 0;
16829 }
16830 else
16831 {
16832 bool isnull;
16833
16834 /* Get the old reloptions */
16835 datum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple, Anum_pg_class_reloptions,
16836 &isnull);
16837 if (isnull)
16838 datum = (Datum) 0;
16839 }
16840
16843
16845
16846 memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
16847 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
16848 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
16849
16851 repl_val[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = newOptions;
16852 else
16853 repl_null[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
16854
16855 repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
16856
16858 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
16859
16861
16862 InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(RelationRelationId,
16863 RelationGetRelid(toastrel), 0,
16865
16866 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
16867
16868 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
16869
16871 }
16872
16874}
#define InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(classId, objectId, subId, auxiliaryId, is_internal)
Definition: objectaccess.h:200
bytea * view_reloptions(Datum reloptions, bool validate)
Definition: reloptions.c:2045
bytea * index_reloptions(amoptions_function amoptions, Datum reloptions, bool validate)
Definition: reloptions.c:2101
bytea * partitioned_table_reloptions(Datum reloptions, bool validate)
Definition: reloptions.c:2031
bytea * heap_reloptions(char relkind, Datum reloptions, bool validate)
Definition: reloptions.c:2066
const char * view_query_is_auto_updatable(Query *viewquery, bool check_cols)
Definition: rewriteHandler.c:2636
Definition: parsenodes.h:118
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheLocked1(int cacheId, Datum key1)
Definition: syscache.c:282
References _, IndexAmRoutine::amoptions, AT_ReplaceRelOptions, AT_ResetRelOptions, CatalogTupleUpdate(), DefElem::defname, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_view_query(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HEAP_RELOPT_NAMESPACES, heap_reloptions(), HeapTupleIsValid, index_reloptions(), InplaceUpdateTupleLock, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg, lfirst, NIL, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, partitioned_table_reloptions(), RelationData::rd_indam, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), SearchSysCacheLocked1(), SysCacheGetAttr(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), transformRelOptions(), UnlockTuple(), untransformRelOptions(), view_query_is_auto_updatable(), and view_reloptions().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetRowSecurity()
|
static |
Definition at line 18630 of file tablecmds.c.
18631{
18632 Relation pg_class;
18633 Oid relid;
18634 HeapTuple tuple;
18635
18636 relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
18637
18638 /* Pull the record for this relation and update it */
18640
18642
18645
18648
18649 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
18650 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
18651
18653 heap_freetuple(tuple);
18654}
References CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetStatistics()
|
static |
Definition at line 8934 of file tablecmds.c.
8935{
8936 int newtarget = 0;
8937 bool newtarget_default;
8938 Relation attrelation;
8939 HeapTuple tuple,
8940 newtuple;
8941 Form_pg_attribute attrtuple;
8943 ObjectAddress address;
8944 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
8945 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
8946 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
8947
8948 /*
8949 * We allow referencing columns by numbers only for indexes, since table
8950 * column numbers could contain gaps if columns are later dropped.
8951 */
8953 rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
8954 !colName)
8956 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8958
8959 /* -1 was used in previous versions for the default setting */
8961 {
8962 newtarget = intVal(newValue);
8963 newtarget_default = false;
8964 }
8965 else
8966 newtarget_default = true;
8967
8968 if (!newtarget_default)
8969 {
8970 /*
8971 * Limit target to a sane range
8972 */
8973 if (newtarget < 0)
8974 {
8976 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
8978 newtarget)));
8979 }
8981 {
8982 newtarget = MAX_STATISTICS_TARGET;
8984 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
8986 newtarget)));
8987 }
8988 }
8989
8991
8992 if (colName)
8993 {
8995
8998 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
9000 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9001 }
9002 else
9003 {
9005
9008 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
9010 colNum, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9011 }
9012
9014
9015 attnum = attrtuple->attnum;
9018 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9020 colName)));
9021
9022 /*
9023 * Prevent this as long as the ANALYZE code skips virtual generated
9024 * columns.
9025 */
9026 if (attrtuple->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
9028 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9030 colName)));
9031
9033 rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
9034 {
9037 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9042 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9046 }
9047
9048 /* Build new tuple. */
9049 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
9050 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
9051 if (!newtarget_default)
9052 repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attstattarget - 1] = Int16GetDatum(newtarget);
9053 else
9054 repl_null[Anum_pg_attribute_attstattarget - 1] = true;
9055 repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attstattarget - 1] = true;
9057 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
9059
9060 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
9061 RelationGetRelid(rel),
9062 attrtuple->attnum);
9063 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
9065
9066 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
9067
9068 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
9069
9071
9072 return address;
9073}
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheAttNum(Oid relid, int16 attnum)
Definition: syscache.c:538
References attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, Int16GetDatum(), intVal, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, MAX_STATISTICS_TARGET, NameStr, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheAttName(), SearchSysCacheAttNum(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and WARNING.
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetStorage()
|
static |
Definition at line 9221 of file tablecmds.c.
9222{
9223 Relation attrelation;
9224 HeapTuple tuple;
9225 Form_pg_attribute attrtuple;
9227 ObjectAddress address;
9228
9230
9232
9235 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
9237 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
9239
9240 attnum = attrtuple->attnum;
9243 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
9245 colName)));
9246
9248
9250
9251 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
9252 RelationGetRelid(rel),
9253 attrtuple->attnum);
9254
9255 /*
9256 * Apply the change to indexes as well (only for simple index columns,
9257 * matching behavior of index.c ConstructTupleDescriptor()).
9258 */
9260 true, attrtuple->attstorage,
9261 false, 0,
9262 lockmode);
9263
9264 heap_freetuple(tuple);
9265
9267
9268 ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
9270 return address;
9271}
static char GetAttributeStorage(Oid atttypid, const char *storagemode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22072
References attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GetAttributeStorage(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, ObjectAddressSubSet, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), SetIndexStorageProperties(), strVal, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSetTableSpace()
Definition at line 16881 of file tablecmds.c.
16882{
16883 Relation rel;
16884 Oid reltoastrelid;
16885 RelFileNumber newrelfilenumber;
16886 RelFileLocator newrlocator;
16888 ListCell *lc;
16889
16890 /*
16891 * Need lock here in case we are recursing to toast table or index
16892 */
16893 rel = relation_open(tableOid, lockmode);
16894
16895 /* Check first if relation can be moved to new tablespace */
16897 {
16898 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
16899 RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
16901 return;
16902 }
16903
16904 reltoastrelid = rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid;
16905 /* Fetch the list of indexes on toast relation if necessary */
16907 {
16909
16910 reltoastidxids = RelationGetIndexList(toastRel);
16911 relation_close(toastRel, lockmode);
16912 }
16913
16914 /*
16915 * Relfilenumbers are not unique in databases across tablespaces, so we
16916 * need to allocate a new one in the new tablespace.
16917 */
16918 newrelfilenumber = GetNewRelFileNumber(newTableSpace, NULL,
16919 rel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
16920
16921 /* Open old and new relation */
16922 newrlocator = rel->rd_locator;
16923 newrlocator.relNumber = newrelfilenumber;
16924 newrlocator.spcOid = newTableSpace;
16925
16926 /* hand off to AM to actually create new rel storage and copy the data */
16928 {
16929 index_copy_data(rel, newrlocator);
16930 }
16931 else
16932 {
16934 table_relation_copy_data(rel, &newrlocator);
16935 }
16936
16937 /*
16938 * Update the pg_class row.
16939 *
16940 * NB: This wouldn't work if ATExecSetTableSpace() were allowed to be
16941 * executed on pg_class or its indexes (the above copy wouldn't contain
16942 * the updated pg_class entry), but that's forbidden with
16943 * CheckRelationTableSpaceMove().
16944 */
16945 SetRelationTableSpace(rel, newTableSpace, newrelfilenumber);
16946
16948
16949 RelationAssumeNewRelfilelocator(rel);
16950
16952
16953 /* Make sure the reltablespace change is visible */
16954 CommandCounterIncrement();
16955
16956 /* Move associated toast relation and/or indexes, too */
16958 ATExecSetTableSpace(reltoastrelid, newTableSpace, lockmode);
16959 foreach(lc, reltoastidxids)
16961
16962 /* Clean up */
16963 list_free(reltoastidxids);
16964}
RelFileNumber GetNewRelFileNumber(Oid reltablespace, Relation pg_class, char relpersistence)
Definition: catalog.c:557
void RelationAssumeNewRelfilelocator(Relation relation)
Definition: relcache.c:3976
Definition: relfilelocator.h:59
static void table_relation_copy_data(Relation rel, const RelFileLocator *newrlocator)
Definition: tableam.h:1630
static void ATExecSetTableSpace(Oid tableOid, Oid newTableSpace, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16881
bool CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpaceId)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3690
void SetRelationTableSpace(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpaceId, RelFileNumber newRelFilenumber)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3747
static void index_copy_data(Relation rel, RelFileLocator newrlocator)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17175
References Assert(), ATExecSetTableSpace(), CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(), CommandCounterIncrement(), GetNewRelFileNumber(), index_copy_data(), InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_oid, list_free(), NIL, NoLock, OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_locator, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationAssumeNewRelfilelocator(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelid, RelFileLocator::relNumber, SetRelationTableSpace(), RelFileLocator::spcOid, and table_relation_copy_data().
Referenced by ATExecSetTableSpace(), and ATRewriteTables().
◆ ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage()
Definition at line 16974 of file tablecmds.c.
16975{
16976 /*
16977 * Shouldn't be called on relations having storage; these are processed in
16978 * phase 3.
16979 */
16981
16982 /* check if relation can be moved to its new tablespace */
16984 {
16985 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
16986 RelationGetRelid(rel),
16987 0);
16988 return;
16989 }
16990
16991 /* Update can be done, so change reltablespace */
16993
16995
16996 /* Make sure the reltablespace change is visible */
16997 CommandCounterIncrement();
16998}
References Assert(), CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(), CommandCounterIncrement(), InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, and SetRelationTableSpace().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecSplitPartition()
|
static |
Definition at line 23197 of file tablecmds.c.
23199{
23200 Relation splitRel;
23201 Oid splitRelOid;
23202 ListCell *listptr,
23203 *listptr2;
23204 bool isSameName = false;
23207 ObjectAddress object;
23208 Oid defaultPartOid;
23209 Oid save_userid;
23210 int save_sec_context;
23211 int save_nestlevel;
23212
23214
23215 /*
23216 * Partition is already locked in the transformPartitionCmdForSplit
23217 * function.
23218 */
23220
23221 splitRelOid = RelationGetRelid(splitRel);
23222
23223 /* Check descriptions of new partitions. */
23225 {
23226 Oid existingRelid;
23227
23228 /* Look up the existing relation by the new partition name. */
23230
23231 /*
23232 * This would fail later on anyway if the relation already exists. But
23233 * by catching it here, we can emit a nicer error message.
23234 */
23235 if (existingRelid == splitRelOid && !isSameName)
23236 /* One new partition can have the same name as a split partition. */
23237 isSameName = true;
23240 errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
23242 }
23243
23244 /* Detach the split partition. */
23245 detachPartitionTable(rel, splitRel, defaultPartOid);
23246
23247 /*
23248 * Perform a preliminary check to determine whether it's safe to drop the
23249 * split partition before we actually do so later. After merging rows into
23250 * the new partitions via SplitPartitionMoveRows, all old partitions need
23251 * to be dropped. However, since the drop behavior is DROP_RESTRICT and
23252 * the merge process (SplitPartitionMoveRows) can be time-consuming,
23253 * performing an early check on the drop eligibility of old partitions is
23254 * preferable.
23255 */
23256 object.objectId = splitRelOid;
23257 object.classId = RelationRelationId;
23258 object.objectSubId = 0;
23260
23261 /*
23262 * If a new partition has the same name as the split partition, then we
23263 * should rename the split partition to reuse its name.
23264 */
23265 if (isSameName)
23266 {
23267 /*
23268 * We must bump the command counter to make the split partition tuple
23269 * visible for renaming.
23270 */
23271 CommandCounterIncrement();
23272 /* Rename partition. */
23275
23276 /*
23277 * We must bump the command counter to make the split partition tuple
23278 * visible after renaming.
23279 */
23280 CommandCounterIncrement();
23281 }
23282
23283 /* Create new partitions (like a split partition), without indexes. */
23285 {
23286 Relation newPartRel;
23287
23288 newPartRel = createPartitionTable(wqueue, sps->name, rel,
23289 splitRel->rd_rel->relowner);
23290 newPartRels = lappend(newPartRels, newPartRel);
23291 }
23292
23293 /*
23294 * Switch to the table owner's userid, so that any index functions are run
23295 * as that user. Also, lockdown security-restricted operations and
23296 * arrange to make GUC variable changes local to this command.
23297 *
23298 * Need to do it after determining the namespace in the
23299 * createPartitionTable() call.
23300 */
23301 GetUserIdAndSecContext(&save_userid, &save_sec_context);
23303 save_sec_context | SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION);
23304 save_nestlevel = NewGUCNestLevel();
23305 RestrictSearchPath();
23306
23307 /* Copy data from the split partition to the new partitions. */
23309 /* Keep the lock until commit. */
23311
23312 /* Attach new partitions to the partitioned table. */
23314 {
23317
23318 /*
23319 * wqueue = NULL: verification for each cloned constraint is not
23320 * needed.
23321 */
23323 /* Keep the lock until commit. */
23325 }
23326
23327 /* Drop the split partition. */
23328 object.classId = RelationRelationId;
23329 object.objectId = splitRelOid;
23330 object.objectSubId = 0;
23331 /* Probably DROP_CASCADE is not needed. */
23333
23334 /* Roll back any GUC changes executed by index functions. */
23336
23337 /* Restore the userid and security context. */
23338 SetUserIdAndSecContext(save_userid, save_sec_context);
23339}
Definition: parsenodes.h:973
static void SplitPartitionMoveRows(List **wqueue, Relation rel, Relation splitRel, List *partlist, List *newPartRels)
Definition: tablecmds.c:23004
References AtEOXact_GUC(), attachPartitionTable(), SinglePartitionSpec::bound, CommandCounterIncrement(), createPartitionTable(), detachPartitionTable(), DROP_RESTRICT, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, forboth, foreach_node, get_default_oid_from_partdesc(), GetUserIdAndSecContext(), lappend(), lfirst, MyProcPid, PartitionCmd::name, NAMEDATALEN, NewGUCNestLevel(), NIL, NoLock, OidIsValid, PartitionCmd::partlist, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL, performDeletion(), performDeletionCheck(), RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelid, RenameRelationInternal(), RestrictSearchPath(), SECURITY_RESTRICTED_OPERATION, SetUserIdAndSecContext(), SplitPartitionMoveRows(), sprintf, table_close(), and table_openrv().
Referenced by ATExecCmd().
◆ ATExecValidateConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 12936 of file tablecmds.c.
12938{
12939 Relation conrel;
12940 SysScanDesc scan;
12941 ScanKeyData skey[3];
12942 HeapTuple tuple;
12943 Form_pg_constraint con;
12944 ObjectAddress address;
12945
12947
12948 /*
12949 * Find and check the target constraint
12950 */
12951 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
12952 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
12953 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12955 ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
12956 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
12957 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12959 ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
12960 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
12961 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
12962 CStringGetDatum(constrName));
12963 scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
12964 true, NULL, 3, skey);
12965
12966 /* There can be at most one matching row */
12969 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
12971 constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
12972
12974 if (con->contype != CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN &&
12975 con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
12976 con->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
12978 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
12980 constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
12982
12983 if (!con->conenforced)
12985 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
12987
12988 if (!con->convalidated)
12989 {
12990 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN)
12991 {
12992 QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, rel, con->confrelid,
12993 tuple, lockmode);
12994 }
12995 else if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
12996 {
12997 QueueCheckConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, rel, constrName,
12998 tuple, recurse, recursing, lockmode);
12999 }
13000 else if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
13001 {
13002 QueueNNConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, rel,
13003 tuple, recurse, recursing, lockmode);
13004 }
13005
13006 ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, con->oid);
13007 }
13008 else
13010
13011 systable_endscan(scan);
13012
13014
13015 return address;
13016}
static void QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation fkrel, Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13026
static void QueueNNConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13248
static void QueueCheckConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel, char *constrName, HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13145
References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvalidOid, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), QueueCheckConstraintValidation(), QueueFKConstraintValidation(), QueueNNConstraintValidation(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecCmd(), ATExecSetNotNull(), QueueCheckConstraintValidation(), and QueueNNConstraintValidation().
◆ ATGetQueueEntry()
|
static |
Definition at line 6586 of file tablecmds.c.
6587{
6589 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
6590 ListCell *ltab;
6591
6592 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
6593 {
6596 return tab;
6597 }
6598
6599 /*
6600 * Not there, so add it. Note that we make a copy of the relation's
6601 * existing descriptor before anything interesting can happen to it.
6602 */
6604 tab->relid = relid;
6611 tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT;
6613
6614 *wqueue = lappend(*wqueue, tab);
6615
6616 return tab;
6617}
TupleDesc CreateTupleDescCopyConstr(TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition: tupdesc.c:340
References AlteredTableInfo::chgAccessMethod, AlteredTableInfo::chgPersistence, CreateTupleDescCopyConstr(), InvalidOid, lappend(), lfirst, AlteredTableInfo::newAccessMethod, AlteredTableInfo::newrelpersistence, AlteredTableInfo::newTableSpace, AlteredTableInfo::oldDesc, palloc0_object, RelationData::rd_rel, AlteredTableInfo::rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelid, AlteredTableInfo::relid, and AlteredTableInfo::relkind.
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferencing(), ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATExecAddColumn(), ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(), ATPostAlterTypeParse(), ATPrepCmd(), createPartitionTable(), MergePartitionsMoveRows(), QueueCheckConstraintValidation(), QueueFKConstraintValidation(), QueueNNConstraintValidation(), QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(), set_attnotnull(), and SplitPartitionMoveRows().
◆ ATParseTransformCmd()
|
static |
Definition at line 5735 of file tablecmds.c.
5738{
5739 AlterTableCmd *newcmd = NULL;
5741 List *beforeStmts;
5742 List *afterStmts;
5743 ListCell *lc;
5744
5745 /* Gin up an AlterTableStmt with just this subcommand and this table */
5746 atstmt->relation =
5749 -1);
5754
5755 /* Transform the AlterTableStmt */
5757 atstmt,
5758 context->queryString,
5759 &beforeStmts,
5760 &afterStmts);
5761
5762 /* Execute any statements that should happen before these subcommand(s) */
5763 foreach(lc, beforeStmts)
5764 {
5766
5768 CommandCounterIncrement();
5769 }
5770
5771 /* Examine the transformed subcommands and schedule them appropriately */
5773 {
5775 AlterTablePass pass;
5776
5777 /*
5778 * This switch need only cover the subcommand types that can be added
5779 * by parse_utilcmd.c; otherwise, we'll use the default strategy of
5780 * executing the subcommand immediately, as a substitute for the
5781 * original subcommand. (Note, however, that this does cause
5782 * AT_AddConstraint subcommands to be rescheduled into later passes,
5783 * which is important for index and foreign key constraints.)
5784 *
5785 * We assume we needn't do any phase-1 checks for added subcommands.
5786 */
5788 {
5790 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX;
5791 break;
5793 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR;
5794 break;
5796 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
5797 if (recurse)
5800 {
5802 pass = AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS;
5803 break;
5807 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR;
5808 break;
5809 default:
5810 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR;
5811 break;
5812 }
5813 break;
5815 /* This command never recurses */
5816 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5817 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5818 break;
5819 default:
5820 pass = cur_pass;
5821 break;
5822 }
5823
5824 if (pass < cur_pass)
5825 {
5826 /* Cannot schedule into a pass we already finished */
5828 pass);
5829 }
5830 else if (pass > cur_pass)
5831 {
5832 /* OK, queue it up for later */
5834 }
5835 else
5836 {
5837 /*
5838 * We should see at most one subcommand for the current pass,
5839 * which is the transformed version of the original subcommand.
5840 */
5842 {
5843 /* Found the transformed version of our subcommand */
5844 newcmd = cmd2;
5845 }
5846 else
5848 pass);
5849 }
5850 }
5851
5852 /* Queue up any after-statements to happen at the end */
5854
5855 return newcmd;
5856}
AlterTableStmt * transformAlterTableStmt(Oid relid, AlterTableStmt *stmt, const char *queryString, List **beforeStmts, List **afterStmts)
Definition: parse_utilcmd.c:3810
Definition: parsenodes.h:2433
void ProcessUtilityForAlterTable(Node *stmt, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: utility.c:1958
References AlteredTableInfo::afterStmts, AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIndex, AT_AddIndexConstraint, AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions, AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX, AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR, AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR, AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, AT_PASS_MISC, castNode, AlterTableStmt::cmds, CommandCounterIncrement(), CONSTR_EXCLUSION, CONSTR_NOTNULL, CONSTR_PRIMARY, CONSTR_UNIQUE, AlterTableCmd::def, elog, ERROR, get_namespace_name(), RangeVar::inh, lappend(), lfirst, lfirst_node, list_concat(), list_make1, makeNode, makeRangeVar(), AlterTableStmt::missing_ok, OBJECT_TABLE, AlterTableStmt::objtype, ProcessUtilityForAlterTable(), pstrdup(), AlterTableUtilityContext::queryString, AlterTableCmd::recurse, AlterTableStmt::relation, RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, stmt, AlteredTableInfo::subcmds, AlterTableCmd::subtype, and transformAlterTableStmt().
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), ATExecCmd(), and ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPostAlterTypeCleanup()
|
static |
Definition at line 15464 of file tablecmds.c.
15465{
15466 ObjectAddress obj;
15467 ObjectAddresses *objects;
15468 ListCell *def_item;
15469 ListCell *oid_item;
15470
15471 /*
15472 * Collect all the constraints and indexes to drop so we can process them
15473 * in a single call. That way we don't have to worry about dependencies
15474 * among them.
15475 */
15476 objects = new_object_addresses();
15477
15478 /*
15479 * Re-parse the index and constraint definitions, and attach them to the
15480 * appropriate work queue entries. We do this before dropping because in
15481 * the case of a constraint on another table, we might not yet have
15482 * exclusive lock on the table the constraint is attached to, and we need
15483 * to get that before reparsing/dropping. (That's possible at least for
15484 * FOREIGN KEY, CHECK, and EXCLUSION constraints; in non-FK cases it
15485 * requires a dependency on the target table's composite type in the other
15486 * table's constraint expressions.)
15487 *
15488 * We can't rely on the output of deparsing to tell us which relation to
15489 * operate on, because concurrent activity might have made the name
15490 * resolve differently. Instead, we've got to use the OID of the
15491 * constraint or index we're processing to figure out which relation to
15492 * operate on.
15493 */
15495 def_item, tab->changedConstraintDefs)
15496 {
15498 HeapTuple tup;
15499 Form_pg_constraint con;
15500 Oid relid;
15501 Oid confrelid;
15502 bool conislocal;
15503
15509 relid = con->conrelid;
15510 else
15511 {
15512 /* must be a domain constraint */
15516 }
15517 confrelid = con->confrelid;
15518 conislocal = con->conislocal;
15519 ReleaseSysCache(tup);
15520
15521 ObjectAddressSet(obj, ConstraintRelationId, oldId);
15522 add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
15523
15524 /*
15525 * If the constraint is inherited (only), we don't want to inject a
15526 * new definition here; it'll get recreated when
15527 * ATAddCheckNNConstraint recurses from adding the parent table's
15528 * constraint. But we had to carry the info this far so that we can
15529 * drop the constraint below.
15530 */
15531 if (!conislocal)
15532 continue;
15533
15534 /*
15535 * When rebuilding another table's constraint that references the
15536 * table we're modifying, we might not yet have any lock on the other
15537 * table, so get one now. We'll need AccessExclusiveLock for the DROP
15538 * CONSTRAINT step, so there's no value in asking for anything weaker.
15539 */
15542
15543 ATPostAlterTypeParse(oldId, relid, confrelid,
15545 wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite);
15546 }
15548 def_item, tab->changedIndexDefs)
15549 {
15551 Oid relid;
15552
15554
15555 /*
15556 * As above, make sure we have lock on the index's table if it's not
15557 * the same table.
15558 */
15561
15564 wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite);
15565
15566 ObjectAddressSet(obj, RelationRelationId, oldId);
15567 add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
15568 }
15569
15570 /* add dependencies for new statistics */
15572 def_item, tab->changedStatisticsDefs)
15573 {
15575 Oid relid;
15576
15578
15579 /*
15580 * As above, make sure we have lock on the statistics object's table
15581 * if it's not the same table. However, we take
15582 * ShareUpdateExclusiveLock here, aligning with the lock level used in
15583 * CreateStatistics and RemoveStatisticsById.
15584 *
15585 * CAUTION: this should be done after all cases that grab
15586 * AccessExclusiveLock, else we risk causing deadlock due to needing
15587 * to promote our table lock.
15588 */
15591
15594 wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite);
15595
15596 ObjectAddressSet(obj, StatisticExtRelationId, oldId);
15597 add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
15598 }
15599
15600 /*
15601 * Queue up command to restore replica identity index marking
15602 */
15604 {
15607
15608 subcmd->identity_type = REPLICA_IDENTITY_INDEX;
15612
15613 /* do it after indexes and constraints */
15616 }
15617
15618 /*
15619 * Queue up command to restore marking of index used for cluster.
15620 */
15622 {
15624
15627
15628 /* do it after indexes and constraints */
15631 }
15632
15633 /*
15634 * It should be okay to use DROP_RESTRICT here, since nothing else should
15635 * be depending on these objects.
15636 */
15638
15639 free_object_addresses(objects);
15640
15641 /*
15642 * The objects will get recreated during subsequent passes over the work
15643 * queue.
15644 */
15645}
Oid StatisticsGetRelation(Oid statId, bool missing_ok)
Definition: statscmds.c:938
static void ATPostAlterTypeParse(Oid oldId, Oid oldRelId, Oid refRelId, char *cmd, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool rewrite)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15656
References AccessExclusiveLock, add_exact_object_address(), ATPostAlterTypeParse(), AlteredTableInfo::changedConstraintDefs, AlteredTableInfo::changedConstraintOids, elog, ERROR, forboth, get_typ_typrelid(), getBaseType(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, lfirst, lfirst_oid, LockRelationOid(), new_object_addresses(), ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), AlteredTableInfo::relid, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, and SearchSysCache1().
Referenced by ATRewriteCatalogs().
◆ ATPostAlterTypeParse()
|
static |
Definition at line 15656 of file tablecmds.c.
15658{
15659 List *raw_parsetree_list;
15660 List *querytree_list;
15661 ListCell *list_item;
15662 Relation rel;
15663
15664 /*
15665 * We expect that we will get only ALTER TABLE and CREATE INDEX
15666 * statements. Hence, there is no need to pass them through
15667 * parse_analyze_*() or the rewriter, but instead we need to pass them
15668 * through parse_utilcmd.c to make them ready for execution.
15669 */
15671 querytree_list = NIL;
15672 foreach(list_item, raw_parsetree_list)
15673 {
15676
15678 querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list,
15679 transformIndexStmt(oldRelId,
15681 cmd));
15683 {
15684 List *beforeStmts;
15685 List *afterStmts;
15686
15689 cmd,
15690 &beforeStmts,
15691 &afterStmts);
15692 querytree_list = list_concat(querytree_list, beforeStmts);
15694 querytree_list = list_concat(querytree_list, afterStmts);
15695 }
15697 querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list,
15698 transformStatsStmt(oldRelId,
15700 cmd));
15701 else
15703 }
15704
15705 /* Caller should already have acquired whatever lock we need. */
15707
15708 /*
15709 * Attach each generated command to the proper place in the work queue.
15710 * Note this could result in creation of entirely new work-queue entries.
15711 *
15712 * Also note that we have to tweak the command subtypes, because it turns
15713 * out that re-creation of indexes and constraints has to act a bit
15714 * differently from initial creation.
15715 */
15716 foreach(list_item, querytree_list)
15717 {
15719 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
15720
15721 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
15722
15724 {
15726 AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
15727
15728 if (!rewrite)
15731 /* keep the index's comment */
15733
15739 }
15741 {
15743 ListCell *lcmd;
15744
15746 {
15748
15750 {
15751 IndexStmt *indstmt;
15752 Oid indoid;
15753
15755 indoid = get_constraint_index(oldId);
15756
15757 if (!rewrite)
15758 TryReuseIndex(indoid, indstmt);
15759 /* keep any comment on the index */
15761 RelationRelationId, 0);
15763
15767
15768 /* recreate any comment on the constraint */
15769 RebuildConstraintComment(tab,
15770 AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX,
15771 oldId,
15772 rel,
15773 NIL,
15774 indstmt->idxname);
15775 }
15777 {
15779
15780 con->old_pktable_oid = refRelId;
15781 /* rewriting neither side of a FK */
15783 !rewrite && tab->rewrite == 0)
15784 TryReuseForeignKey(oldId, con);
15789
15790 /*
15791 * Recreate any comment on the constraint. If we have
15792 * recreated a primary key, then transformTableConstraint
15793 * has added an unnamed not-null constraint here; skip
15794 * this in that case.
15795 */
15797 RebuildConstraintComment(tab,
15798 AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR,
15799 oldId,
15800 rel,
15801 NIL,
15802 con->conname);
15803 else
15805 }
15806 else
15809 }
15810 }
15812 {
15814
15816 {
15819
15824
15825 /* recreate any comment on the constraint */
15826 RebuildConstraintComment(tab,
15827 AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR,
15828 oldId,
15829 NULL,
15830 stmt->typeName,
15831 con->conname);
15832 }
15833 else
15836 }
15838 {
15840 AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
15841
15842 /* keep the statistics object's comment */
15844
15850 }
15851 else
15854 }
15855
15857}
IndexStmt * transformIndexStmt(Oid relid, IndexStmt *stmt, const char *queryString)
Definition: parse_utilcmd.c:3052
CreateStatsStmt * transformStatsStmt(Oid relid, CreateStatsStmt *stmt, const char *queryString)
Definition: parse_utilcmd.c:3147
Definition: parsenodes.h:2110
static void TryReuseForeignKey(Oid oldId, Constraint *con)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15943
static void RebuildConstraintComment(AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTablePass pass, Oid objid, Relation rel, List *domname, const char *conname)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15870
References AD_AddConstraint, Assert(), AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIndex, AT_PASS_MISC, AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR, AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX, AT_ReAddConstraint, AT_ReAddDomainConstraint, AT_ReAddIndex, AT_ReAddStatistics, ATGetQueueEntry(), castNode, Constraint::conname, CONSTR_FOREIGN, CONSTR_NOTNULL, Constraint::contype, AlterTableCmd::def, elog, ERROR, get_constraint_index(), GetComment(), IndexStmt::idxcomment, IndexStmt::idxname, IsA, lappend(), lfirst, lfirst_node, list_concat(), makeNode, NIL, nodeTag, NoLock, Constraint::old_pktable_oid, RAW_PARSE_DEFAULT, raw_parser(), RebuildConstraintComment(), relation_close(), relation_open(), Constraint::reset_default_tblspc, IndexStmt::reset_default_tblspc, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, RawStmt::stmt, stmt, AlteredTableInfo::subcmds, AlterTableCmd::subtype, transformAlterTableStmt(), transformIndexStmt(), transformStatsStmt(), TryReuseForeignKey(), and TryReuseIndex().
Referenced by ATPostAlterTypeCleanup().
◆ ATPrepAddColumn()
|
static |
Definition at line 7221 of file tablecmds.c.
7224{
7227 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
7229
7231 ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context);
7232
7233 if (recurse && !is_view)
7235}
static void ATTypedTableRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6919
References ATTypedTableRecursion(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, RelationData::rd_rel, and AlterTableCmd::recurse.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepAddInherit()
|
static |
Definition at line 17267 of file tablecmds.c.
17268{
17271 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17273
17276 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17278
17281 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
17283}
References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, and RelationData::rd_rel.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepAddPrimaryKey()
|
static |
Definition at line 9527 of file tablecmds.c.
9530{
9531 Constraint *pkconstr;
9533 bool got_children = false;
9534
9537 return;
9538
9539 /* Verify that columns are not-null, or request that they be made so */
9541 {
9542 AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
9543 Constraint *nnconstr;
9544 HeapTuple tuple;
9545
9546 /*
9547 * First check if a suitable constraint exists. If it does, we don't
9548 * need to request another one. We do need to bail out if it's not
9549 * valid, though.
9550 */
9552 if (tuple != NULL)
9553 {
9555
9556 /* All good with this one; don't request another */
9557 heap_freetuple(tuple);
9558 continue;
9559 }
9560 else if (!recurse)
9561 {
9562 /*
9563 * No constraint on this column. Asked not to recurse, we won't
9564 * create one here, but verify that all children have one.
9565 */
9566 if (!got_children)
9567 {
9569 lockmode);
9570 /* only search for children on the first time through */
9571 got_children = true;
9572 }
9573
9574 foreach_oid(childrelid, children)
9575 {
9576 HeapTuple tup;
9577
9579 if (!tup)
9583 /* verify it's good enough */
9585 }
9586 }
9587
9588 /* This column is not already not-null, so add it to the queue */
9589 nnconstr = makeNotNullConstraint(column);
9590
9593 /* note we force recurse=true here; see above */
9596
9598 }
9599}
Definition: value.h:64
static void verifyNotNullPKCompatible(HeapTuple tuple, const char *colname)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9606
References AT_AddConstraint, ATPrepCmd(), castNode, CONSTR_PRIMARY, Constraint::contype, AlterTableCmd::def, ereport, errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), findNotNullConstraint(), foreach_node, foreach_oid, get_rel_name(), heap_freetuple(), Constraint::keys, makeNode, makeNotNullConstraint(), NIL, AlterTableCmd::recurse, RelationGetRelid, strVal, AlterTableCmd::subtype, and verifyNotNullPKCompatible().
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepAlterColumnType()
|
static |
Definition at line 14401 of file tablecmds.c.
14406{
14411 HeapTuple tuple;
14412 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
14414 Oid targettype;
14415 int32 targettypmod;
14416 Oid targetcollid;
14419 AclResult aclresult;
14420 bool is_expr;
14421
14423
14426 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
14429
14430 /* lookup the attribute so we can check inheritance status */
14434 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
14436 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
14439 attnum = attTup->attnum;
14440
14441 /* Can't alter a system attribute */
14444 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
14447
14448 /*
14449 * Cannot specify USING when altering type of a generated column, because
14450 * that would violate the generation expression.
14451 */
14454 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
14458
14459 /*
14460 * Don't alter inherited columns. At outer level, there had better not be
14461 * any inherited definition; when recursing, we assume this was checked at
14462 * the parent level (see below).
14463 */
14464 if (attTup->attinhcount > 0 && !recursing)
14466 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14469
14470 /* Don't alter columns used in the partition key */
14473 &is_expr))
14475 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14476 errmsg("cannot alter column \"%s\" because it is part of the partition key of relation \"%s\"",
14477 colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
14479
14480 /* Look up the target type */
14481 typenameTypeIdAndMod(pstate, typeName, &targettype, &targettypmod);
14482
14485 aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, targettype);
14486
14487 /* And the collation */
14488 targetcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(pstate, def, targettype);
14489
14490 /* make sure datatype is legal for a column */
14491 CheckAttributeType(colName, targettype, targetcollid,
14493 (attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL ? CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL : 0));
14494
14495 if (attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
14496 {
14497 /* do nothing */
14498 }
14500 tab->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
14501 {
14502 /*
14503 * Set up an expression to transform the old data value to the new
14504 * type. If a USING option was given, use the expression as
14505 * transformed by transformAlterTableStmt, else just take the old
14506 * value and try to coerce it. We do this first so that type
14507 * incompatibility can be detected before we waste effort, and because
14508 * we need the expression to be parsed against the original table row
14509 * type.
14510 */
14511 if (!transform)
14512 {
14514 attTup->atttypid, attTup->atttypmod,
14515 attTup->attcollation,
14516 0);
14517 }
14518
14519 transform = coerce_to_target_type(pstate,
14520 transform, exprType(transform),
14521 targettype, targettypmod,
14522 COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
14523 COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
14524 -1);
14525 if (transform == NULL)
14526 {
14527 /* error text depends on whether USING was specified or not */
14530 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
14532 " cannot be cast automatically to type %s",
14533 colName, format_type_be(targettype)),
14535 else
14537 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
14539 colName, format_type_be(targettype)),
14540 !attTup->attgenerated ?
14541 /* translator: USING is SQL, don't translate it */
14543 quote_identifier(colName),
14544 format_type_with_typemod(targettype,
14545 targettypmod)) : 0));
14546 }
14547
14548 /* Fix collations after all else */
14549 assign_expr_collations(pstate, transform);
14550
14551 /* Expand virtual generated columns in the expr. */
14552 transform = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(transform, rel, 1);
14553
14554 /* Plan the expr now so we can accurately assess the need to rewrite. */
14556
14557 /*
14558 * Add a work queue item to make ATRewriteTable update the column
14559 * contents.
14560 */
14565
14569 }
14570 else if (transform)
14572 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
14574 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
14575
14576 if (!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(tab->relkind) || attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
14577 {
14578 /*
14579 * For relations or columns without storage, do this check now.
14580 * Regular tables will check it later when the table is being
14581 * rewritten.
14582 */
14584 }
14585
14586 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
14587
14588 /*
14589 * Recurse manually by queueing a new command for each child, if
14590 * necessary. We cannot apply ATSimpleRecursion here because we need to
14591 * remap attribute numbers in the USING expression, if any.
14592 *
14593 * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
14594 * tables; else the alter would put them out of step.
14595 */
14596 if (recurse)
14597 {
14599 List *child_oids,
14600 *child_numparents;
14601 ListCell *lo,
14602 *li;
14603
14604 child_oids = find_all_inheritors(relid, lockmode,
14605 &child_numparents);
14606
14607 /*
14608 * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance
14609 * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the
14610 * list that it returns.
14611 */
14612 forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents)
14613 {
14616 Relation childrel;
14617 HeapTuple childtuple;
14618 Form_pg_attribute childattTup;
14619
14620 if (childrelid == relid)
14621 continue;
14622
14623 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
14625 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
14626
14627 /*
14628 * Verify that the child doesn't have any inherited definitions of
14629 * this column that came from outside this inheritance hierarchy.
14630 * (renameatt makes a similar test, though in a different way
14631 * because of its different recursion mechanism.)
14632 */
14634 colName);
14637 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
14639 colName, RelationGetRelationName(childrel))));
14641
14642 if (childattTup->attinhcount > numparents)
14644 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14646 colName, RelationGetRelationName(childrel))));
14647
14648 ReleaseSysCache(childtuple);
14649
14650 /*
14651 * Remap the attribute numbers. If no USING expression was
14652 * specified, there is no need for this step.
14653 */
14655 {
14656 AttrMap *attmap;
14657 bool found_whole_row;
14658
14659 /* create a copy to scribble on */
14660 cmd = copyObject(cmd);
14661
14663 RelationGetDescr(rel),
14664 false);
14667 1, 0,
14668 attmap,
14669 InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
14670 if (found_whole_row)
14672 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
14675 pfree(attmap);
14676 }
14679 }
14680 }
14681 else if (!recursing &&
14684 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14686 colName)));
14687
14689 ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context);
14690}
char * format_type_with_typemod(Oid type_oid, int32 typemod)
Definition: format_type.c:362
Var * makeVar(int varno, AttrNumber varattno, Oid vartype, int32 vartypmod, Oid varcollid, Index varlevelsup)
Definition: makefuncs.c:66
void assign_expr_collations(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr)
Definition: parse_collate.c:177
int parser_errposition(ParseState *pstate, int location)
Definition: parse_node.c:106
Node * expand_generated_columns_in_expr(Node *node, Relation rel, int rt_index)
Definition: rewriteHandler.c:4495
Node * map_variable_attnos(Node *node, int target_varno, int sublevels_up, const AttrMap *attno_map, Oid to_rowtype, bool *found_whole_row)
Definition: rewriteManip.c:1702
static bool ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite(Node *expr, AttrNumber varattno)
Definition: tablecmds.c:14707
void find_composite_type_dependencies(Oid typeOid, Relation origRelation, const char *origTypeName)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6964
References ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error_type(), ACLCHECK_OK, assign_expr_collations(), AT_REWRITE_COLUMN_REWRITE, ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite(), ATPrepCmd(), attnum, ATTypedTableRecursion(), bms_make_singleton(), build_attrmap_by_name(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CheckAttributeType(), CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL, COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST, coerce_to_target_type(), COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, ColumnDef::cooked_default, copyObject, AlterTableCmd::def, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, expand_generated_columns_in_expr(), expression_planner(), exprType(), find_all_inheritors(), find_composite_type_dependencies(), find_inheritance_children(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, forboth, format_type_be(), format_type_with_typemod(), GetColumnDefCollation(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), has_partition_attrs(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, lappend(), lfirst_int, lfirst_oid, list_make1_oid, ColumnDef::location, make_parsestate(), makeVar(), map_variable_attnos(), AlterTableCmd::name, newval, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, NIL, NoLock, object_aclcheck(), ParseState::p_sourcetext, palloc0_object, parser_errposition(), pfree(), AlterTableUtilityContext::queryString, quote_identifier(), RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), AlteredTableInfo::relkind, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, SearchSysCacheAttName(), ColumnDef::typeName, and typenameTypeIdAndMod().
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepChangePersistence()
|
static |
Definition at line 18847 of file tablecmds.c.
18848{
18849 Relation pg_constraint;
18850 HeapTuple tuple;
18851 SysScanDesc scan;
18852 ScanKeyData skey[1];
18853
18854 /*
18855 * Disallow changing status for a temp table. Also verify whether we can
18856 * get away with doing nothing; in such cases we don't need to run the
18857 * checks below, either.
18858 */
18860 {
18861 case RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP:
18863 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
18865 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
18866 errtable(rel)));
18867 break;
18868 case RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT:
18869 if (toLogged)
18870 /* nothing to do */
18871 return;
18872 break;
18873 case RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED:
18874 if (!toLogged)
18875 /* nothing to do */
18876 return;
18877 break;
18878 }
18879
18880 /*
18881 * Check that the table is not part of any publication when changing to
18882 * UNLOGGED, as UNLOGGED tables can't be published.
18883 */
18884 if (!toLogged &&
18887 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
18889 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
18891
18892 /*
18893 * Check existing foreign key constraints to preserve the invariant that
18894 * permanent tables cannot reference unlogged ones. Self-referencing
18895 * foreign keys can safely be ignored.
18896 */
18898
18899 /*
18900 * Scan conrelid if changing to permanent, else confrelid. This also
18901 * determines whether a useful index exists.
18902 */
18903 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
18904 toLogged ? Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid :
18905 Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid,
18906 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18908 scan = systable_beginscan(pg_constraint,
18909 toLogged ? ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId : InvalidOid,
18910 true, NULL, 1, skey);
18911
18913 {
18915
18916 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN)
18917 {
18918 Oid foreignrelid;
18919 Relation foreignrel;
18920
18921 /* the opposite end of what we used as scankey */
18922 foreignrelid = toLogged ? con->confrelid : con->conrelid;
18923
18924 /* ignore if self-referencing */
18926 continue;
18927
18929
18930 if (toLogged)
18931 {
18934 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
18936 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
18937 RelationGetRelationName(foreignrel)),
18939 }
18940 else
18941 {
18944 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
18946 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
18947 RelationGetRelationName(foreignrel)),
18949 }
18950
18952 }
18953 }
18954
18955 systable_endscan(scan);
18956
18958
18959 /* force rewrite if necessary; see comment in ATRewriteTables */
18961 if (toLogged)
18962 tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT;
18963 else
18964 tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED;
18966}
int errtableconstraint(Relation rel, const char *conname)
Definition: relcache.c:6103
References AccessShareLock, AT_REWRITE_ALTER_PERSISTENCE, BTEqualStrategyNumber, AlteredTableInfo::chgPersistence, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, errtable(), errtableconstraint(), GetRelationPublications(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, NameStr, AlteredTableInfo::newrelpersistence, NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RelationIsPermanent, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepCmd()
|
static |
Definition at line 4907 of file tablecmds.c.
4910{
4911 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
4913
4914 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
4915 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
4916
4917 /*
4918 * Disallow any ALTER TABLE other than ALTER TABLE DETACH FINALIZE on
4919 * partitions that are pending detach.
4920 */
4925 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4927 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
4928 errhint("Use ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE to complete the pending detach operation."));
4929
4930 /*
4931 * Copy the original subcommand for each table, so we can scribble on it.
4932 * This avoids conflicts when different child tables need to make
4933 * different parse transformations (for example, the same column may have
4934 * different column numbers in different children).
4935 */
4936 cmd = copyObject(cmd);
4937
4938 /*
4939 * Do permissions and relkind checking, recursion to child tables if
4940 * needed, and any additional phase-1 processing needed. (But beware of
4941 * adding any processing that looks at table details that another
4942 * subcommand could change. In some cases we reject multiple subcommands
4943 * that could try to change the same state in contrary ways.)
4944 */
4946 {
4952 lockmode, context);
4953 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
4954 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_COL;
4955 break;
4959 lockmode, context);
4960 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
4961 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_COL;
4962 break;
4964
4965 /*
4966 * We allow defaults on views so that INSERT into a view can have
4967 * default-ish behavior. This works because the rewriter
4968 * substitutes default values into INSERTs before it expands
4969 * rules.
4970 */
4973 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
4974 ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
4975 /* No command-specific prep needed */
4977 break;
4979 /* This is currently used only in CREATE TABLE */
4980 /* (so the permission check really isn't necessary) */
4983 /* This command never recurses */
4984 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR;
4985 break;
4989 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
4990 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
4991 if (recurse)
4993 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR;
4994 break;
4998 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
4999 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
5000 if (recurse)
5002 /* This should run after AddIdentity, so do it in MISC pass */
5003 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5004 break;
5008 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
5009 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
5010 if (recurse)
5012 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5013 break;
5017 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
5018 if (recurse)
5020 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5021 break;
5025 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
5026 if (recurse)
5028 pass = AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS;
5029 break;
5033 ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
5034 pass = AT_PASS_SET_EXPRESSION;
5035 break;
5039 ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
5040 ATPrepDropExpression(rel, cmd, recurse, recursing, lockmode);
5041 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5042 break;
5047 ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
5048 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5049 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5050 break;
5056 /* This command never recurses */
5057 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5058 break;
5063 ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
5064 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5065 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5066 break;
5070 /* This command never recurses */
5071 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5072 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5073 break;
5078 ATPrepDropColumn(wqueue, rel, recurse, recursing, cmd,
5079 lockmode, context);
5080 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
5081 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5082 break;
5085 /* This command never recurses */
5086 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5087 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX;
5088 break;
5092 ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
5093 if (recurse)
5094 {
5095 /* recurses at exec time; lock descendants and set flag */
5098 }
5099 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR;
5100 break;
5103 /* This command never recurses */
5104 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5105 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR;
5106 break;
5110 ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(rel, lockmode);
5111 /* Other recursion occurs during execution phase */
5112 /* No command-specific prep needed except saving recurse flag */
5113 if (recurse)
5115 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5116 break;
5121 /* See comments for ATPrepAlterColumnType */
5122 cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode,
5123 AT_PASS_UNSET, context);
5124 Assert(cmd != NULL);
5125 /* Performs own recursion */
5126 ATPrepAlterColumnType(wqueue, tab, rel, recurse, recursing, cmd,
5127 lockmode, context);
5128 pass = AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE;
5129 break;
5132 /* This command never recurses */
5133 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5134 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5135 break;
5137 /* This command never recurses */
5138 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5139 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5140 break;
5145 /* These commands never recurse */
5146 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5147 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5148 break;
5154 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5157 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5158 break;
5162 pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
5163 break;
5167
5168 /* check if another access method change was already requested */
5171 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5173
5176 break;
5180 /* This command never recurses */
5183 break;
5190 /* This command never recurses */
5191 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5192 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5193 break;
5197 /* This command never recurses */
5198 ATPrepAddInherit(rel);
5199 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5200 break;
5204 /* This command never recurses */
5205 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5206 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5207 break;
5211 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
5212 if (recurse)
5214 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5215 break;
5219 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
5220 /* No command-specific prep needed except saving recurse flag */
5221 if (recurse)
5223 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5224 break;
5228 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5229 /* This command never recurses */
5230 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5231 break;
5242 /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
5243 if (recurse)
5245 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5246 break;
5259 /* These commands never recurse */
5260 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5261 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5262 break;
5265 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5266 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5267 break;
5271 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5272 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5273 break;
5276 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5277 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5278 break;
5281 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5282 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5283 break;
5287 /* No command-specific prep needed */
5288 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
5289 break;
5290 default: /* oops */
5294 break;
5295 }
5297
5298 /* Add the subcommand to the appropriate list for phase 2 */
5300}
static void ATPrepSetTableSpace(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *tablespacename, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16643
static void ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6889
static void ATPrepDropExpression(Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8784
static void ATPrepDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9284
static void ATPrepAddColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_view, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7221
static void ATSimpleRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6844
static void ATPrepChangePersistence(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, bool toLogged)
Definition: tablecmds.c:18847
static void ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:9527
static void ATPrepAlterColumnType(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:14401
static void ATPrepSetAccessMethod(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *amname)
Definition: tablecmds.c:16519
References Assert(), AT_AddColumn, AT_AddColumnToView, AT_AddConstraint, AT_AddIdentity, AT_AddIndex, AT_AddIndexConstraint, AT_AddInherit, AT_AddOf, AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions, AT_AlterColumnType, AT_AlterConstraint, AT_AttachPartition, AT_ChangeOwner, AT_ClusterOn, AT_ColumnDefault, AT_CookedColumnDefault, AT_DetachPartition, AT_DetachPartitionFinalize, AT_DisableRowSecurity, AT_DisableRule, AT_DisableTrig, AT_DisableTrigAll, AT_DisableTrigUser, AT_DropCluster, AT_DropColumn, AT_DropConstraint, AT_DropExpression, AT_DropIdentity, AT_DropInherit, AT_DropNotNull, AT_DropOf, AT_DropOids, AT_EnableAlwaysRule, AT_EnableAlwaysTrig, AT_EnableReplicaRule, AT_EnableReplicaTrig, AT_EnableRowSecurity, AT_EnableRule, AT_EnableTrig, AT_EnableTrigAll, AT_EnableTrigUser, AT_ForceRowSecurity, AT_GenericOptions, AT_MergePartitions, AT_NoForceRowSecurity, AT_PASS_ADD_COL, AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR, AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX, AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR, AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR, AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE, AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS, AT_PASS_DROP, AT_PASS_MISC, AT_PASS_SET_EXPRESSION, AT_PASS_UNSET, AT_ReplaceRelOptions, AT_ReplicaIdentity, AT_ResetOptions, AT_ResetRelOptions, AT_SetAccessMethod, AT_SetCompression, AT_SetExpression, AT_SetIdentity, AT_SetLogged, AT_SetNotNull, AT_SetOptions, AT_SetRelOptions, AT_SetStatistics, AT_SetStorage, AT_SetTableSpace, AT_SetUnLogged, AT_SplitPartition, AT_ValidateConstraint, ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(), ATGetQueueEntry(), ATParseTransformCmd(), ATPrepAddColumn(), ATPrepAddInherit(), ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(), ATPrepAlterColumnType(), ATPrepChangePersistence(), ATPrepDropColumn(), ATPrepDropExpression(), ATPrepSetAccessMethod(), ATPrepSetTableSpace(), ATSimplePermissions(), ATSimpleRecursion(), ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE, ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_INDEX, ATT_MATVIEW, ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_SEQUENCE, ATT_TABLE, ATT_VIEW, AlteredTableInfo::chgAccessMethod, AlteredTableInfo::chgPersistence, copyObject, AlterTableCmd::def, elog, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), lappend(), AlterTableCmd::name, PartitionHasPendingDetach(), RelationData::rd_rel, AlterTableCmd::recurse, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, AlteredTableInfo::subcmds, and AlterTableCmd::subtype.
Referenced by ATController(), ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(), ATPrepAlterColumnType(), ATSimpleRecursion(), and ATTypedTableRecursion().
◆ ATPrepDropColumn()
|
static |
Definition at line 9284 of file tablecmds.c.
9287{
9290 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
9292
9294 ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context);
9295
9296 if (recurse)
9298}
References ATTypedTableRecursion(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, RelationData::rd_rel, and AlterTableCmd::recurse.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepDropExpression()
|
static |
Definition at line 8784 of file tablecmds.c.
8785{
8786 /*
8787 * Reject ONLY if there are child tables. We could implement this, but it
8788 * is a bit complicated. GENERATED clauses must be attached to the column
8789 * definition and cannot be added later like DEFAULT, so if a child table
8790 * has a generation expression that the parent does not have, the child
8791 * column will necessarily be an attislocal column. So to implement ONLY
8792 * here, we'd need extra code to update attislocal of the direct child
8793 * tables, somewhat similar to how DROP COLUMN does it, so that the
8794 * resulting state can be properly dumped and restored.
8795 */
8796 if (!recurse &&
8799 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
8801
8802 /*
8803 * Cannot drop generation expression from inherited columns.
8804 */
8805 if (!recursing)
8806 {
8807 HeapTuple tuple;
8808 Form_pg_attribute attTup;
8809
8813 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
8816
8818
8819 if (attTup->attinhcount > 0)
8821 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
8823 }
8824}
References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_inheritance_children(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, AlterTableCmd::name, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, and SearchSysCacheCopyAttName().
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepSetAccessMethod()
|
static |
Definition at line 16519 of file tablecmds.c.
16520{
16521 Oid amoid;
16522
16523 /*
16524 * Look up the access method name and check that it differs from the
16525 * table's current AM. If DEFAULT was specified for a partitioned table
16526 * (amname is NULL), set it to InvalidOid to reset the catalogued AM.
16527 */
16528 if (amname != NULL)
16531 amoid = InvalidOid;
16532 else
16534
16535 /* if it's a match, phase 3 doesn't need to do anything */
16537 return;
16538
16539 /* Save info for Phase 3 to do the real work */
16541 tab->newAccessMethod = amoid;
16543}
References AT_REWRITE_ACCESS_METHOD, AlteredTableInfo::chgAccessMethod, default_table_access_method, get_table_am_oid(), InvalidOid, AlteredTableInfo::newAccessMethod, RelationData::rd_rel, and AlteredTableInfo::rewrite.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATPrepSetTableSpace()
|
static |
Definition at line 16643 of file tablecmds.c.
16644{
16645 Oid tablespaceId;
16646
16647 /* Check that the tablespace exists */
16649
16650 /* Check permissions except when moving to database's default */
16652 {
16653 AclResult aclresult;
16654
16658 }
16659
16660 /* Save info for Phase 3 to do the real work */
16663 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
16665
16666 tab->newTableSpace = tablespaceId;
16667}
References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_tablespace_oid(), GetUserId(), MyDatabaseTableSpace, AlteredTableInfo::newTableSpace, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_TABLESPACE, and OidIsValid.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ ATRewriteCatalogs()
|
static |
Definition at line 5310 of file tablecmds.c.
5312{
5313 ListCell *ltab;
5314
5315 /*
5316 * We process all the tables "in parallel", one pass at a time. This is
5317 * needed because we may have to propagate work from one table to another
5318 * (specifically, ALTER TYPE on a foreign key's PK has to dispatch the
5319 * re-adding of the foreign key constraint to the other table). Work can
5320 * only be propagated into later passes, however.
5321 */
5323 {
5324 /* Go through each table that needs to be processed */
5325 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
5326 {
5329 ListCell *lcmd;
5330
5332 continue;
5333
5334 /*
5335 * Open the relation and store it in tab. This allows subroutines
5336 * close and reopen, if necessary. Appropriate lock was obtained
5337 * by phase 1, needn't get it again.
5338 */
5340
5341 foreach(lcmd, subcmds)
5342 ATExecCmd(wqueue, tab,
5344 lockmode, pass, context);
5345
5346 /*
5347 * After the ALTER TYPE or SET EXPRESSION pass, do cleanup work
5348 * (this is not done in ATExecAlterColumnType since it should be
5349 * done only once if multiple columns of a table are altered).
5350 */
5352 ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(wqueue, tab, lockmode);
5353
5355 {
5357 tab->rel = NULL;
5358 }
5359 }
5360 }
5361
5362 /* Check to see if a toast table must be added. */
5363 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
5364 {
5366
5367 /*
5368 * If the table is source table of ATTACH PARTITION command, we did
5369 * not modify anything about it that will change its toasting
5370 * requirement, so no need to check.
5371 */
5373 tab->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) &&
5374 tab->partition_constraint == NULL) ||
5375 tab->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW)
5377 }
5378}
static void ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15464
static void ATExecCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
Definition: tablecmds.c:5384
void AlterTableCreateToastTable(Oid relOid, Datum reloptions, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: toasting.c:58
References AlterTableCreateToastTable(), AT_NUM_PASSES, AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE, AT_PASS_SET_EXPRESSION, ATExecCmd(), ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(), lfirst, lfirst_node, NIL, NoLock, AlteredTableInfo::partition_constraint, AlteredTableInfo::rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), AlteredTableInfo::relid, AlteredTableInfo::relkind, and AlteredTableInfo::subcmds.
Referenced by ATController().
◆ ATRewriteTable()
|
static |
Definition at line 6150 of file tablecmds.c.
6151{
6152 Relation oldrel;
6153 Relation newrel;
6154 TupleDesc oldTupDesc;
6155 TupleDesc newTupDesc;
6156 bool needscan = false;
6157 List *notnull_attrs;
6158 List *notnull_virtual_attrs;
6160 ListCell *l;
6161 EState *estate;
6162 CommandId mycid;
6163 BulkInsertState bistate;
6164 int ti_options;
6165 ExprState *partqualstate = NULL;
6166
6167 /*
6168 * Open the relation(s). We have surely already locked the existing
6169 * table.
6170 */
6172 oldTupDesc = tab->oldDesc;
6174
6176 {
6178 false));
6180 }
6181 else
6182 newrel = NULL;
6183
6184 /*
6185 * Prepare a BulkInsertState and options for table_tuple_insert. The FSM
6186 * is empty, so don't bother using it.
6187 */
6188 if (newrel)
6189 {
6191 bistate = GetBulkInsertState();
6192 ti_options = TABLE_INSERT_SKIP_FSM;
6193 }
6194 else
6195 {
6196 /* keep compiler quiet about using these uninitialized */
6197 mycid = 0;
6198 bistate = NULL;
6199 ti_options = 0;
6200 }
6201
6202 /*
6203 * Generate the constraint and default execution states
6204 */
6205
6206 estate = CreateExecutorState();
6207
6208 /* Build the needed expression execution states */
6210 {
6212
6214 {
6216 needscan = true;
6217 con->qualstate = ExecPrepareExpr((Expr *) expand_generated_columns_in_expr(con->qual, oldrel, 1), estate);
6218 break;
6220 /* Nothing to do here */
6221 break;
6222 default:
6225 }
6226 }
6227
6228 /* Build expression execution states for partition check quals */
6230 {
6231 needscan = true;
6233 }
6234
6236 {
6238
6239 /* expr already planned */
6241 }
6242
6243 notnull_attrs = notnull_virtual_attrs = NIL;
6245 {
6246 /*
6247 * If we are rebuilding the tuples OR if we added any new but not
6248 * verified not-null constraints, check all *valid* not-null
6249 * constraints. This is a bit of overkill but it minimizes risk of
6250 * bugs.
6251 *
6252 * notnull_attrs does *not* collect attribute numbers for valid
6253 * not-null constraints over virtual generated columns; instead, they
6254 * are collected in notnull_virtual_attrs for verification elsewhere.
6255 */
6257 {
6259
6261 !attr->attisdropped)
6262 {
6264
6265 if (wholeatt->attgenerated != ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
6266 notnull_attrs = lappend_int(notnull_attrs, wholeatt->attnum);
6267 else
6268 notnull_virtual_attrs = lappend_int(notnull_virtual_attrs,
6269 wholeatt->attnum);
6270 }
6271 }
6272 if (notnull_attrs || notnull_virtual_attrs)
6273 needscan = true;
6274 }
6275
6276 if (newrel || needscan)
6277 {
6278 ExprContext *econtext;
6279 TupleTableSlot *oldslot;
6280 TupleTableSlot *newslot;
6281 TableScanDesc scan;
6282 MemoryContext oldCxt;
6284 ListCell *lc;
6285 Snapshot snapshot;
6286 ResultRelInfo *rInfo = NULL;
6287
6288 /*
6289 * When adding or changing a virtual generated column with a not-null
6290 * constraint, we need to evaluate whether the generation expression
6291 * is null. For that, we borrow ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(). Here, we
6292 * prepare a dummy ResultRelInfo.
6293 */
6295 {
6296 MemoryContext oldcontext;
6297
6302 InitResultRelInfo(rInfo,
6303 oldrel,
6304 0, /* dummy rangetable index */
6305 NULL,
6306 estate->es_instrument);
6307 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
6308 }
6309
6310 if (newrel)
6313 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel))));
6314 else
6317 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel))));
6318
6319 if (newrel)
6320 {
6321 /*
6322 * All predicate locks on the tuples or pages are about to be made
6323 * invalid, because we move tuples around. Promote them to
6324 * relation locks.
6325 */
6326 TransferPredicateLocksToHeapRelation(oldrel);
6327 }
6328
6329 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
6330
6331 /*
6332 * Create necessary tuple slots. When rewriting, two slots are needed,
6333 * otherwise one suffices. In the case where one slot suffices, we
6334 * need to use the new tuple descriptor, otherwise some constraints
6335 * can't be evaluated. Note that even when the tuple layout is the
6336 * same and no rewrite is required, the tupDescs might not be
6337 * (consider ADD COLUMN without a default).
6338 */
6340 {
6341 Assert(newrel != NULL);
6342 oldslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(oldTupDesc,
6343 table_slot_callbacks(oldrel));
6344 newslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(newTupDesc,
6345 table_slot_callbacks(newrel));
6346
6347 /*
6348 * Set all columns in the new slot to NULL initially, to ensure
6349 * columns added as part of the rewrite are initialized to NULL.
6350 * That is necessary as tab->newvals will not contain an
6351 * expression for columns with a NULL default, e.g. when adding a
6352 * column without a default together with a column with a default
6353 * requiring an actual rewrite.
6354 */
6355 ExecStoreAllNullTuple(newslot);
6356 }
6357 else
6358 {
6359 oldslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(newTupDesc,
6360 table_slot_callbacks(oldrel));
6361 newslot = NULL;
6362 }
6363
6364 /*
6365 * Any attributes that are dropped according to the new tuple
6366 * descriptor can be set to NULL. We precompute the list of dropped
6367 * attributes to avoid needing to do so in the per-tuple loop.
6368 */
6370 {
6373 }
6374
6375 /*
6376 * Scan through the rows, generating a new row if needed and then
6377 * checking all the constraints.
6378 */
6380 scan = table_beginscan(oldrel, snapshot, 0, NULL);
6381
6382 /*
6383 * Switch to per-tuple memory context and reset it for each tuple
6384 * produced, so we don't leak memory.
6385 */
6387
6389 {
6390 TupleTableSlot *insertslot;
6391
6393 {
6394 /* Extract data from old tuple */
6395 slot_getallattrs(oldslot);
6396 ExecClearTuple(newslot);
6397
6398 /* copy attributes */
6403
6404 /* Set dropped attributes to null in new tuple */
6405 foreach(lc, dropped_attrs)
6407
6408 /*
6409 * Constraints and GENERATED expressions might reference the
6410 * tableoid column, so fill tts_tableOid with the desired
6411 * value. (We must do this each time, because it gets
6412 * overwritten with newrel's OID during storing.)
6413 */
6415
6416 /*
6417 * Process supplied expressions to replace selected columns.
6418 *
6419 * First, evaluate expressions whose inputs come from the old
6420 * tuple.
6421 */
6422 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = oldslot;
6423
6425 {
6427
6429 continue;
6430
6433 econtext,
6435 }
6436
6437 ExecStoreVirtualTuple(newslot);
6438
6439 /*
6440 * Now, evaluate any expressions whose inputs come from the
6441 * new tuple. We assume these columns won't reference each
6442 * other, so that there's no ordering dependency.
6443 */
6444 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = newslot;
6445
6447 {
6449
6451 continue;
6452
6455 econtext,
6457 }
6458
6459 insertslot = newslot;
6460 }
6461 else
6462 {
6463 /*
6464 * If there's no rewrite, old and new table are guaranteed to
6465 * have the same AM, so we can just use the old slot to verify
6466 * new constraints etc.
6467 */
6468 insertslot = oldslot;
6469 }
6470
6471 /* Now check any constraints on the possibly-changed tuple */
6472 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = insertslot;
6473
6474 foreach_int(attn, notnull_attrs)
6475 {
6477 {
6479
6481 (errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
6483 NameStr(attr->attname),
6484 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
6485 errtablecol(oldrel, attn)));
6486 }
6487 }
6488
6490 {
6492
6494 estate,
6495 notnull_virtual_attrs);
6497 {
6499
6501 errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
6503 NameStr(attr->attname),
6504 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
6506 }
6507 }
6508
6510 {
6512
6514 {
6518 (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
6520 con->name,
6521 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
6523 break;
6526 /* Nothing to do here */
6527 break;
6528 default:
6531 }
6532 }
6533
6535 {
6538 (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
6539 errmsg("updated partition constraint for default partition \"%s\" would be violated by some row",
6540 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
6541 errtable(oldrel)));
6542 else
6544 (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
6546 RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
6547 errtable(oldrel)));
6548 }
6549
6550 /* Write the tuple out to the new relation */
6551 if (newrel)
6552 table_tuple_insert(newrel, insertslot, mycid,
6553 ti_options, bistate);
6554
6555 ResetExprContext(econtext);
6556
6557 CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
6558 }
6559
6560 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCxt);
6561 table_endscan(scan);
6562 UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot);
6563
6564 ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(oldslot);
6565 if (newslot)
6566 ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(newslot);
6567 }
6568
6569 FreeExecutorState(estate);
6570
6572 if (newrel)
6573 {
6574 FreeBulkInsertState(bistate);
6575
6576 table_finish_bulk_insert(newrel, ti_options);
6577
6579 }
6580}
void InitResultRelInfo(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, Relation resultRelationDesc, Index resultRelationIndex, ResultRelInfo *partition_root_rri, int instrument_options)
Definition: execMain.c:1243
AttrNumber ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo, TupleTableSlot *slot, EState *estate, List *notnull_virtual_attrs)
Definition: execMain.c:2094
TupleTableSlot * MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(TupleDesc tupdesc, const TupleTableSlotOps *tts_ops)
Definition: execTuples.c:1427
void ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: execTuples.c:1443
TupleTableSlot * ExecStoreVirtualTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: execTuples.c:1741
TupleTableSlot * ExecStoreAllNullTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: execTuples.c:1765
bool CheckRelationOidLockedByMe(Oid relid, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool orstronger)
Definition: lmgr.c:351
static MemoryContext MemoryContextSwitchTo(MemoryContext context)
Definition: palloc.h:124
void TransferPredicateLocksToHeapRelation(Relation relation)
Definition: predicate.c:3121
Definition: hio.h:30
Definition: tupdesc.h:69
Definition: execnodes.h:268
Definition: memnodes.h:118
Definition: execnodes.h:473
Definition: tuptable.h:114
const TupleTableSlotOps * table_slot_callbacks(Relation relation)
Definition: tableam.c:59
static void table_tuple_insert(Relation rel, TupleTableSlot *slot, CommandId cid, int options, BulkInsertStateData *bistate)
Definition: tableam.h:1377
static void table_finish_bulk_insert(Relation rel, int options)
Definition: tableam.h:1574
static bool table_scan_getnextslot(TableScanDesc sscan, ScanDirection direction, TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: tableam.h:1020
static TableScanDesc table_beginscan(Relation rel, Snapshot snapshot, int nkeys, ScanKeyData *key)
Definition: tableam.h:876
static CompactAttribute * TupleDescCompactAttr(TupleDesc tupdesc, int i)
Definition: tupdesc.h:175
static TupleTableSlot * ExecClearTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot)
Definition: tuptable.h:457
static bool slot_attisnull(TupleTableSlot *slot, int attnum)
Definition: tuptable.h:384
References AccessExclusiveLock, Assert(), CompactAttribute::attisdropped, CompactAttribute::attnullability, ATTNULLABLE_VALID, NewColumnValue::attnum, attnum, CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, CheckRelationOidLockedByMe(), TupleDescData::constr, CONSTR_CHECK, CONSTR_FOREIGN, CONSTR_NOTNULL, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, CreateExecutorState(), DEBUG1, ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), errmsg_internal(), ERROR, errtable(), errtablecol(), errtableconstraint(), EState::es_instrument, EState::es_query_cxt, ExecCheck(), ExecClearTuple(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), ExecEvalExpr(), ExecInitExpr(), ExecPrepareExpr(), ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(), ExecStoreAllNullTuple(), ExecStoreVirtualTuple(), expand_generated_columns_in_expr(), NewColumnValue::expr, NewColumnValue::exprstate, foreach_int, ForwardScanDirection, FreeBulkInsertState(), FreeExecutorState(), GetBulkInsertState(), GetCurrentCommandId(), GetLatestSnapshot(), GetPerTupleExprContext, GetPerTupleMemoryContext, TupleConstr::has_generated_virtual, TupleConstr::has_not_null, i, InitResultRelInfo(), InvalidAttrNumber, NewColumnValue::is_generated, lappend_int(), lfirst, lfirst_int, makeNode, MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NewConstraint::name, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, NIL, NoLock, OidIsValid, AlteredTableInfo::oldDesc, AlteredTableInfo::partition_constraint, NewConstraint::qual, NewConstraint::qualstate, RegisterSnapshot(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, AlteredTableInfo::relid, ResetExprContext, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, slot_attisnull(), slot_getallattrs(), table_beginscan(), table_close(), table_endscan(), table_finish_bulk_insert(), TABLE_INSERT_SKIP_FSM, table_open(), table_scan_getnextslot(), table_slot_callbacks(), table_tuple_insert(), TransferPredicateLocksToHeapRelation(), TupleTableSlot::tts_isnull, TupleTableSlot::tts_nvalid, TupleTableSlot::tts_tableOid, TupleTableSlot::tts_values, TupleDescAttr(), TupleDescCompactAttr(), UnregisterSnapshot(), AlteredTableInfo::validate_default, and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATRewriteTables().
◆ ATRewriteTables()
|
static |
Definition at line 5862 of file tablecmds.c.
5864{
5865 ListCell *ltab;
5866
5867 /* Go through each table that needs to be checked or rewritten */
5868 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
5869 {
5871
5872 /* Relations without storage may be ignored here */
5874 continue;
5875
5876 /*
5877 * If we change column data types, the operation has to be propagated
5878 * to tables that use this table's rowtype as a column type.
5879 * tab->newvals will also be non-NULL in the case where we're adding a
5880 * column with a default. We choose to forbid that case as well,
5881 * since composite types might eventually support defaults.
5882 *
5883 * (Eventually we'll probably need to check for composite type
5884 * dependencies even when we're just scanning the table without a
5885 * rewrite, but at the moment a composite type does not enforce any
5886 * constraints, so it's not necessary/appropriate to enforce them just
5887 * during ALTER.)
5888 */
5890 {
5891 Relation rel;
5892
5896 }
5897
5898 /*
5899 * We only need to rewrite the table if at least one column needs to
5900 * be recomputed, or we are changing its persistence or access method.
5901 *
5902 * There are two reasons for requiring a rewrite when changing
5903 * persistence: on one hand, we need to ensure that the buffers
5904 * belonging to each of the two relations are marked with or without
5905 * BM_PERMANENT properly. On the other hand, since rewriting creates
5906 * and assigns a new relfilenumber, we automatically create or drop an
5907 * init fork for the relation as appropriate.
5908 */
5910 {
5911 /* Build a temporary relation and copy data */
5912 Relation OldHeap;
5913 Oid OIDNewHeap;
5914 Oid NewAccessMethod;
5915 Oid NewTableSpace;
5916 char persistence;
5917
5919
5920 /*
5921 * We don't support rewriting of system catalogs; there are too
5922 * many corner cases and too little benefit. In particular this
5923 * is certainly not going to work for mapped catalogs.
5924 */
5927 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5929 RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap))));
5930
5933 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5935 RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap))));
5936
5937 /*
5938 * Don't allow rewrite on temp tables of other backends ... their
5939 * local buffer manager is not going to cope. (This is redundant
5940 * with the check in CheckAlterTableIsSafe, but for safety we'll
5941 * check here too.)
5942 */
5945 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
5947
5948 /*
5949 * Select destination tablespace (same as original unless user
5950 * requested a change)
5951 */
5953 NewTableSpace = tab->newTableSpace;
5954 else
5955 NewTableSpace = OldHeap->rd_rel->reltablespace;
5956
5957 /*
5958 * Select destination access method (same as original unless user
5959 * requested a change)
5960 */
5962 NewAccessMethod = tab->newAccessMethod;
5963 else
5964 NewAccessMethod = OldHeap->rd_rel->relam;
5965
5966 /*
5967 * Select persistence of transient table (same as original unless
5968 * user requested a change)
5969 */
5970 persistence = tab->chgPersistence ?
5972
5974
5975 /*
5976 * Fire off an Event Trigger now, before actually rewriting the
5977 * table.
5978 *
5979 * We don't support Event Trigger for nested commands anywhere,
5980 * here included, and parsetree is given NULL when coming from
5981 * AlterTableInternal.
5982 *
5983 * And fire it only once.
5984 */
5985 if (parsetree)
5987 tab->relid,
5988 tab->rewrite);
5989
5990 /*
5991 * Create transient table that will receive the modified data.
5992 *
5993 * Ensure it is marked correctly as logged or unlogged. We have
5994 * to do this here so that buffers for the new relfilenumber will
5995 * have the right persistence set, and at the same time ensure
5996 * that the original filenumbers's buffers will get read in with
5997 * the correct setting (i.e. the original one). Otherwise a
5998 * rollback after the rewrite would possibly result with buffers
5999 * for the original filenumbers having the wrong persistence
6000 * setting.
6001 *
6002 * NB: This relies on swap_relation_files() also swapping the
6003 * persistence. That wouldn't work for pg_class, but that can't be
6004 * unlogged anyway.
6005 */
6007 persistence, lockmode);
6008
6009 /*
6010 * Copy the heap data into the new table with the desired
6011 * modifications, and test the current data within the table
6012 * against new constraints generated by ALTER TABLE commands.
6013 */
6014 ATRewriteTable(tab, OIDNewHeap);
6015
6016 /*
6017 * Swap the physical files of the old and new heaps, then rebuild
6018 * indexes and discard the old heap. We can use RecentXmin for
6019 * the table's new relfrozenxid because we rewrote all the tuples
6020 * in ATRewriteTable, so no older Xid remains in the table. Also,
6021 * we never try to swap toast tables by content, since we have no
6022 * interest in letting this code work on system catalogs.
6023 */
6025 false, false, true,
6027 RecentXmin,
6028 ReadNextMultiXactId(),
6029 persistence);
6030
6032 }
6034 {
6037 }
6038 else
6039 {
6040 /*
6041 * If required, test the current data within the table against new
6042 * constraints generated by ALTER TABLE commands, but don't
6043 * rebuild data.
6044 */
6046 tab->partition_constraint != NULL)
6048
6049 /*
6050 * If we had SET TABLESPACE but no reason to reconstruct tuples,
6051 * just do a block-by-block copy.
6052 */
6055 }
6056
6057 /*
6058 * Also change persistence of owned sequences, so that it matches the
6059 * table persistence.
6060 */
6062 {
6064 ListCell *lc;
6065
6066 foreach(lc, seqlist)
6067 {
6069
6071 }
6072 }
6073 }
6074
6075 /*
6076 * Foreign key constraints are checked in a final pass, since (a) it's
6077 * generally best to examine each one separately, and (b) it's at least
6078 * theoretically possible that we have changed both relations of the
6079 * foreign key, and we'd better have finished both rewrites before we try
6080 * to read the tables.
6081 */
6082 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
6083 {
6085 Relation rel = NULL;
6086 ListCell *lcon;
6087
6088 /* Relations without storage may be ignored here too */
6090 continue;
6091
6093 {
6095
6097 {
6099 Relation refrel;
6100
6101 if (rel == NULL)
6102 {
6103 /* Long since locked, no need for another */
6105 }
6106
6108
6110 con->refindid,
6111 con->conid,
6112 con->conwithperiod);
6113
6114 /*
6115 * No need to mark the constraint row as validated, we did
6116 * that when we inserted the row earlier.
6117 */
6118
6120 }
6121 }
6122
6123 if (rel)
6125 }
6126
6127 /* Finally, run any afterStmts that were queued up */
6128 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
6129 {
6131 ListCell *lc;
6132
6134 {
6136
6138 CommandCounterIncrement();
6139 }
6140 }
6141}
void finish_heap_swap(Oid OIDOldHeap, Oid OIDNewHeap, bool is_system_catalog, bool swap_toast_by_content, bool check_constraints, bool is_internal, TransactionId frozenXid, MultiXactId cutoffMulti, char newrelpersistence)
Definition: cluster.c:1445
Oid make_new_heap(Oid OIDOldHeap, Oid NewTableSpace, Oid NewAccessMethod, char relpersistence, LOCKMODE lockmode)
Definition: cluster.c:705
void SequenceChangePersistence(Oid relid, char newrelpersistence)
Definition: sequence.c:542
void EventTriggerTableRewrite(Node *parsetree, Oid tableOid, int reason)
Definition: event_trigger.c:1003
static void validateForeignKeyConstraint(char *conname, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid pkindOid, Oid constraintOid, bool hasperiod)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13722
static void ATRewriteTable(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Oid OIDNewHeap)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6150
References AlteredTableInfo::afterStmts, ATExecSetTableSpace(), ATRewriteTable(), AlteredTableInfo::chgAccessMethod, AlteredTableInfo::chgPersistence, CommandCounterIncrement(), NewConstraint::conid, Constraint::conname, CONSTR_FOREIGN, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, NewConstraint::conwithperiod, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, EventTriggerTableRewrite(), find_composite_type_dependencies(), finish_heap_swap(), getOwnedSequences(), if(), InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, IsSystemRelation(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, make_new_heap(), AlteredTableInfo::newAccessMethod, AlteredTableInfo::newrelpersistence, AlteredTableInfo::newTableSpace, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, NIL, NoLock, OidIsValid, AlteredTableInfo::partition_constraint, ProcessUtilityForAlterTable(), NewConstraint::qual, RelationData::rd_rel, ReadNextMultiXactId(), RecentXmin, NewConstraint::refindid, NewConstraint::refrelid, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetRelationName, RelationIsUsedAsCatalogTable, AlteredTableInfo::relid, AlteredTableInfo::relkind, AlteredTableInfo::rewrite, RowShareLock, SequenceChangePersistence(), stmt, table_close(), table_open(), validateForeignKeyConstraint(), and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATController().
◆ ATSimplePermissions()
|
static |
Definition at line 6767 of file tablecmds.c.
6768{
6769 int actual_target;
6770
6772 {
6773 case RELKIND_RELATION:
6774 actual_target = ATT_TABLE;
6775 break;
6776 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
6777 actual_target = ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
6778 break;
6779 case RELKIND_VIEW:
6780 actual_target = ATT_VIEW;
6781 break;
6782 case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
6783 actual_target = ATT_MATVIEW;
6784 break;
6785 case RELKIND_INDEX:
6786 actual_target = ATT_INDEX;
6787 break;
6788 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
6789 actual_target = ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX;
6790 break;
6791 case RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE:
6792 actual_target = ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE;
6793 break;
6794 case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE:
6795 actual_target = ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE;
6796 break;
6797 case RELKIND_SEQUENCE:
6798 actual_target = ATT_SEQUENCE;
6799 break;
6800 default:
6801 actual_target = 0;
6802 break;
6803 }
6804
6805 /* Wrong target type? */
6806 if ((actual_target & allowed_targets) == 0)
6807 {
6809
6810 if (action_str)
6812 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
6813 /* translator: %s is a group of some SQL keywords */
6815 action_str, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
6817 else
6818 /* internal error? */
6820 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
6821 }
6822
6823 /* Permissions checks */
6826 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
6827
6830 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
6832 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
6833}
static const char * alter_table_type_to_string(AlterTableType cmdtype)
Definition: tablecmds.c:6620
References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, allowSystemTableMods, alter_table_type_to_string(), ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE, ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_INDEX, ATT_MATVIEW, ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_SEQUENCE, ATT_TABLE, ATT_VIEW, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_relkind_objtype(), GetUserId(), IsSystemRelation(), object_ownercheck(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATExecAddColumn(), ATExecAddInherit(), ATExecAttachPartition(), ATExecDropColumn(), ATExecSetNotNull(), ATPrepCmd(), and dropconstraint_internal().
◆ ATSimpleRecursion()
|
static |
Definition at line 6844 of file tablecmds.c.
6847{
6848 /*
6849 * Propagate to children, if desired and if there are (or might be) any
6850 * children.
6851 */
6853 {
6855 ListCell *child;
6856 List *children;
6857
6858 children = find_all_inheritors(relid, lockmode, NULL);
6859
6860 /*
6861 * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance
6862 * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the
6863 * list that it returns.
6864 */
6865 foreach(child, children)
6866 {
6868 Relation childrel;
6869
6870 if (childrelid == relid)
6871 continue;
6872 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
6874 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
6877 }
6878 }
6879}
References ATPrepCmd(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), find_all_inheritors(), lfirst_oid, NoLock, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATPrepCmd().
◆ AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes()
|
static |
Definition at line 20615 of file tablecmds.c.
20616{
20617 List *idxes;
20618 List *attachRelIdxs;
20619 Relation *attachrelIdxRels;
20620 IndexInfo **attachInfos;
20621 ListCell *cell;
20622 MemoryContext cxt;
20623 MemoryContext oldcxt;
20624
20626 "AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes",
20627 ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
20628 oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(cxt);
20629
20630 idxes = RelationGetIndexList(rel);
20631 attachRelIdxs = RelationGetIndexList(attachrel);
20634
20635 /* Build arrays of all existing indexes and their IndexInfos */
20636 foreach_oid(cldIdxId, attachRelIdxs)
20637 {
20639
20642 }
20643
20644 /*
20645 * If we're attaching a foreign table, we must fail if any of the indexes
20646 * is a constraint index; otherwise, there's nothing to do here. Do this
20647 * before starting work, to avoid wasting the effort of building a few
20648 * non-unique indexes before coming across a unique one.
20649 */
20651 {
20652 foreach(cell, idxes)
20653 {
20656
20658 idxRel->rd_index->indisprimary)
20660 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
20662 RelationGetRelationName(attachrel),
20663 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
20665 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
20667 }
20668
20669 goto out;
20670 }
20671
20672 /*
20673 * For each index on the partitioned table, find a matching one in the
20674 * partition-to-be; if one is not found, create one.
20675 */
20676 foreach(cell, idxes)
20677 {
20680 IndexInfo *info;
20681 AttrMap *attmap;
20682 bool found = false;
20683 Oid constraintOid;
20684
20685 /*
20686 * Ignore indexes in the partitioned table other than partitioned
20687 * indexes.
20688 */
20690 {
20692 continue;
20693 }
20694
20695 /* construct an indexinfo to compare existing indexes against */
20696 info = BuildIndexInfo(idxRel);
20698 RelationGetDescr(rel),
20699 false);
20701
20702 /*
20703 * Scan the list of existing indexes in the partition-to-be, and mark
20704 * the first matching, valid, unattached one we find, if any, as
20705 * partition of the parent index. If we find one, we're done.
20706 */
20708 {
20711
20712 /* does this index have a parent? if so, can't use it */
20714 continue;
20715
20716 /* If this index is invalid, can't use it */
20718 continue;
20719
20721 attachrelIdxRels[i]->rd_indcollation,
20722 idxRel->rd_indcollation,
20723 attachrelIdxRels[i]->rd_opfamily,
20724 idxRel->rd_opfamily,
20725 attmap))
20726 {
20727 /*
20728 * If this index is being created in the parent because of a
20729 * constraint, then the child needs to have a constraint also,
20730 * so look for one. If there is no such constraint, this
20731 * index is no good, so keep looking.
20732 */
20734 {
20735 cldConstrOid =
20737 cldIdxId);
20738 /* no dice */
20740 continue;
20741
20742 /* Ensure they're both the same type of constraint */
20744 get_constraint_type(cldConstrOid))
20745 continue;
20746 }
20747
20748 /* bingo. */
20751 ConstraintSetParentConstraint(cldConstrOid, constraintOid,
20752 RelationGetRelid(attachrel));
20753 found = true;
20754
20755 CommandCounterIncrement();
20756 break;
20757 }
20758 }
20759
20760 /*
20761 * If no suitable index was found in the partition-to-be, create one
20762 * now. Note that if this is a PK, not-null constraints must already
20763 * exist.
20764 */
20765 if (!found)
20766 {
20768 Oid conOid;
20769
20771 idxRel, attmap,
20772 &conOid);
20774 RelationGetRelid(idxRel),
20775 conOid,
20776 -1,
20777 true, false, false, false, false);
20778 }
20779
20781 }
20782
20783out:
20784 /* Clean up. */
20787 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
20788 MemoryContextDelete(cxt);
20789}
IndexStmt * generateClonedIndexStmt(RangeVar *heapRel, Relation source_idx, const AttrMap *attmap, Oid *constraintOid)
Definition: parse_utilcmd.c:1695
References AccessShareLock, ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, build_attrmap_by_name(), BuildIndexInfo(), CommandCounterIncrement(), CompareIndexInfo(), ConstraintSetParentConstraint(), CurrentMemoryContext, DefineIndex(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, foreach_current_index, foreach_oid, generateClonedIndexStmt(), get_constraint_type(), get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(), i, idx(), index_close(), index_open(), IndexSetParentIndex(), InvalidOid, lfirst_oid, list_length(), MemoryContextDelete(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), OidIsValid, palloc_array, RelationData::rd_indcollation, RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_opfamily, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, and stmt.
Referenced by attachPartitionTable().
◆ AttachPartitionForeignKey()
|
static |
Definition at line 11818 of file tablecmds.c.
11825{
11826 HeapTuple parentConstrTup;
11827 Form_pg_constraint parentConstr;
11828 HeapTuple partcontup;
11829 Form_pg_constraint partConstr;
11830 bool queueValidation;
11831 Oid partConstrFrelid;
11832 Oid partConstrRelid;
11833 bool parentConstrIsEnforced;
11834
11835 /* Fetch the parent constraint tuple */
11836 parentConstrTup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
11837 ObjectIdGetDatum(parentConstrOid));
11841 parentConstrIsEnforced = parentConstr->conenforced;
11842
11843 /* Fetch the child constraint tuple */
11844 partcontup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
11845 ObjectIdGetDatum(partConstrOid));
11849 partConstrFrelid = partConstr->confrelid;
11850 partConstrRelid = partConstr->conrelid;
11851
11852 /*
11853 * If the referenced table is partitioned, then the partition we're
11854 * attaching now has extra pg_constraint rows and action triggers that are
11855 * no longer needed. Remove those.
11856 */
11858 {
11860
11861 RemoveInheritedConstraint(pg_constraint, trigrel, partConstrOid,
11862 partConstrRelid);
11863
11865 }
11866
11867 /*
11868 * Will we need to validate this constraint? A valid parent constraint
11869 * implies that all child constraints have been validated, so if this one
11870 * isn't, we must trigger phase 3 validation.
11871 */
11872 queueValidation = parentConstr->convalidated && !partConstr->convalidated;
11873
11874 ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
11875 ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
11876
11877 /*
11878 * The action triggers in the new partition become redundant -- the parent
11879 * table already has equivalent ones, and those will be able to reach the
11880 * partition. Remove the ones in the partition. We identify them because
11881 * they have our constraint OID, as well as being on the referenced rel.
11882 */
11883 DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(trigrel, partConstrOid, partConstrFrelid,
11884 partConstrRelid);
11885
11886 ConstraintSetParentConstraint(partConstrOid, parentConstrOid,
11887 RelationGetRelid(partition));
11888
11889 /*
11890 * Like the constraint, attach partition's "check" triggers to the
11891 * corresponding parent triggers if the constraint is ENFORCED. NOT
11892 * ENFORCED constraints do not have these triggers.
11893 */
11894 if (parentConstrIsEnforced)
11895 {
11896 Oid insertTriggerOid,
11897 updateTriggerOid;
11898
11899 GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(trigrel,
11900 partConstrOid, partConstrFrelid, partConstrRelid,
11901 &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
11903 TriggerSetParentTrigger(trigrel, insertTriggerOid, parentInsTrigger,
11904 RelationGetRelid(partition));
11906 TriggerSetParentTrigger(trigrel, updateTriggerOid, parentUpdTrigger,
11907 RelationGetRelid(partition));
11908 }
11909
11910 /*
11911 * We updated this pg_constraint row above to set its parent; validating
11912 * it will cause its convalidated flag to change, so we need CCI here. In
11913 * addition, we need it unconditionally for the rare case where the parent
11914 * table has *two* identical constraints; when reaching this function for
11915 * the second one, we must have made our changes visible, otherwise we
11916 * would try to attach both to this one.
11917 */
11918 CommandCounterIncrement();
11919
11920 /* If validation is needed, put it in the queue now. */
11921 if (queueValidation)
11922 {
11923 Relation conrel;
11924 Oid confrelid;
11925
11927
11931
11933
11934 /* Use the same lock as for AT_ValidateConstraint */
11935 QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, partition, confrelid,
11936 partcontup, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
11937 ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
11939 }
11940}
static void RemoveInheritedConstraint(Relation conrel, Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid conrelid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11949
static void GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid, Oid *insertTriggerOid, Oid *updateTriggerOid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12160
void TriggerSetParentTrigger(Relation trigRel, Oid childTrigId, Oid parentTrigId, Oid childTableId)
Definition: trigger.c:1220
References Assert(), CommandCounterIncrement(), ConstraintSetParentConstraint(), DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(), elog, ERROR, get_rel_relkind(), GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, QueueFKConstraintValidation(), RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RemoveInheritedConstraint(), RowExclusiveLock, RowShareLock, SearchSysCache1(), ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, table_close(), table_open(), and TriggerSetParentTrigger().
Referenced by tryAttachPartitionForeignKey().
◆ attachPartitionTable()
|
static |
Definition at line 20280 of file tablecmds.c.
20281{
20282 /*
20283 * Create an inheritance; the relevant checks are performed inside the
20284 * function.
20285 */
20287
20288 /* Update the pg_class entry. */
20289 StorePartitionBound(attachrel, rel, bound);
20290
20291 /* Ensure there exists a correct set of indexes in the partition. */
20292 AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(wqueue, rel, attachrel);
20293
20294 /* and triggers */
20295 CloneRowTriggersToPartition(rel, attachrel);
20296
20297 /*
20298 * Clone foreign key constraints. Callee is responsible for setting up
20299 * for phase 3 constraint verification.
20300 */
20301 CloneForeignKeyConstraints(wqueue, rel, attachrel);
20302}
void StorePartitionBound(Relation rel, Relation parent, PartitionBoundSpec *bound)
Definition: heap.c:4050
static void CloneRowTriggersToPartition(Relation parent, Relation partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20797
static void AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(List **wqueue, Relation rel, Relation attachrel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20615
static void CloneForeignKeyConstraints(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11245
References AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(), CloneForeignKeyConstraints(), CloneRowTriggersToPartition(), CreateInheritance(), and StorePartitionBound().
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartition(), ATExecMergePartitions(), and ATExecSplitPartition().
◆ ATTypedTableRecursion()
|
static |
Definition at line 6919 of file tablecmds.c.
6921{
6922 ListCell *child;
6923 List *children;
6924
6926
6928 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
6929 cmd->behavior);
6930
6931 foreach(child, children)
6932 {
6934 Relation childrel;
6935
6936 childrel = relation_open(childrelid, lockmode);
6937 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
6940 }
6941}
static List * find_typed_table_dependencies(Oid typeOid, const char *typeName, DropBehavior behavior)
Definition: tablecmds.c:7122
References Assert(), ATPrepCmd(), AlterTableCmd::behavior, CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), find_typed_table_dependencies(), lfirst_oid, NoLock, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), and RelationGetRelationName.
Referenced by ATPrepAddColumn(), ATPrepAlterColumnType(), and ATPrepDropColumn().
◆ BuildDescForRelation()
Definition at line 1375 of file tablecmds.c.
1376{
1377 int natts;
1379 ListCell *l;
1380 TupleDesc desc;
1382 Oid atttypid;
1383 int32 atttypmod;
1384 Oid attcollation;
1385 int attdim;
1386
1387 /*
1388 * allocate a new tuple descriptor
1389 */
1390 natts = list_length(columns);
1391 desc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(natts);
1392
1393 attnum = 0;
1394
1395 foreach(l, columns)
1396 {
1398 AclResult aclresult;
1399 Form_pg_attribute att;
1400
1401 /*
1402 * for each entry in the list, get the name and type information from
1403 * the list and have TupleDescInitEntry fill in the attribute
1404 * information we need.
1405 */
1406 attnum++;
1407
1410
1413 aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, atttypid);
1414
1415 attcollation = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, entry, atttypid);
1419 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
1421
1424 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
1426 attname)));
1427
1429 atttypid, atttypmod, attdim);
1431
1432 /* Override TupleDescInitEntry's settings as requested */
1434
1435 /* Fill in additional stuff not handled by TupleDescInitEntry */
1436 att->attnotnull = entry->is_not_null;
1437 att->attislocal = entry->is_local;
1438 att->attinhcount = entry->inhcount;
1439 att->attidentity = entry->identity;
1440 att->attgenerated = entry->generated;
1443 att->attstorage = entry->storage;
1446
1448 }
1449
1450 return desc;
1451}
void populate_compact_attribute(TupleDesc tupdesc, int attnum)
Definition: tupdesc.c:117
void TupleDescInitEntryCollation(TupleDesc desc, AttrNumber attributeNumber, Oid collationid)
Definition: tupdesc.c:1026
void TupleDescInitEntry(TupleDesc desc, AttrNumber attributeNumber, const char *attributeName, Oid oidtypeid, int32 typmod, int attdim)
Definition: tupdesc.c:842
References ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error_type(), ACLCHECK_OK, TypeName::arrayBounds, attname, attnum, ColumnDef::colname, ColumnDef::compression, CreateTemplateTupleDesc(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, ColumnDef::generated, GetAttributeCompression(), GetAttributeStorage(), GetColumnDefCollation(), GetUserId(), ColumnDef::identity, ColumnDef::inhcount, ColumnDef::is_local, ColumnDef::is_not_null, lfirst, list_length(), object_aclcheck(), PG_INT16_MAX, populate_compact_attribute(), TypeName::setof, ColumnDef::storage, ColumnDef::storage_name, TupleDescAttr(), TupleDescInitEntry(), TupleDescInitEntryCollation(), ColumnDef::typeName, and typenameTypeIdAndMod().
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), createPartitionTable(), DefineRelation(), and DefineVirtualRelation().
◆ buildExpressionExecutionStates()
|
static |
Definition at line 22112 of file tablecmds.c.
22113{
22114 /*
22115 * Build the needed expression execution states. Here, we expect only NOT
22116 * NULL and CHECK constraint.
22117 */
22119 {
22120 switch (con->contype)
22121 {
22123
22124 /*
22125 * We already expanded virtual expression in
22126 * createTableConstraints.
22127 */
22129 break;
22131 /* Nothing to do here. */
22132 break;
22133 default:
22135 (int) con->contype);
22136 }
22137 }
22138
22139 /* Expression already planned in createTableConstraints */
22142}
References CONSTR_CHECK, CONSTR_NOTNULL, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, elog, ERROR, ExecInitExpr(), ExecPrepareExpr(), foreach_ptr, and AlteredTableInfo::newvals.
Referenced by MergePartitionsMoveRows(), and SplitPartitionMoveRows().
◆ change_owner_fix_column_acls()
Definition at line 16341 of file tablecmds.c.
16342{
16343 Relation attRelation;
16344 SysScanDesc scan;
16346 HeapTuple attributeTuple;
16347
16350 Anum_pg_attribute_attrelid,
16351 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
16352 ObjectIdGetDatum(relationOid));
16353 scan = systable_beginscan(attRelation, AttributeRelidNumIndexId,
16356 {
16358 Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
16359 bool repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
16360 bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
16361 Acl *newAcl;
16362 Datum aclDatum;
16363 bool isNull;
16364 HeapTuple newtuple;
16365
16366 /* Ignore dropped columns */
16367 if (att->attisdropped)
16368 continue;
16369
16370 aclDatum = heap_getattr(attributeTuple,
16371 Anum_pg_attribute_attacl,
16372 RelationGetDescr(attRelation),
16373 &isNull);
16374 /* Null ACLs do not require changes */
16375 if (isNull)
16376 continue;
16377
16378 memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
16379 memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
16380
16382 oldOwnerId, newOwnerId);
16383 repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attacl - 1] = true;
16384 repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attacl - 1] = PointerGetDatum(newAcl);
16385
16386 newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(attributeTuple,
16387 RelationGetDescr(attRelation),
16388 repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
16389
16391
16392 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
16393 }
16394 systable_endscan(scan);
16396}
References aclnewowner(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), DatumGetAclP, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), heap_getattr(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PointerGetDatum(), RelationGetDescr, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecChangeOwner().
◆ change_owner_recurse_to_sequences()
|
static |
Definition at line 16406 of file tablecmds.c.
16407{
16408 Relation depRel;
16409 SysScanDesc scan;
16411 HeapTuple tup;
16412
16413 /*
16414 * SERIAL sequences are those having an auto dependency on one of the
16415 * table's columns (we don't care *which* column, exactly).
16416 */
16418
16420 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
16421 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
16422 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
16424 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
16425 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
16426 ObjectIdGetDatum(relationOid));
16427 /* we leave refobjsubid unspecified */
16428
16430 NULL, 2, key);
16431
16433 {
16435 Relation seqRel;
16436
16437 /* skip dependencies other than auto dependencies on columns */
16438 if (depForm->refobjsubid == 0 ||
16439 depForm->classid != RelationRelationId ||
16440 depForm->objsubid != 0 ||
16442 continue;
16443
16444 /* Use relation_open just in case it's an index */
16445 seqRel = relation_open(depForm->objid, lockmode);
16446
16447 /* skip non-sequence relations */
16449 {
16450 /* No need to keep the lock */
16451 relation_close(seqRel, lockmode);
16452 continue;
16453 }
16454
16455 /* We don't need to close the sequence while we alter it. */
16457
16458 /* Now we can close it. Keep the lock till end of transaction. */
16460 }
16461
16462 systable_endscan(scan);
16463
16465}
References AccessShareLock, ATExecChangeOwner(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, DEPENDENCY_AUTO, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetForm, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecChangeOwner().
◆ check_for_column_name_collision()
|
static |
Definition at line 7674 of file tablecmds.c.
7676{
7677 HeapTuple attTuple;
7679
7680 /*
7681 * this test is deliberately not attisdropped-aware, since if one tries to
7682 * add a column matching a dropped column name, it's gonna fail anyway.
7683 */
7684 attTuple = SearchSysCache2(ATTNAME,
7686 PointerGetDatum(colname));
7688 return true;
7689
7691 ReleaseSysCache(attTuple);
7692
7693 /*
7694 * We throw a different error message for conflicts with system column
7695 * names, since they are normally not shown and the user might otherwise
7696 * be confused about the reason for the conflict.
7697 */
7700 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
7702 colname)));
7703 else
7704 {
7705 if (if_not_exists)
7706 {
7708 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
7710 colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
7711 return false;
7712 }
7713
7715 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
7717 colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
7718 }
7719
7720 return true;
7721}
HeapTuple SearchSysCache2(int cacheId, Datum key1, Datum key2)
Definition: syscache.c:230
References attnum, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, NOTICE, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PointerGetDatum(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), and SearchSysCache2().
Referenced by ATExecAddColumn(), and renameatt_internal().
◆ check_of_type()
| void check_of_type | ( | HeapTuple | typetuple | ) |
Definition at line 7171 of file tablecmds.c.
7172{
7174 bool typeOk = false;
7175
7176 if (typ->typtype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE)
7177 {
7178 Relation typeRelation;
7179
7182 typeOk = (typeRelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE);
7183
7184 /*
7185 * Close the parent rel, but keep our AccessShareLock on it until xact
7186 * commit. That will prevent someone else from deleting or ALTERing
7187 * the type before the typed table creation/conversion commits.
7188 */
7190
7191 if (!typeOk)
7193 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
7195 format_type_be(typ->oid)),
7197 }
7198 else
7200 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
7202 format_type_be(typ->oid))));
7203}
References AccessShareLock, Assert(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), GETSTRUCT(), NoLock, OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), and relation_open().
Referenced by ATExecAddOf(), and transformOfType().
◆ CheckAlterTableIsSafe()
|
static |
Definition at line 4446 of file tablecmds.c.
4447{
4448 /*
4449 * Don't allow ALTER on temp tables of other backends. Their local buffer
4450 * manager is not going to cope if we need to change the table's contents.
4451 * Even if we don't, there may be optimizations that assume temp tables
4452 * aren't subject to such interference.
4453 */
4456 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
4458
4459 /*
4460 * Also check for active uses of the relation in the current transaction,
4461 * including open scans and pending AFTER trigger events.
4462 */
4464}
void CheckTableNotInUse(Relation rel, const char *stmt)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4413
References CheckTableNotInUse(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, and RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP.
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferencing(), AlterTable(), ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(), ATExecAddColumn(), ATExecDropColumn(), ATPrepAlterColumnType(), ATSimpleRecursion(), ATTypedTableRecursion(), dropconstraint_internal(), and set_attnotnull().
◆ checkFkeyPermissions()
Definition at line 13693 of file tablecmds.c.
13694{
13696 AclResult aclresult;
13698
13699 /* Okay if we have relation-level REFERENCES permission */
13701 ACL_REFERENCES);
13703 return;
13704 /* Else we must have REFERENCES on each column */
13706 {
13708 roleid, ACL_REFERENCES);
13711 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
13712 }
13713}
AclResult pg_attribute_aclcheck(Oid table_oid, AttrNumber attnum, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition: aclchk.c:3868
AclResult pg_class_aclcheck(Oid table_oid, Oid roleid, AclMode mode)
Definition: aclchk.c:4039
References ACL_REFERENCES, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, get_relkind_objtype(), GetUserId(), i, pg_attribute_aclcheck(), pg_class_aclcheck(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ CheckRelationTableSpaceMove()
Definition at line 3690 of file tablecmds.c.
3691{
3692 Oid oldTableSpaceId;
3693
3694 /*
3695 * No work if no change in tablespace. Note that MyDatabaseTableSpace is
3696 * stored as 0.
3697 */
3698 oldTableSpaceId = rel->rd_rel->reltablespace;
3699 if (newTableSpaceId == oldTableSpaceId ||
3700 (newTableSpaceId == MyDatabaseTableSpace && oldTableSpaceId == 0))
3701 return false;
3702
3703 /*
3704 * We cannot support moving mapped relations into different tablespaces.
3705 * (In particular this eliminates all shared catalogs.)
3706 */
3709 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
3711 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
3712
3713 /* Cannot move a non-shared relation into pg_global */
3714 if (newTableSpaceId == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID)
3716 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
3718
3719 /*
3720 * Do not allow moving temp tables of other backends ... their local
3721 * buffer manager is not going to cope.
3722 */
3725 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
3727
3728 return true;
3729}
References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, MyDatabaseTableSpace, RelationData::rd_rel, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationIsMapped.
Referenced by ATExecSetTableSpace(), ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(), reindex_index(), and SetRelationTableSpace().
◆ CheckTableNotInUse()
| void CheckTableNotInUse | ( | Relation | rel, |
| const char * | stmt | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 4413 of file tablecmds.c.
4414{
4415 int expected_refcnt;
4416
4417 expected_refcnt = rel->rd_isnailed ? 2 : 1;
4420 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
4421 /* translator: first %s is a SQL command, eg ALTER TABLE */
4424
4426 rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
4429 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
4430 /* translator: first %s is a SQL command, eg ALTER TABLE */
4433}
References AfterTriggerPendingOnRel(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, RelationData::rd_isnailed, RelationData::rd_refcnt, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, and stmt.
Referenced by CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), cluster_rel(), DefineIndex(), DefineVirtualRelation(), heap_drop_with_catalog(), index_drop(), MergeAttributes(), RefreshMatViewByOid(), reindex_index(), and truncate_check_activity().
◆ ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition()
|
static |
Definition at line 9898 of file tablecmds.c.
9899{
9901 int buflen = 0;
9902 ListCell *lc;
9903
9905 foreach(lc, colnames)
9906 {
9908
9909 if (buflen > 0)
9911
9912 /*
9913 * At this point we have buflen <= NAMEDATALEN. name should be less
9914 * than NAMEDATALEN already, but use strlcpy for paranoia.
9915 */
9917 buflen += strlen(buf + buflen);
9919 break;
9920 }
9922}
References buf, lfirst, name, NAMEDATALEN, pstrdup(), strlcpy(), and strVal.
Referenced by ATExecAddConstraint().
◆ CloneFkReferenced()
Definition at line 11274 of file tablecmds.c.
11275{
11276 Relation pg_constraint;
11277 AttrMap *attmap;
11278 ListCell *cell;
11279 SysScanDesc scan;
11281 HeapTuple tuple;
11283 Relation trigrel;
11284
11285 /*
11286 * Search for any constraints where this partition's parent is in the
11287 * referenced side. However, we must not clone any constraint whose
11288 * parent constraint is also going to be cloned, to avoid duplicates. So
11289 * do it in two steps: first construct the list of constraints to clone,
11290 * then go over that list cloning those whose parents are not in the list.
11291 * (We must not rely on the parent being seen first, since the catalog
11292 * scan could return children first.)
11293 */
11296 Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
11299 Anum_pg_constraint_contype, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
11300 F_CHAREQ, CharGetDatum(CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN));
11301 /* This is a seqscan, as we don't have a usable index ... */
11303 NULL, 2, key);
11305 {
11307
11308 clone = lappend_oid(clone, constrForm->oid);
11309 }
11310 systable_endscan(scan);
11312
11313 /*
11314 * Triggers of the foreign keys will be manipulated a bunch of times in
11315 * the loop below. To avoid repeatedly opening/closing the trigger
11316 * catalog relation, we open it here and pass it to the subroutines called
11317 * below.
11318 */
11320
11322 RelationGetDescr(parentRel),
11323 false);
11324 foreach(cell, clone)
11325 {
11327 Form_pg_constraint constrForm;
11328 Relation fkRel;
11329 Oid indexOid;
11330 Oid partIndexId;
11331 int numfks;
11338 int numfkdelsetcols;
11340 Constraint *fkconstraint;
11341 ObjectAddress address;
11343 updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
11344
11349
11350 /*
11351 * As explained above: don't try to clone a constraint for which we're
11352 * going to clone the parent.
11353 */
11355 {
11356 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
11357 continue;
11358 }
11359
11360 /* We need the same lock level that CreateTrigger will acquire */
11362
11363 indexOid = constrForm->conindid;
11364 DeconstructFkConstraintRow(tuple,
11365 &numfks,
11366 conkey,
11367 confkey,
11368 conpfeqop,
11369 conppeqop,
11370 conffeqop,
11371 &numfkdelsetcols,
11372 confdelsetcols);
11373
11376
11378 fkconstraint->contype = CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN;
11380 fkconstraint->deferrable = constrForm->condeferrable;
11381 fkconstraint->initdeferred = constrForm->condeferred;
11382 fkconstraint->location = -1;
11383 fkconstraint->pktable = NULL;
11384 /* ->fk_attrs determined below */
11386 fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = constrForm->confmatchtype;
11387 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = constrForm->confupdtype;
11388 fkconstraint->fk_del_action = constrForm->confdeltype;
11392 fkconstraint->is_enforced = constrForm->conenforced;
11394 fkconstraint->initially_valid = constrForm->convalidated;
11395
11396 /* set up colnames that are used to generate the constraint name */
11398 {
11399 Form_pg_attribute att;
11400
11402 conkey[i] - 1);
11405 }
11406
11407 /*
11408 * Add the new foreign key constraint pointing to the new partition.
11409 * Because this new partition appears in the referenced side of the
11410 * constraint, we don't need to set up for Phase 3 check.
11411 */
11412 partIndexId = index_get_partition(partitionRel, indexOid);
11415 indexOid, RelationGetRelationName(partitionRel));
11416
11417 /*
11418 * Get the "action" triggers belonging to the constraint to pass as
11419 * parent OIDs for similar triggers that will be created on the
11420 * partition in addFkRecurseReferenced().
11421 */
11422 if (constrForm->conenforced)
11423 GetForeignKeyActionTriggers(trigrel, constrOid,
11424 constrForm->confrelid, constrForm->conrelid,
11425 &deleteTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
11426
11427 /* Add this constraint ... */
11429 fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint, fkRel,
11430 partitionRel, partIndexId, constrOid,
11431 numfks, mapped_confkey,
11432 conkey, conpfeqop, conppeqop, conffeqop,
11433 numfkdelsetcols, confdelsetcols, false,
11434 constrForm->conperiod);
11435 /* ... and recurse */
11436 addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint,
11437 fkRel,
11438 partitionRel,
11439 partIndexId,
11440 address.objectId,
11441 numfks,
11442 mapped_confkey,
11443 conkey,
11444 conpfeqop,
11445 conppeqop,
11446 conffeqop,
11447 numfkdelsetcols,
11448 confdelsetcols,
11449 true,
11450 deleteTriggerOid,
11451 updateTriggerOid,
11452 constrForm->conperiod);
11453
11455 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
11456 }
11457
11459}
void DeconstructFkConstraintRow(HeapTuple tuple, int *numfks, AttrNumber *conkey, AttrNumber *confkey, Oid *pf_eq_oprs, Oid *pp_eq_oprs, Oid *ff_eq_oprs, int *num_fk_del_set_cols, AttrNumber *fk_del_set_cols)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1521
static void GetForeignKeyActionTriggers(Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid, Oid *deleteTriggerOid, Oid *updateTriggerOid)
Definition: tablecmds.c:12099
References addFkConstraint(), addFkRecurseReferenced(), addFkReferencedSide, AttrMap::attnums, BTEqualStrategyNumber, build_attrmap_by_name(), CharGetDatum(), Constraint::conname, Constraint::contype, DeconstructFkConstraintRow(), Constraint::deferrable, elog, ERROR, Constraint::fk_attrs, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_del_set_cols, Constraint::fk_matchtype, Constraint::fk_upd_action, GetForeignKeyActionTriggers(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, index_get_partition(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, Constraint::initdeferred, Constraint::initially_valid, InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, sort-test::key, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst_oid, list_member_oid(), Constraint::location, makeNode, makeString(), NameStr, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, Constraint::old_conpfeqop, Constraint::old_pktable_oid, Constraint::pk_attrs, Constraint::pktable, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, RowShareLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCache1(), ShareRowExclusiveLock, Constraint::skip_validation, systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by CloneForeignKeyConstraints().
◆ CloneFkReferencing()
Definition at line 11475 of file tablecmds.c.
11476{
11477 AttrMap *attmap;
11478 List *partFKs;
11480 ListCell *cell;
11481 Relation trigrel;
11482
11483 /* obtain a list of constraints that we need to clone */
11485 {
11487
11488 /*
11489 * Refuse to attach a table as partition that this partitioned table
11490 * already has a foreign key to. This isn't useful schema, which is
11491 * proven by the fact that there have been no user complaints that
11492 * it's already impossible to achieve this in the opposite direction,
11493 * i.e., creating a foreign key that references a partition. This
11494 * restriction allows us to dodge some complexities around
11495 * pg_constraint and pg_trigger row creations that would be needed
11496 * during ATTACH/DETACH for this kind of relationship.
11497 */
11500 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
11501 errmsg("cannot attach table \"%s\" as a partition because it is referenced by foreign key \"%s\"",
11502 RelationGetRelationName(partRel),
11504
11506 }
11507
11508 /*
11509 * Silently do nothing if there's nothing to do. In particular, this
11510 * avoids throwing a spurious error for foreign tables.
11511 */
11513 return;
11514
11517 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
11519
11520 /*
11521 * Triggers of the foreign keys will be manipulated a bunch of times in
11522 * the loop below. To avoid repeatedly opening/closing the trigger
11523 * catalog relation, we open it here and pass it to the subroutines called
11524 * below.
11525 */
11527
11528 /*
11529 * The constraint key may differ, if the columns in the partition are
11530 * different. This map is used to convert them.
11531 */
11533 RelationGetDescr(parentRel),
11534 false);
11535
11537
11538 foreach(cell, clone)
11539 {
11541 Form_pg_constraint constrForm;
11542 Relation pkrel;
11543 HeapTuple tuple;
11544 int numfks;
11551 int numfkdelsetcols;
11553 Constraint *fkconstraint;
11554 bool attached;
11555 Oid indexOid;
11556 ObjectAddress address;
11557 ListCell *lc;
11559 updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
11560 bool with_period;
11561
11565 parentConstrOid);
11567
11568 /* Don't clone constraints whose parents are being cloned */
11570 {
11571 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
11572 continue;
11573 }
11574
11575 /*
11576 * Need to prevent concurrent deletions. If pkrel is a partitioned
11577 * relation, that means to lock all partitions.
11578 */
11582 ShareRowExclusiveLock, NULL);
11583
11584 DeconstructFkConstraintRow(tuple, &numfks, conkey, confkey,
11585 conpfeqop, conppeqop, conffeqop,
11586 &numfkdelsetcols, confdelsetcols);
11589
11590 /*
11591 * Get the "check" triggers belonging to the constraint, if it is
11592 * ENFORCED, to pass as parent OIDs for similar triggers that will be
11593 * created on the partition in addFkRecurseReferencing(). They are
11594 * also passed to tryAttachPartitionForeignKey() below to simply
11595 * assign as parents to the partition's existing "check" triggers,
11596 * that is, if the corresponding constraints is deemed attachable to
11597 * the parent constraint.
11598 */
11599 if (constrForm->conenforced)
11600 GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(trigrel, constrForm->oid,
11601 constrForm->confrelid, constrForm->conrelid,
11602 &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
11603
11604 /*
11605 * Before creating a new constraint, see whether any existing FKs are
11606 * fit for the purpose. If one is, attach the parent constraint to
11607 * it, and don't clone anything. This way we avoid the expensive
11608 * verification step and don't end up with a duplicate FK, and we
11609 * don't need to recurse to partitions for this constraint.
11610 */
11611 attached = false;
11612 foreach(lc, partFKs)
11613 {
11615
11617 fk,
11618 partRel,
11619 parentConstrOid,
11620 numfks,
11621 mapped_conkey,
11622 confkey,
11623 conpfeqop,
11624 insertTriggerOid,
11625 updateTriggerOid,
11626 trigrel))
11627 {
11628 attached = true;
11630 break;
11631 }
11632 }
11633 if (attached)
11634 {
11635 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
11636 continue;
11637 }
11638
11639 /* No dice. Set up to create our own constraint */
11641 fkconstraint->contype = CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN;
11642 /* ->conname determined below */
11643 fkconstraint->deferrable = constrForm->condeferrable;
11644 fkconstraint->initdeferred = constrForm->condeferred;
11645 fkconstraint->location = -1;
11646 fkconstraint->pktable = NULL;
11647 /* ->fk_attrs determined below */
11649 fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = constrForm->confmatchtype;
11650 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = constrForm->confupdtype;
11651 fkconstraint->fk_del_action = constrForm->confdeltype;
11655 fkconstraint->is_enforced = constrForm->conenforced;
11657 fkconstraint->initially_valid = constrForm->convalidated;
11659 {
11660 Form_pg_attribute att;
11661
11663 mapped_conkey[i] - 1);
11666 }
11667
11668 indexOid = constrForm->conindid;
11669 with_period = constrForm->conperiod;
11670
11671 /* Create the pg_constraint entry at this level */
11673 NameStr(constrForm->conname), fkconstraint,
11674 partRel, pkrel, indexOid, parentConstrOid,
11675 numfks, confkey,
11676 mapped_conkey, conpfeqop,
11677 conppeqop, conffeqop,
11678 numfkdelsetcols, confdelsetcols,
11679 false, with_period);
11680
11681 /* Done with the cloned constraint's tuple */
11682 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
11683
11684 /* Create the check triggers, and recurse to partitions, if any */
11685 addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue,
11686 fkconstraint,
11687 partRel,
11688 pkrel,
11689 indexOid,
11690 address.objectId,
11691 numfks,
11692 confkey,
11693 mapped_conkey,
11694 conpfeqop,
11695 conppeqop,
11696 conffeqop,
11697 numfkdelsetcols,
11698 confdelsetcols,
11699 false, /* no old check exists */
11700 AccessExclusiveLock,
11701 insertTriggerOid,
11702 updateTriggerOid,
11703 with_period);
11705 }
11706
11708}
References AccessExclusiveLock, addFkConstraint(), addFkRecurseReferencing(), addFkReferencingSide, AttrMap::attnums, build_attrmap_by_name(), ForeignKeyCacheInfo::confrelid, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::conoid, Constraint::contype, copyObject, DeconstructFkConstraintRow(), Constraint::deferrable, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), Constraint::fk_attrs, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_del_set_cols, Constraint::fk_matchtype, Constraint::fk_upd_action, get_constraint_name(), GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, if(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, Constraint::initdeferred, Constraint::initially_valid, InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_node, lfirst_oid, list_member_oid(), Constraint::location, makeNode, makeString(), NameStr, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), Constraint::old_conpfeqop, Constraint::old_pktable_oid, Constraint::pk_attrs, Constraint::pktable, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetFKeyList(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), ShareRowExclusiveLock, Constraint::skip_validation, table_close(), table_open(), tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by CloneForeignKeyConstraints().
◆ CloneForeignKeyConstraints()
|
static |
Definition at line 11245 of file tablecmds.c.
11247{
11248 /* This only works for declarative partitioning */
11250
11251 /*
11252 * First, clone constraints where the parent is on the referencing side.
11253 */
11254 CloneFkReferencing(wqueue, parentRel, partitionRel);
11255
11256 /*
11257 * Clone constraints for which the parent is on the referenced side.
11258 */
11259 CloneFkReferenced(parentRel, partitionRel);
11260}
static void CloneFkReferencing(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partRel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11475
static void CloneFkReferenced(Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11274
References Assert(), CloneFkReferenced(), CloneFkReferencing(), and RelationData::rd_rel.
Referenced by attachPartitionTable(), and DefineRelation().
◆ CloneRowTriggersToPartition()
Definition at line 20797 of file tablecmds.c.
20798{
20799 Relation pg_trigger;
20801 SysScanDesc scan;
20802 HeapTuple tuple;
20803 MemoryContext perTupCxt;
20804
20808 scan = systable_beginscan(pg_trigger, TriggerRelidNameIndexId,
20810
20813
20815 {
20817 CreateTrigStmt *trigStmt;
20818 Node *qual = NULL;
20820 bool isnull;
20823 MemoryContext oldcxt;
20824
20825 /*
20826 * Ignore statement-level triggers; those are not cloned.
20827 */
20828 if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(trigForm->tgtype))
20829 continue;
20830
20831 /*
20832 * Don't clone internal triggers, because the constraint cloning code
20833 * will.
20834 */
20835 if (trigForm->tgisinternal)
20836 continue;
20837
20838 /*
20839 * Complain if we find an unexpected trigger type.
20840 */
20841 if (!TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(trigForm->tgtype) &&
20842 !TRIGGER_FOR_AFTER(trigForm->tgtype))
20844 NameStr(trigForm->tgname));
20845
20846 /* Use short-lived context for CREATE TRIGGER */
20847 oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perTupCxt);
20848
20849 /*
20850 * If there is a WHEN clause, generate a 'cooked' version of it that's
20851 * appropriate for the partition.
20852 */
20854 RelationGetDescr(pg_trigger), &isnull);
20855 if (!isnull)
20856 {
20859 partition, parent);
20861 partition, parent);
20862 }
20863
20864 /*
20865 * If there is a column list, transform it to a list of column names.
20866 * Note we don't need to map this list in any way ...
20867 */
20868 if (trigForm->tgattr.dim1 > 0)
20869 {
20871
20873 {
20874 Form_pg_attribute col;
20875
20877 trigForm->tgattr.values[i] - 1);
20878 cols = lappend(cols,
20880 }
20881 }
20882
20883 /* Reconstruct trigger arguments list. */
20884 if (trigForm->tgnargs > 0)
20885 {
20886 char *p;
20887
20889 RelationGetDescr(pg_trigger), &isnull);
20890 if (isnull)
20893
20895
20897 {
20899 p += strlen(p) + 1;
20900 }
20901 }
20902
20907 trigStmt->relation = NULL;
20909 trigStmt->args = trigargs;
20911 trigStmt->timing = trigForm->tgtype & TRIGGER_TYPE_TIMING_MASK;
20912 trigStmt->events = trigForm->tgtype & TRIGGER_TYPE_EVENT_MASK;
20913 trigStmt->columns = cols;
20916 trigStmt->deferrable = trigForm->tgdeferrable;
20917 trigStmt->initdeferred = trigForm->tginitdeferred;
20919
20922 trigForm->tgfoid, trigForm->oid, qual,
20923 false, true, trigForm->tgenabled);
20924
20925 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
20926 MemoryContextReset(perTupCxt);
20927 }
20928
20929 MemoryContextDelete(perTupCxt);
20930
20931 systable_endscan(scan);
20933}
static struct @171 value
Definition: parsenodes.h:3135
ObjectAddress CreateTriggerFiringOn(CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString, Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid, Node *whenClause, bool isInternal, bool in_partition, char trigger_fires_when)
Definition: trigger.c:177
References ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, CreateTrigStmt::args, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CreateTrigStmt::columns, CreateTrigStmt::constrrel, CreateTriggerFiringOn(), CurrentMemoryContext, DatumGetByteaPP, CreateTrigStmt::deferrable, elog, ERROR, CreateTrigStmt::events, CreateTrigStmt::funcname, GETSTRUCT(), heap_getattr(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, CreateTrigStmt::initdeferred, InvalidOid, CreateTrigStmt::isconstraint, sort-test::key, lappend(), makeNode, makeString(), map_partition_varattnos(), MemoryContextDelete(), MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NameStr, NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PRS2_NEW_VARNO, PRS2_OLD_VARNO, pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_att, CreateTrigStmt::relation, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, CreateTrigStmt::replace, CreateTrigStmt::row, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), stringToNode(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), TextDatumGetCString, CreateTrigStmt::timing, CreateTrigStmt::transitionRels, CreateTrigStmt::trigname, TupleDescAttr(), value, VARDATA_ANY(), and CreateTrigStmt::whenClause.
Referenced by attachPartitionTable(), and DefineRelation().
◆ ComputePartitionAttrs()
|
static |
Definition at line 19811 of file tablecmds.c.
19814{
19815 int attn;
19816 ListCell *lc;
19817 Oid am_oid;
19818
19819 attn = 0;
19820 foreach(lc, partParams)
19821 {
19823 Oid atttype;
19824 Oid attcollation;
19825
19827 {
19828 /* Simple attribute reference */
19829 HeapTuple atttuple;
19830 Form_pg_attribute attform;
19831
19833 pelem->name);
19836 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
19838 pelem->name),
19841
19842 if (attform->attnum <= 0)
19844 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19846 pelem->name),
19848
19849 /*
19850 * Stored generated columns cannot work: They are computed after
19851 * BEFORE triggers, but partition routing is done before all
19852 * triggers. Maybe virtual generated columns could be made to
19853 * work, but then they would need to be handled as an expression
19854 * below.
19855 */
19856 if (attform->attgenerated)
19858 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19861 pelem->name),
19863
19864 partattrs[attn] = attform->attnum;
19865 atttype = attform->atttypid;
19866 attcollation = attform->attcollation;
19867 ReleaseSysCache(atttuple);
19868 }
19869 else
19870 {
19871 /* Expression */
19873 char partattname[16];
19874 Bitmapset *expr_attrs = NULL;
19876
19877 Assert(expr != NULL);
19878 atttype = exprType(expr);
19879 attcollation = exprCollation(expr);
19880
19881 /*
19882 * The expression must be of a storable type (e.g., not RECORD).
19883 * The test is the same as for whether a table column is of a safe
19884 * type (which is why we needn't check for the non-expression
19885 * case).
19886 */
19888 CheckAttributeType(partattname,
19889 atttype, attcollation,
19891
19892 /*
19893 * Strip any top-level COLLATE clause. This ensures that we treat
19894 * "x COLLATE y" and "(x COLLATE y)" alike.
19895 */
19898
19899 /*
19900 * Examine all the columns in the partition key expression. When
19901 * the whole-row reference is present, examine all the columns of
19902 * the partitioned table.
19903 */
19904 pull_varattnos(expr, 1, &expr_attrs);
19906 {
19907 expr_attrs = bms_add_range(expr_attrs,
19908 1 - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
19911 }
19912
19913 i = -1;
19915 {
19917
19918 Assert(attno != 0);
19919
19920 /*
19921 * Cannot allow system column references, since that would
19922 * make partition routing impossible: their values won't be
19923 * known yet when we need to do that.
19924 */
19925 if (attno < 0)
19927 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19929
19930 /*
19931 * Stored generated columns cannot work: They are computed
19932 * after BEFORE triggers, but partition routing is done before
19933 * all triggers. Virtual generated columns could probably
19934 * work, but it would require more work elsewhere (for example
19935 * SET EXPRESSION would need to check whether the column is
19936 * used in partition keys). Seems safer to prohibit for now.
19937 */
19940 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19945 }
19946
19948 ((Var *) expr)->varattno > 0)
19949 {
19950
19951 /*
19952 * User wrote "(column)" or "(column COLLATE something)".
19953 * Treat it like simple attribute anyway.
19954 */
19955 partattrs[attn] = ((Var *) expr)->varattno;
19956 }
19957 else
19958 {
19959 partattrs[attn] = 0; /* marks the column as expression */
19960 *partexprs = lappend(*partexprs, expr);
19961
19962 /*
19963 * transformPartitionSpec() should have already rejected
19964 * subqueries, aggregates, window functions, and SRFs, based
19965 * on the EXPR_KIND_ for partition expressions.
19966 */
19967
19968 /*
19969 * Preprocess the expression before checking for mutability.
19970 * This is essential for the reasons described in
19971 * contain_mutable_functions_after_planning. However, we call
19972 * expression_planner for ourselves rather than using that
19973 * function, because if constant-folding reduces the
19974 * expression to a constant, we'd like to know that so we can
19975 * complain below.
19976 *
19977 * Like contain_mutable_functions_after_planning, assume that
19978 * expression_planner won't scribble on its input, so this
19979 * won't affect the partexprs entry we saved above.
19980 */
19982
19983 /*
19984 * Partition expressions cannot contain mutable functions,
19985 * because a given row must always map to the same partition
19986 * as long as there is no change in the partition boundary
19987 * structure.
19988 */
19991 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19993
19994 /*
19995 * While it is not exactly *wrong* for a partition expression
19996 * to be a constant, it seems better to reject such keys.
19997 */
20000 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
20002 }
20003 }
20004
20005 /*
20006 * Apply collation override if any
20007 */
20010
20011 /*
20012 * Check we have a collation iff it's a collatable type. The only
20013 * expected failures here are (1) COLLATE applied to a noncollatable
20014 * type, or (2) partition expression had an unresolved collation. But
20015 * we might as well code this to be a complete consistency check.
20016 */
20018 {
20021 (errcode(ERRCODE_INDETERMINATE_COLLATION),
20024 }
20025 else
20026 {
20029 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
20031 format_type_be(atttype))));
20032 }
20033
20034 partcollation[attn] = attcollation;
20035
20036 /*
20037 * Identify the appropriate operator class. For list and range
20038 * partitioning, we use a btree operator class; hash partitioning uses
20039 * a hash operator class.
20040 */
20042 am_oid = HASH_AM_OID;
20043 else
20044 am_oid = BTREE_AM_OID;
20045
20047 {
20048 partopclass[attn] = GetDefaultOpClass(atttype, am_oid);
20049
20051 {
20054 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
20057 errhint("You must specify a hash operator class or define a default hash operator class for the data type.")));
20058 else
20060 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
20063 errhint("You must specify a btree operator class or define a default btree operator class for the data type.")));
20064 }
20065 }
20066 else
20068 atttype,
20069 am_oid == HASH_AM_OID ? "hash" : "btree",
20070 am_oid);
20071
20072 attn++;
20073 }
20074}
Bitmapset * bms_add_range(Bitmapset *a, int lower, int upper)
Definition: bitmapset.c:1018
Oid ResolveOpClass(const List *opclass, Oid attrType, const char *accessMethodName, Oid accessMethodId)
Definition: indexcmds.c:2260
Definition: bitmapset.h:50
Definition: primnodes.h:1310
Definition: primnodes.h:324
Definition: parsenodes.h:889
void pull_varattnos(Node *node, Index varno, Bitmapset **varattnos)
Definition: var.c:296
References arg, Assert(), bms_add_range(), bms_del_member(), bms_is_member(), bms_next_member(), CheckAttributeType(), CHKATYPE_IS_PARTKEY, PartitionElem::collation, contain_mutable_functions(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, PartitionElem::expr, exprCollation(), expression_planner(), exprType(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, format_type_be(), get_attname(), get_collation_oid(), GetDefaultOpClass(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, IsA, lappend(), lfirst_node, PartitionElem::location, PartitionElem::name, NIL, OidIsValid, PartitionElem::opclass, parser_errposition(), PARTITION_STRATEGY_HASH, pull_varattnos(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetNumberOfAttributes, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), ResolveOpClass(), SearchSysCacheAttName(), snprintf, TupleDescAttr(), and type_is_collatable().
Referenced by DefineRelation().
◆ ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 20140 of file tablecmds.c.
20141{
20144 int num_check,
20145 i;
20146
20147 num_check = (constr != NULL) ? constr->num_check : 0;
20149 {
20150 Node *cexpr;
20151
20152 /*
20153 * If this constraint hasn't been fully validated yet, we must ignore
20154 * it here.
20155 */
20157 continue;
20158
20159 /*
20160 * NOT ENFORCED constraints are always marked as invalid, which should
20161 * have been ignored.
20162 */
20164
20166
20167 /*
20168 * Run each expression through const-simplification and
20169 * canonicalization. It is necessary, because we will be comparing it
20170 * to similarly-processed partition constraint expressions, and may
20171 * fail to detect valid matches without this.
20172 */
20173 cexpr = eval_const_expressions(NULL, cexpr);
20175
20176 existConstraint = list_concat(existConstraint,
20178 }
20179
20180 /*
20181 * Try to make the proof. Since we are comparing CHECK constraints, we
20182 * need to use weak implication, i.e., we assume existConstraint is
20183 * not-false and try to prove the same for testConstraint.
20184 *
20185 * Note that predicate_implied_by assumes its first argument is known
20186 * immutable. That should always be true for both NOT NULL and partition
20187 * constraints, so we don't test it here.
20188 */
20190}
bool predicate_implied_by(List *predicate_list, List *clause_list, bool weak)
Definition: predtest.c:152
Definition: tupdesc.h:39
References Assert(), canonicalize_qual(), ConstrCheck::ccbin, ConstrCheck::ccenforced, ConstrCheck::ccvalid, TupleConstr::check, eval_const_expressions(), for(), i, list_concat(), list_copy(), make_ands_implicit(), TupleConstr::num_check, predicate_implied_by(), RelationGetDescr, and stringToNode().
Referenced by NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(), and PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint().
◆ constraints_equivalent()
Definition at line 17497 of file tablecmds.c.
17498{
17501
17502 if (acon->condeferrable != bcon->condeferrable ||
17503 acon->condeferred != bcon->condeferred ||
17506 return false;
17507 else
17508 return true;
17509}
static char * decompile_conbin(HeapTuple contup, TupleDesc tupdesc)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17469
References a, b, decompile_conbin(), and GETSTRUCT().
Referenced by MergeConstraintsIntoExisting().
◆ CreateFKCheckTrigger()
|
static |
Definition at line 13822 of file tablecmds.c.
13825{
13826 ObjectAddress trigAddress;
13827 CreateTrigStmt *fk_trigger;
13828
13829 /*
13830 * Note: for a self-referential FK (referencing and referenced tables are
13831 * the same), it is important that the ON UPDATE action fires before the
13832 * CHECK action, since both triggers will fire on the same row during an
13833 * UPDATE event; otherwise the CHECK trigger will be checking a non-final
13834 * state of the row. Triggers fire in name order, so we ensure this by
13835 * using names like "RI_ConstraintTrigger_a_NNNN" for the action triggers
13836 * and "RI_ConstraintTrigger_c_NNNN" for the check triggers.
13837 */
13842 fk_trigger->relation = NULL;
13843
13844 /* Either ON INSERT or ON UPDATE */
13845 if (on_insert)
13846 {
13848 fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT;
13849 }
13850 else
13851 {
13853 fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
13854 }
13855
13858 fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER;
13860 fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL;
13864 fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL;
13865
13866 trigAddress = CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, myRelOid, refRelOid,
13867 constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid,
13868 parentTrigOid, NULL, true, false);
13869
13870 /* Make changes-so-far visible */
13871 CommandCounterIncrement();
13872
13874}
List * SystemFuncName(char *name)
ObjectAddress CreateTrigger(CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString, Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid, Node *whenClause, bool isInternal, bool in_partition)
Definition: trigger.c:160
References CreateTrigStmt::args, CreateTrigStmt::columns, CommandCounterIncrement(), CreateTrigStmt::constrrel, CreateTrigger(), Constraint::deferrable, CreateTrigStmt::deferrable, CreateTrigStmt::events, CreateTrigStmt::funcname, Constraint::initdeferred, CreateTrigStmt::initdeferred, InvalidOid, CreateTrigStmt::isconstraint, makeNode, NIL, ObjectAddress::objectId, CreateTrigStmt::relation, CreateTrigStmt::replace, CreateTrigStmt::row, SystemFuncName(), CreateTrigStmt::timing, CreateTrigStmt::transitionRels, CreateTrigStmt::trigname, and CreateTrigStmt::whenClause.
Referenced by createForeignKeyCheckTriggers().
◆ createForeignKeyActionTriggers()
|
static |
Definition at line 13885 of file tablecmds.c.
13889{
13890 CreateTrigStmt *fk_trigger;
13891 ObjectAddress trigAddress;
13892
13893 /*
13894 * Build and execute a CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER statement for the ON
13895 * DELETE action on the referenced table.
13896 */
13901 fk_trigger->relation = NULL;
13904 fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER;
13905 fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE;
13907 fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL;
13909 fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL;
13910
13912 {
13917 break;
13922 break;
13927 break;
13932 break;
13937 break;
13938 default:
13941 break;
13942 }
13943
13944 trigAddress = CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, refRelOid, myRelOid,
13945 constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid,
13946 parentDelTrigger, NULL, true, false);
13947 if (deleteTrigOid)
13948 *deleteTrigOid = trigAddress.objectId;
13949
13950 /* Make changes-so-far visible */
13951 CommandCounterIncrement();
13952
13953 /*
13954 * Build and execute a CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER statement for the ON
13955 * UPDATE action on the referenced table.
13956 */
13961 fk_trigger->relation = NULL;
13964 fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER;
13965 fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
13967 fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL;
13969 fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL;
13970
13972 {
13977 break;
13982 break;
13987 break;
13992 break;
13997 break;
13998 default:
14001 break;
14002 }
14003
14004 trigAddress = CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, refRelOid, myRelOid,
14005 constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid,
14006 parentUpdTrigger, NULL, true, false);
14007 if (updateTrigOid)
14008 *updateTrigOid = trigAddress.objectId;
14009}
References CreateTrigStmt::args, CreateTrigStmt::columns, CommandCounterIncrement(), CreateTrigStmt::constrrel, CreateTrigger(), Constraint::deferrable, CreateTrigStmt::deferrable, elog, ERROR, CreateTrigStmt::events, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_upd_action, FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE, FKCONSTR_ACTION_NOACTION, FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT, FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT, FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL, CreateTrigStmt::funcname, Constraint::initdeferred, CreateTrigStmt::initdeferred, InvalidOid, CreateTrigStmt::isconstraint, makeNode, NIL, ObjectAddress::objectId, CreateTrigStmt::relation, CreateTrigStmt::replace, CreateTrigStmt::row, SystemFuncName(), CreateTrigStmt::timing, CreateTrigStmt::transitionRels, CreateTrigStmt::trigname, and CreateTrigStmt::whenClause.
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferenced(), and ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability().
◆ createForeignKeyCheckTriggers()
|
static |
Definition at line 14020 of file tablecmds.c.
14025{
14026 *insertTrigOid = CreateFKCheckTrigger(myRelOid, refRelOid, fkconstraint,
14027 constraintOid, indexOid,
14028 parentInsTrigger, true);
14029 *updateTrigOid = CreateFKCheckTrigger(myRelOid, refRelOid, fkconstraint,
14030 constraintOid, indexOid,
14031 parentUpdTrigger, false);
14032}
static Oid CreateFKCheckTrigger(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentTrigOid, bool on_insert)
Definition: tablecmds.c:13822
References CreateFKCheckTrigger().
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferencing(), and ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability().
◆ CreateInheritance()
Definition at line 17400 of file tablecmds.c.
17401{
17402 Relation catalogRelation;
17403 SysScanDesc scan;
17405 HeapTuple inheritsTuple;
17406 int32 inhseqno;
17407
17408 /* Note: get RowExclusiveLock because we will write pg_inherits below. */
17410
17411 /*
17412 * Check for duplicates in the list of parents, and determine the highest
17413 * inhseqno already present; we'll use the next one for the new parent.
17414 * Also, if proposed child is a partition, it cannot already be
17415 * inheriting.
17416 *
17417 * Note: we do not reject the case where the child already inherits from
17418 * the parent indirectly; CREATE TABLE doesn't reject comparable cases.
17419 */
17421 Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
17422 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
17424 scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId,
17426
17427 /* inhseqno sequences start at 1 */
17428 inhseqno = 0;
17430 {
17432
17435 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
17437 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
17438
17439 if (inh->inhseqno > inhseqno)
17440 inhseqno = inh->inhseqno;
17441 }
17442 systable_endscan(scan);
17443
17444 /* Match up the columns and bump attinhcount as needed */
17445 MergeAttributesIntoExisting(child_rel, parent_rel, ispartition);
17446
17447 /* Match up the constraints and bump coninhcount as needed */
17448 MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(child_rel, parent_rel);
17449
17450 /*
17451 * OK, it looks valid. Make the catalog entries that show inheritance.
17452 */
17454 RelationGetRelid(parent_rel),
17455 inhseqno + 1,
17456 catalogRelation,
17457 parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind ==
17458 RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
17459
17460 /* Now we're done with pg_inherits */
17462}
static void MergeAttributesIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17526
static void StoreCatalogInheritance1(Oid relationId, Oid parentOid, int32 seqNumber, Relation inhRelation, bool child_is_partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3562
static void MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17664
References BTEqualStrategyNumber, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, MergeAttributesIntoExisting(), MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), StoreCatalogInheritance1(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAddInherit(), and attachPartitionTable().
◆ createPartitionTable()
|
static |
Definition at line 22455 of file tablecmds.c.
22457{
22458 Relation newRel;
22459 Oid newRelId;
22460 Oid existingRelid;
22463 Oid relamId;
22464 Oid namespaceId;
22465 AlteredTableInfo *new_partrel_tab;
22467
22468 /* If the existing rel is temp, it must belong to this session. */
22471 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
22473
22474 /* Look up inheritance ancestors and generate the relation schema. */
22475 colList = getAttributesList(parent_rel);
22476
22477 /* Create a tuple descriptor from the relation schema. */
22479
22480 /* Look up the access method for the new relation. */
22481 relamId = (parent_relform->relam != InvalidOid) ? parent_relform->relam : HEAP_TABLE_AM_OID;
22482
22483 /* Look up the namespace in which we are supposed to create the relation. */
22484 namespaceId =
22488 errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
22490
22491 /*
22492 * We intended to create the partition with the same persistence as the
22493 * parent table, but we still need to recheck because that might be
22494 * affected by the search_path. If the parent is permanent, so must be
22495 * all of its partitions.
22496 */
22497 if (parent_relform->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP &&
22498 newPartName->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
22500 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
22502 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel)));
22503
22504 /* Permanent rels cannot be partitions belonging to a temporary parent. */
22506 parent_relform->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
22508 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
22510 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel)));
22511
22512 /* Create the relation. */
22514 namespaceId,
22515 parent_relform->reltablespace,
22516 InvalidOid,
22517 InvalidOid,
22518 InvalidOid,
22519 ownerId,
22520 relamId,
22521 descriptor,
22522 NIL,
22523 RELKIND_RELATION,
22524 newPartName->relpersistence,
22525 false,
22526 false,
22527 ONCOMMIT_NOOP,
22528 (Datum) 0,
22529 true,
22530 allowSystemTableMods,
22531 true,
22532 InvalidOid,
22533 NULL);
22534
22535 /*
22536 * We must bump the command counter to make the newly-created relation
22537 * tuple visible for opening.
22538 */
22539 CommandCounterIncrement();
22540
22541 /*
22542 * Open the new partition with no lock, because we already have an
22543 * AccessExclusiveLock placed there after creation.
22544 */
22546
22547 /* Find or create a work queue entry for the newly created table. */
22548 new_partrel_tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, newRel);
22549
22550 /* Create constraints, default values, and generated values. */
22551 createTableConstraints(wqueue, new_partrel_tab, parent_rel, newRel);
22552
22553 /*
22554 * Need to call CommandCounterIncrement, so a fresh relcache entry has
22555 * newly installed constraint info.
22556 */
22557 CommandCounterIncrement();
22558
22559 return newRel;
22560}
Oid heap_create_with_catalog(const char *relname, Oid relnamespace, Oid reltablespace, Oid relid, Oid reltypeid, Oid reloftypeid, Oid ownerid, Oid accessmtd, TupleDesc tupdesc, List *cooked_constraints, char relkind, char relpersistence, bool shared_relation, bool mapped_relation, OnCommitAction oncommit, Datum reloptions, bool use_user_acl, bool allow_system_table_mods, bool is_internal, Oid relrewrite, ObjectAddress *typaddress)
Definition: heap.c:1122
Definition: ecpglib_extern.h:113
static void createTableConstraints(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation parent_rel, Relation newRel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22248
References allowSystemTableMods, ATGetQueueEntry(), BuildDescForRelation(), CommandCounterIncrement(), createTableConstraints(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, getAttributesList(), heap_create_with_catalog(), InvalidOid, NIL, NoLock, OidIsValid, ONCOMMIT_NOOP, RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(), RelationData::rd_rel, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetRelationName, RangeVar::relname, RangeVar::relpersistence, and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecMergePartitions(), and ATExecSplitPartition().
◆ createSplitPartitionContext()
|
static |
Definition at line 22943 of file tablecmds.c.
22944{
22945 SplitPartitionContext *pc;
22946
22948 pc->partRel = partRel;
22949
22950 /*
22951 * Prepare a BulkInsertState for table_tuple_insert. The FSM is empty, so
22952 * don't bother using it.
22953 */
22955
22956 /* Create a destination tuple slot for the new partition. */
22958
22959 return pc;
22960}
Definition: tablecmds.c:22929
TupleTableSlot * table_slot_create(Relation relation, List **reglist)
Definition: tableam.c:92
References SplitPartitionContext::bistate, SplitPartitionContext::dstslot, GetBulkInsertState(), palloc0_object, SplitPartitionContext::partRel, and table_slot_create().
Referenced by SplitPartitionMoveRows().
◆ createTableConstraints()
|
static |
Definition at line 22248 of file tablecmds.c.
22250{
22251 TupleDesc tupleDesc;
22252 TupleConstr *constr;
22253 AttrMap *attmap;
22254 AttrNumber parent_attno;
22255 int ccnum;
22258
22259 tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(parent_rel);
22260 constr = tupleDesc->constr;
22261
22262 if (!constr)
22263 return;
22264
22265 /*
22266 * Construct a map from the parent relation's attnos to the child rel's.
22267 * This re-checks type match, etc, although it shouldn't be possible to
22268 * have a failure since both tables are locked.
22269 */
22271 tupleDesc,
22272 false);
22273
22274 /* Cycle for default values. */
22276 {
22278 parent_attno - 1);
22279
22280 /* Ignore dropped columns in the parent. */
22281 if (attribute->attisdropped)
22282 continue;
22283
22284 /* Copy the default, if present, and it should be copied. */
22285 if (attribute->atthasdef)
22286 {
22287 Node *this_default = NULL;
22288 bool found_whole_row;
22289 AttrNumber num;
22290 Node *def;
22292
22293 if (attribute->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
22294 this_default = build_generation_expression(parent_rel, attribute->attnum);
22295 else
22296 {
22297 this_default = TupleDescGetDefault(tupleDesc, attribute->attnum);
22298 if (this_default == NULL)
22300 attribute->attnum, RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel));
22301 }
22302
22303 num = attmap->attnums[parent_attno - 1];
22305
22306 if (found_whole_row && attribute->attgenerated != '\0')
22308
22309 /* Add a pre-cooked default expression. */
22311
22312 /*
22313 * Stored generated column expressions in parent_rel might
22314 * reference the tableoid. newRel, parent_rel tableoid clear is
22315 * not the same. If so, these stored generated columns require
22316 * recomputation for newRel within MergePartitionsMoveRows.
22317 */
22318 if (attribute->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED)
22319 {
22321 newval->attnum = num;
22325 }
22326 }
22327 }
22328
22329 /* Cycle for CHECK constraints. */
22331 {
22337 Node *ccbin_node;
22338 bool found_whole_row;
22339 Constraint *constr;
22340
22341 /*
22342 * The partitioned table can not have a NO INHERIT check constraint
22343 * (see StoreRelCheck function for details).
22344 */
22345 Assert(!ccnoinherit);
22346
22348 1, 0,
22349 attmap,
22350 InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
22351
22352 /*
22353 * For the moment we have to reject whole-row variables (as for CREATE
22354 * TABLE LIKE and inheritances).
22355 */
22356 if (found_whole_row)
22358 ccname,
22359 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel));
22360
22366 constr->is_enforced = ccenforced;
22367 constr->skip_validation = !ccvalid;
22368 constr->initially_valid = ccvalid;
22369 constr->is_no_inherit = ccnoinherit;
22370 constr->raw_expr = NULL;
22372 constr->location = -1;
22373 constraints = lappend(constraints, constr);
22374 }
22375
22376 /* Install all CHECK constraints. */
22378 false, true, true, NULL);
22379
22380 /* Make the additional catalog changes visible. */
22381 CommandCounterIncrement();
22382
22383 /*
22384 * parent_rel check constraint expression may reference tableoid, so later
22385 * in MergePartitionsMoveRows, we need to evaluate the check constraint
22386 * again for the newRel. We can check whether the check constraint
22387 * contains a tableoid reference via pull_varattnos.
22388 */
22390 {
22391 if (!ccon->skip_validation)
22392 {
22393 Node *qual;
22394 Bitmapset *attnums = NULL;
22395
22397 qual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(ccon->expr, newRel, 1);
22398 pull_varattnos(qual, 1, &attnums);
22399
22400 /*
22401 * Add a check only if it contains a tableoid
22402 * (TableOidAttributeNumber).
22403 */
22405 attnums))
22406 {
22407 NewConstraint *newcon;
22408
22410 newcon->name = ccon->name;
22412 newcon->qual = qual;
22413
22415 }
22416 }
22417 }
22418
22419 /* Don't need the cookedConstraints anymore. */
22420 list_free_deep(cookedConstraints);
22421
22422 /* Reproduce not-null constraints. */
22423 if (constr->has_not_null)
22424 {
22425 List *nnconstraints;
22426
22427 /*
22428 * The "include_noinh" argument is false because a partitioned table
22429 * can't have NO INHERIT constraint.
22430 */
22432 false, false);
22433
22435
22436 /*
22437 * We already set pg_attribute.attnotnull in createPartitionTable. No
22438 * need call set_attnotnull again.
22439 */
22441 }
22442}
List * RelationGetNotNullConstraints(Oid relid, bool cooked, bool include_noinh)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:817
Node * build_generation_expression(Relation rel, int attrno)
Definition: rewriteHandler.c:4521
Node * TupleDescGetDefault(TupleDesc tupdesc, AttrNumber attnum)
Definition: tupdesc.c:1092
References AddRelationNewConstraints(), Assert(), AttrMap::attnums, bms_is_member(), build_attrmap_by_name(), build_generation_expression(), ConstrCheck::ccbin, ConstrCheck::ccenforced, ConstrCheck::ccname, ConstrCheck::ccnoinherit, ConstrCheck::ccvalid, TupleConstr::check, CommandCounterIncrement(), Constraint::conname, TupleDescData::constr, CONSTR_CHECK, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, Constraint::contype, Constraint::cooked_expr, Constraint::deferrable, elog, ERROR, expand_generated_columns_in_expr(), expression_planner(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, foreach_ptr, TupleConstr::has_not_null, Constraint::initdeferred, Constraint::initially_valid, InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, Constraint::is_no_inherit, lappend(), list_free_deep(), list_length(), Constraint::location, makeNode, map_variable_attnos(), NewConstraint::name, TupleDescData::natts, newval, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, NIL, nodeToString(), TupleConstr::num_check, palloc0_object, pstrdup(), pull_varattnos(), NewConstraint::qual, Constraint::raw_expr, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetNotNullConstraints(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, Constraint::skip_validation, StoreAttrDefault(), stringToNode(), TableOidAttributeNumber, TupleDescAttr(), and TupleDescGetDefault().
Referenced by createPartitionTable().
◆ decompile_conbin()
Definition at line 17469 of file tablecmds.c.
17470{
17471 Form_pg_constraint con;
17472 bool isnull;
17473 Datum attr;
17474 Datum expr;
17475
17477 attr = heap_getattr(contup, Anum_pg_constraint_conbin, tupdesc, &isnull);
17478 if (isnull)
17480
17482 ObjectIdGetDatum(con->conrelid));
17484}
References DirectFunctionCall2, elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_getattr(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), pg_get_expr(), and TextDatumGetCString.
Referenced by constraints_equivalent().
◆ DefineRelation()
| ObjectAddress DefineRelation | ( | CreateStmt * | stmt, |
| char | relkind, | ||
| Oid | ownerId, | ||
| ObjectAddress * | typaddress, | ||
| const char * | queryString | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 769 of file tablecmds.c.
771{
773 Oid namespaceId;
774 Oid relationId;
775 Oid tablespaceId;
776 Relation rel;
778 List *inheritOids;
779 List *old_constraints;
780 List *old_notnulls;
781 List *rawDefaults;
782 List *cookedDefaults;
783 List *nncols;
784 Datum reloptions;
785 ListCell *listptr;
787 bool partitioned;
789 Oid ofTypeId;
790 ObjectAddress address;
791 LOCKMODE parentLockmode;
793
794 /*
795 * Truncate relname to appropriate length (probably a waste of time, as
796 * parser should have done this already).
797 */
799
800 /*
801 * Check consistency of arguments
802 */
804 && stmt->relation->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
806 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
808
810 {
811 if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION)
813
814 relkind = RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
815 partitioned = true;
816 }
817 else
818 partitioned = false;
819
820 if (relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
821 stmt->relation->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED)
823 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
825
826 /*
827 * Look up the namespace in which we are supposed to create the relation,
828 * check we have permission to create there, lock it against concurrent
829 * drop, and mark stmt->relation as RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP if a temporary
830 * namespace is selected.
831 */
832 namespaceId =
834
835 /*
836 * Security check: disallow creating temp tables from security-restricted
837 * code. This is needed because calling code might not expect untrusted
838 * tables to appear in pg_temp at the front of its search path.
839 */
841 && InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
843 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
845
846 /*
847 * Determine the lockmode to use when scanning parents. A self-exclusive
848 * lock is needed here.
849 *
850 * For regular inheritance, if two backends attempt to add children to the
851 * same parent simultaneously, and that parent has no pre-existing
852 * children, then both will attempt to update the parent's relhassubclass
853 * field, leading to a "tuple concurrently updated" error. Also, this
854 * interlocks against a concurrent ANALYZE on the parent table, which
855 * might otherwise be attempting to clear the parent's relhassubclass
856 * field, if its previous children were recently dropped.
857 *
858 * If the child table is a partition, then we instead grab an exclusive
859 * lock on the parent because its partition descriptor will be changed by
860 * addition of the new partition.
861 */
863 ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
864
865 /* Determine the list of OIDs of the parents. */
866 inheritOids = NIL;
868 {
870 Oid parentOid;
871
873
874 /*
875 * Reject duplications in the list of parents.
876 */
879 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
881 get_rel_name(parentOid))));
882
883 inheritOids = lappend_oid(inheritOids, parentOid);
884 }
885
886 /*
887 * Select tablespace to use: an explicitly indicated one, or (in the case
888 * of a partitioned table) the parent's, if it has one.
889 */
891 {
893
896 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
898 }
900 {
903 }
904 else
905 tablespaceId = InvalidOid;
906
907 /* still nothing? use the default */
910 partitioned);
911
912 /* Check permissions except when using database's default */
914 {
915 AclResult aclresult;
916
918 ACL_CREATE);
921 get_tablespace_name(tablespaceId));
922 }
923
924 /* In all cases disallow placing user relations in pg_global */
925 if (tablespaceId == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID)
927 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
929
930 /* Identify user ID that will own the table */
932 ownerId = GetUserId();
933
934 /*
935 * Parse and validate reloptions, if any.
936 */
938 true, false);
939
940 switch (relkind)
941 {
942 case RELKIND_VIEW:
944 break;
945 case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
947 break;
948 default:
950 }
951
953 {
954 AclResult aclresult;
955
957
960 aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, ofTypeId);
961 }
962 else
963 ofTypeId = InvalidOid;
964
965 /*
966 * Look up inheritance ancestors and generate relation schema, including
967 * inherited attributes. (Note that stmt->tableElts is destructively
968 * modified by MergeAttributes.)
969 */
970 stmt->tableElts =
972 stmt->relation->relpersistence,
973 stmt->partbound != NULL,
974 &old_constraints, &old_notnulls);
975
976 /*
977 * Create a tuple descriptor from the relation schema. Note that this
978 * deals with column names, types, and in-descriptor NOT NULL flags, but
979 * not default values, NOT NULL or CHECK constraints; we handle those
980 * below.
981 */
983
984 /*
985 * Find columns with default values and prepare for insertion of the
986 * defaults. Pre-cooked (that is, inherited) defaults go into a list of
987 * CookedConstraint structs that we'll pass to heap_create_with_catalog,
988 * while raw defaults go into a list of RawColumnDefault structs that will
989 * be processed by AddRelationNewConstraints. (We can't deal with raw
990 * expressions until we can do transformExpr.)
991 */
992 rawDefaults = NIL;
993 cookedDefaults = NIL;
994 attnum = 0;
995
997 {
999
1000 attnum++;
1002 {
1003 RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
1004
1006
1011 rawDefaults = lappend(rawDefaults, rawEnt);
1012 }
1014 {
1015 CookedConstraint *cooked;
1016
1020 cooked->name = NULL;
1028 cookedDefaults = lappend(cookedDefaults, cooked);
1029 }
1030 }
1031
1032 /*
1033 * For relations with table AM and partitioned tables, select access
1034 * method to use: an explicitly indicated one, or (in the case of a
1035 * partitioned table) the parent's, if it has one.
1036 */
1038 {
1039 Assert(RELKIND_HAS_TABLE_AM(relkind) || relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
1041 }
1042 else if (RELKIND_HAS_TABLE_AM(relkind) || relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1043 {
1045 {
1048 }
1049
1052 }
1053
1054 /*
1055 * Create the relation. Inherited defaults and CHECK constraints are
1056 * passed in for immediate handling --- since they don't need parsing,
1057 * they can be stored immediately.
1058 */
1060 namespaceId,
1061 tablespaceId,
1062 InvalidOid,
1063 InvalidOid,
1064 ofTypeId,
1065 ownerId,
1066 accessMethodId,
1067 descriptor,
1068 list_concat(cookedDefaults,
1069 old_constraints),
1070 relkind,
1071 stmt->relation->relpersistence,
1072 false,
1073 false,
1074 stmt->oncommit,
1075 reloptions,
1076 true,
1077 allowSystemTableMods,
1078 false,
1079 InvalidOid,
1080 typaddress);
1081
1082 /*
1083 * We must bump the command counter to make the newly-created relation
1084 * tuple visible for opening.
1085 */
1086 CommandCounterIncrement();
1087
1088 /*
1089 * Open the new relation and acquire exclusive lock on it. This isn't
1090 * really necessary for locking out other backends (since they can't see
1091 * the new rel anyway until we commit), but it keeps the lock manager from
1092 * complaining about deadlock risks.
1093 */
1095
1096 /*
1097 * Now add any newly specified column default and generation expressions
1098 * to the new relation. These are passed to us in the form of raw
1099 * parsetrees; we need to transform them to executable expression trees
1100 * before they can be added. The most convenient way to do that is to
1101 * apply the parser's transformExpr routine, but transformExpr doesn't
1102 * work unless we have a pre-existing relation. So, the transformation has
1103 * to be postponed to this final step of CREATE TABLE.
1104 *
1105 * This needs to be before processing the partitioning clauses because
1106 * those could refer to generated columns.
1107 */
1108 if (rawDefaults)
1110 true, true, false, queryString);
1111
1112 /*
1113 * Make column generation expressions visible for use by partitioning.
1114 */
1115 CommandCounterIncrement();
1116
1117 /* Process and store partition bound, if any. */
1119 {
1120 PartitionBoundSpec *bound;
1121 ParseState *pstate;
1123 defaultPartOid;
1124 Relation parent,
1125 defaultRel = NULL;
1126 ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem;
1127
1128 /* Already have strong enough lock on the parent */
1130
1131 /*
1132 * We are going to try to validate the partition bound specification
1133 * against the partition key of parentRel, so it better have one.
1134 */
1137 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
1139 RelationGetRelationName(parent))));
1140
1141 /*
1142 * The partition constraint of the default partition depends on the
1143 * partition bounds of every other partition. It is possible that
1144 * another backend might be about to execute a query on the default
1145 * partition table, and that the query relies on previously cached
1146 * default partition constraints. We must therefore take a table lock
1147 * strong enough to prevent all queries on the default partition from
1148 * proceeding until we commit and send out a shared-cache-inval notice
1149 * that will make them update their index lists.
1150 *
1151 * Order of locking: The relation being added won't be visible to
1152 * other backends until it is committed, hence here in
1153 * DefineRelation() the order of locking the default partition and the
1154 * relation being added does not matter. But at all other places we
1155 * need to lock the default relation before we lock the relation being
1156 * added or removed i.e. we should take the lock in same order at all
1157 * the places such that lock parent, lock default partition and then
1158 * lock the partition so as to avoid a deadlock.
1159 */
1160 defaultPartOid =
1162 true));
1165
1166 /* Transform the bound values */
1167 pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
1168 pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString;
1169
1170 /*
1171 * Add an nsitem containing this relation, so that transformExpr
1172 * called on partition bound expressions is able to report errors
1173 * using a proper context.
1174 */
1176 NULL, false, false);
1178
1180
1181 /*
1182 * Check first that the new partition's bound is valid and does not
1183 * overlap with any of existing partitions of the parent.
1184 */
1186
1187 /*
1188 * If the default partition exists, its partition constraints will
1189 * change after the addition of this new partition such that it won't
1190 * allow any row that qualifies for this new partition. So, check that
1191 * the existing data in the default partition satisfies the constraint
1192 * as it will exist after adding this partition.
1193 */
1195 {
1196 check_default_partition_contents(parent, defaultRel, bound);
1197 /* Keep the lock until commit. */
1199 }
1200
1201 /* Update the pg_class entry. */
1202 StorePartitionBound(rel, parent, bound);
1203
1205 }
1206
1207 /* Store inheritance information for new rel. */
1209
1210 /*
1211 * Process the partitioning specification (if any) and store the partition
1212 * key information into the catalog.
1213 */
1214 if (partitioned)
1215 {
1216 ParseState *pstate;
1217 int partnatts;
1222
1223 pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
1224 pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString;
1225
1227
1228 /* Protect fixed-size arrays here and in executor */
1231 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
1233 PARTITION_MAX_KEYS)));
1234
1235 /*
1236 * We need to transform the raw parsetrees corresponding to partition
1237 * expressions into executable expression trees. Like column defaults
1238 * and CHECK constraints, we could not have done the transformation
1239 * earlier.
1240 */
1242
1244 partattrs, &partexprs, partopclass,
1245 partcollation, stmt->partspec->strategy);
1246
1248 partexprs,
1249 partopclass, partcollation);
1250
1251 /* make it all visible */
1252 CommandCounterIncrement();
1253 }
1254
1255 /*
1256 * If we're creating a partition, create now all the indexes, triggers,
1257 * FKs defined in the parent.
1258 *
1259 * We can't do it earlier, because DefineIndex wants to know the partition
1260 * key which we just stored.
1261 */
1263 {
1265 Relation parent;
1266 List *idxlist;
1267 ListCell *cell;
1268
1269 /* Already have strong enough lock on the parent */
1271 idxlist = RelationGetIndexList(parent);
1272
1273 /*
1274 * For each index in the parent table, create one in the partition
1275 */
1276 foreach(cell, idxlist)
1277 {
1279 AttrMap *attmap;
1280 IndexStmt *idxstmt;
1281 Oid constraintOid;
1282
1284 {
1287 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1289 RelationGetRelationName(parent)),
1291 RelationGetRelationName(parent))));
1292 else
1293 {
1295 continue;
1296 }
1297 }
1298
1300 RelationGetDescr(parent),
1301 false);
1302 idxstmt =
1303 generateClonedIndexStmt(NULL, idxRel,
1304 attmap, &constraintOid);
1306 idxstmt,
1307 InvalidOid,
1308 RelationGetRelid(idxRel),
1309 constraintOid,
1310 -1,
1311 false, false, false, false, false);
1312
1314 }
1315
1316 list_free(idxlist);
1317
1318 /*
1319 * If there are any row-level triggers, clone them to the new
1320 * partition.
1321 */
1323 CloneRowTriggersToPartition(parent, rel);
1324
1325 /*
1326 * And foreign keys too. Note that because we're freshly creating the
1327 * table, there is no need to verify these new constraints.
1328 */
1329 CloneForeignKeyConstraints(NULL, parent, rel);
1330
1332 }
1333
1334 /*
1335 * Now add any newly specified CHECK constraints to the new relation. Same
1336 * as for defaults above, but these need to come after partitioning is set
1337 * up.
1338 */
1341 true, true, false, queryString);
1342
1343 /*
1344 * Finally, merge the not-null constraints that are declared directly with
1345 * those that come from parent relations (making sure to count inheritance
1346 * appropriately for each), create them, and set the attnotnull flag on
1347 * columns that don't yet have it.
1348 */
1350 old_notnulls);
1351 foreach_int(attrnum, nncols)
1353
1354 ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, relationId);
1355
1356 /*
1357 * Clean up. We keep lock on new relation (although it shouldn't be
1358 * visible to anyone else anyway, until commit).
1359 */
1361
1362 return address;
1363}
Oid GetDefaultTablespace(char relpersistence, bool partitioned)
Definition: tablespace.c:1143
void StorePartitionKey(Relation rel, char strategy, int16 partnatts, AttrNumber *partattrs, List *partexprs, Oid *partopclass, Oid *partcollation)
Definition: heap.c:3894
List * AddRelationNotNullConstraints(Relation rel, List *constraints, List *old_notnulls)
Definition: heap.c:2894
ParseNamespaceItem * addRangeTableEntryForRelation(ParseState *pstate, Relation rel, int lockmode, Alias *alias, bool inh, bool inFromCl)
Definition: parse_relation.c:1580
void addNSItemToQuery(ParseState *pstate, ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem, bool addToJoinList, bool addToRelNameSpace, bool addToVarNameSpace)
Definition: parse_relation.c:2706
Oid typenameTypeId(ParseState *pstate, const TypeName *typeName)
Definition: parse_type.c:291
PartitionBoundSpec * transformPartitionBound(ParseState *pstate, Relation parent, PartitionBoundSpec *spec)
Definition: parse_utilcmd.c:4591
void check_default_partition_contents(Relation parent, Relation default_rel, PartitionBoundSpec *new_spec)
Definition: partbounds.c:3244
Definition: parse_node.h:293
Definition: parsenodes.h:925
static void ComputePartitionAttrs(ParseState *pstate, Relation rel, List *partParams, AttrNumber *partattrs, List **partexprs, Oid *partopclass, Oid *partcollation, PartitionStrategy strategy)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19811
static void StoreCatalogInheritance(Oid relationId, List *supers, bool child_is_partition)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3518
static PartitionSpec * transformPartitionSpec(Relation rel, PartitionSpec *partspec)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19753
static List * MergeAttributes(List *columns, const List *supers, char relpersistence, bool is_partition, List **supconstr, List **supnotnulls)
Definition: tablecmds.c:2544
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, ACL_CREATE, ACL_USAGE, aclcheck_error(), aclcheck_error_type(), ACLCHECK_OK, addNSItemToQuery(), addRangeTableEntryForRelation(), AddRelationNewConstraints(), AddRelationNotNullConstraints(), allowSystemTableMods, Assert(), RawColumnDefault::attnum, CookedConstraint::attnum, attnum, build_attrmap_by_name(), BuildDescForRelation(), check_default_partition_contents(), check_new_partition_bound(), CloneForeignKeyConstraints(), CloneRowTriggersToPartition(), CommandCounterIncrement(), ComputePartitionAttrs(), CookedConstraint::conoid, CONSTR_DEFAULT, CookedConstraint::contype, ColumnDef::cooked_default, default_table_access_method, DefineIndex(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, CookedConstraint::expr, foreach_int, generateClonedIndexStmt(), RawColumnDefault::generated, ColumnDef::generated, get_default_oid_from_partdesc(), get_rel_name(), get_rel_relam(), get_rel_tablespace(), get_table_am_oid(), get_tablespace_name(), get_tablespace_oid(), GetDefaultTablespace(), GetUserId(), heap_create_with_catalog(), HEAP_RELOPT_NAMESPACES, heap_reloptions(), index_close(), index_open(), CookedConstraint::inhcount, InSecurityRestrictedOperation(), InvalidOid, CookedConstraint::is_enforced, CookedConstraint::is_local, CookedConstraint::is_no_inherit, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, linitial_oid, list_concat(), list_free(), list_length(), list_member_oid(), make_parsestate(), MergeAttributes(), MyDatabaseTableSpace, CookedConstraint::name, NAMEDATALEN, NIL, NoLock, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_TABLESPACE, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, ONCOMMIT_NOOP, ParseState::p_sourcetext, palloc_object, PARTITION_MAX_KEYS, partitioned_table_reloptions(), RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(), RangeVarGetRelid, RawColumnDefault::raw_default, ColumnDef::raw_default, RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, relname, set_attnotnull(), ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, CookedConstraint::skip_validation, stmt, StoreCatalogInheritance(), StorePartitionBound(), StorePartitionKey(), strlcpy(), table_close(), table_open(), transformPartitionBound(), transformPartitionSpec(), transformRelOptions(), RelationData::trigdesc, typenameTypeId(), and view_reloptions().
Referenced by create_ctas_internal(), DefineCompositeType(), DefineSequence(), DefineVirtualRelation(), and ProcessUtilitySlow().
◆ deleteSplitPartitionContext()
|
static |
Definition at line 22966 of file tablecmds.c.
22967{
22968 ListCell *ltab;
22969
22972
22974
22975 /*
22976 * We don't need to process this pc->partRel so delete the ALTER TABLE
22977 * queue of it.
22978 */
22979 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
22980 {
22982
22984 {
22985 *wqueue = list_delete_cell(*wqueue, ltab);
22986 break;
22987 }
22988 }
22989
22990 pfree(pc);
22991}
References SplitPartitionContext::bistate, SplitPartitionContext::dstslot, ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), FreeBulkInsertState(), lfirst, list_delete_cell(), SplitPartitionContext::partRel, pfree(), RelationGetRelid, AlteredTableInfo::relid, and table_finish_bulk_insert().
Referenced by SplitPartitionMoveRows().
◆ DetachPartitionFinalize()
|
static |
Definition at line 21127 of file tablecmds.c.
21129{
21130 Relation classRel;
21131 List *fks;
21132 ListCell *cell;
21133 List *indexes;
21134 Datum new_val[Natts_pg_class];
21135 bool new_null[Natts_pg_class],
21136 new_repl[Natts_pg_class];
21137 HeapTuple tuple,
21138 newtuple;
21139 Relation trigrel = NULL;
21141
21142 if (concurrent)
21143 {
21144 /*
21145 * We can remove the pg_inherits row now. (In the non-concurrent case,
21146 * this was already done).
21147 */
21149 }
21150
21151 /* Drop any triggers that were cloned on creation/attach. */
21153
21154 /*
21155 * Detach any foreign keys that are inherited. This includes creating
21156 * additional action triggers.
21157 */
21161
21162 /*
21163 * It's possible that the partition being detached has a foreign key that
21164 * references a partitioned table. When that happens, there are multiple
21165 * pg_constraint rows for the partition: one points to the partitioned
21166 * table itself, while the others point to each of its partitions. Only
21167 * the topmost one is to be considered here; the child constraints must be
21168 * left alone, because conceptually those aren't coming from our parent
21169 * partitioned table, but from this partition itself.
21170 *
21171 * We implement this by collecting all the constraint OIDs in a first scan
21172 * of the FK array, and skipping in the loop below those constraints whose
21173 * parents are listed here.
21174 */
21176 fkoids = lappend_oid(fkoids, fk->conoid);
21177
21178 foreach(cell, fks)
21179 {
21181 HeapTuple contup;
21182 Form_pg_constraint conform;
21183
21188
21189 /*
21190 * Consider only inherited foreign keys, and only if their parents
21191 * aren't in the list.
21192 */
21193 if (conform->contype != CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN ||
21194 !OidIsValid(conform->conparentid) ||
21195 list_member_oid(fkoids, conform->conparentid))
21196 {
21197 ReleaseSysCache(contup);
21198 continue;
21199 }
21200
21201 /*
21202 * The constraint on this table must be marked no longer a child of
21203 * the parent's constraint, as do its check triggers.
21204 */
21206
21207 /*
21208 * Also, look up the partition's "check" triggers corresponding to the
21209 * ENFORCED constraint being detached and detach them from the parent
21210 * triggers. NOT ENFORCED constraints do not have these triggers;
21211 * therefore, this step is not needed.
21212 */
21214 {
21215 Oid insertTriggerOid,
21216 updateTriggerOid;
21217
21218 GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(trigrel,
21220 &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
21223 RelationGetRelid(partRel));
21226 RelationGetRelid(partRel));
21227 }
21228
21229 /*
21230 * Lastly, create the action triggers on the referenced table, using
21231 * addFkRecurseReferenced, which requires some elaborate setup (so put
21232 * it in a separate block). While at it, if the table is partitioned,
21233 * that function will recurse to create the pg_constraint rows and
21234 * action triggers for each partition.
21235 *
21236 * Note there's no need to do addFkConstraint() here, because the
21237 * pg_constraint row already exists.
21238 */
21239 {
21240 Constraint *fkconstraint;
21241 int numfks;
21247 int numfkdelsetcols;
21249 Relation refdRel;
21250
21251 DeconstructFkConstraintRow(contup,
21252 &numfks,
21253 conkey,
21254 confkey,
21255 conpfeqop,
21256 conppeqop,
21257 conffeqop,
21258 &numfkdelsetcols,
21259 confdelsetcols);
21260
21261 /* Create a synthetic node we'll use throughout */
21263 fkconstraint->contype = CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN;
21265 fkconstraint->deferrable = conform->condeferrable;
21266 fkconstraint->initdeferred = conform->condeferred;
21267 fkconstraint->is_enforced = conform->conenforced;
21269 fkconstraint->initially_valid = conform->convalidated;
21270 /* a few irrelevant fields omitted here */
21271 fkconstraint->pktable = NULL;
21274 fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = conform->confmatchtype;
21275 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = conform->confupdtype;
21276 fkconstraint->fk_del_action = conform->confdeltype;
21280 fkconstraint->location = -1;
21281
21282 /* set up colnames, used to generate the constraint name */
21284 {
21285 Form_pg_attribute att;
21286
21288 conkey[i] - 1);
21289
21292 }
21293
21295
21296 addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint, partRel,
21297 refdRel,
21298 conform->conindid,
21299 fk->conoid,
21300 numfks,
21301 confkey,
21302 conkey,
21303 conpfeqop,
21304 conppeqop,
21305 conffeqop,
21306 numfkdelsetcols,
21307 confdelsetcols,
21308 true,
21310 conform->conperiod);
21312 }
21313
21314 ReleaseSysCache(contup);
21315 }
21316 list_free_deep(fks);
21317 if (trigrel)
21319
21320 /*
21321 * Any sub-constraints that are in the referenced-side of a larger
21322 * constraint have to be removed. This partition is no longer part of the
21323 * key space of the constraint.
21324 */
21326 {
21328 ObjectAddress constraint;
21329
21331 deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(ConstraintRelationId,
21332 constrOid,
21333 ConstraintRelationId,
21334 DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
21335 CommandCounterIncrement();
21336
21337 ObjectAddressSet(constraint, ConstraintRelationId, constrOid);
21339 }
21340
21341 /* Now we can detach indexes */
21342 indexes = RelationGetIndexList(partRel);
21343 foreach(cell, indexes)
21344 {
21346 Oid parentidx;
21348 Oid constrOid;
21349 Oid parentConstrOid;
21350
21352 continue;
21353
21356
21359
21360 /*
21361 * If there's a constraint associated with the index, detach it too.
21362 * Careful: it is possible for a constraint index in a partition to be
21363 * the child of a non-constraint index, so verify whether the parent
21364 * index does actually have a constraint.
21365 */
21367 idxid);
21369 parentidx);
21372
21374 }
21375
21376 /* Update pg_class tuple */
21378 tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID,
21382 RelationGetRelid(partRel));
21384
21385 /* Clear relpartbound and reset relispartition */
21386 memset(new_val, 0, sizeof(new_val));
21387 memset(new_null, false, sizeof(new_null));
21388 memset(new_repl, false, sizeof(new_repl));
21389 new_val[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = (Datum) 0;
21390 new_null[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = true;
21391 new_repl[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = true;
21393 new_val, new_null, new_repl);
21394
21397 heap_freetuple(newtuple);
21399
21400 /*
21401 * Drop identity property from all identity columns of partition.
21402 */
21404 {
21406
21407 if (!attr->attisdropped && attr->attidentity)
21410 }
21411
21413 {
21414 /*
21415 * If the relation being detached is the default partition itself,
21416 * remove it from the parent's pg_partitioned_table entry.
21417 *
21418 * If not, we must invalidate default partition's relcache entry, as
21419 * in StorePartitionBound: its partition constraint depends on every
21420 * other partition's partition constraint.
21421 */
21424 else
21425 CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(defaultPartOid);
21426 }
21427
21428 /*
21429 * Invalidate the parent's relcache so that the partition is no longer
21430 * included in its partition descriptor.
21431 */
21432 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
21433
21434 /*
21435 * If the partition we just detached is partitioned itself, invalidate
21436 * relcache for all descendent partitions too to ensure that their
21437 * rd_partcheck expression trees are rebuilt; must lock partitions before
21438 * doing so, using the same lockmode as what partRel has been locked with
21439 * by the caller.
21440 */
21442 {
21443 List *children;
21444
21446 AccessExclusiveLock, NULL);
21447 foreach(cell, children)
21448 {
21450 }
21451 }
21452}
void update_default_partition_oid(Oid parentId, Oid defaultPartId)
Definition: partition.c:340
static void DropClonedTriggersFromPartition(Oid partitionId)
Definition: tablecmds.c:21495
References AccessExclusiveLock, addFkRecurseReferenced(), Assert(), ATExecDropIdentity(), CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), CommandCounterIncrement(), ForeignKeyCacheInfo::conenforced, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::confrelid, Constraint::conname, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::conoid, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::conrelid, ConstraintSetParentConstraint(), Constraint::contype, copyObject, DeconstructFkConstraintRow(), Constraint::deferrable, deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(), DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, DROP_RESTRICT, DropClonedTriggersFromPartition(), elog, ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), Constraint::fk_attrs, Constraint::fk_del_action, Constraint::fk_del_set_cols, Constraint::fk_matchtype, Constraint::fk_upd_action, foreach_node, get_partition_parent(), get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(), GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(), GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(), GETSTRUCT(), has_superclass(), heap_freetuple(), heap_modify_tuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, idx(), index_close(), INDEX_MAX_KEYS, index_open(), IndexGetRelation(), IndexSetParentIndex(), Constraint::initdeferred, Constraint::initially_valid, InvalidOid, Constraint::is_enforced, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, list_free_deep(), list_member_oid(), Constraint::location, makeNode, makeString(), NameStr, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, Constraint::old_conpfeqop, Constraint::old_pktable_oid, performDeletion(), Constraint::pk_attrs, Constraint::pktable, pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetFKeyList(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetNumberOfAttributes, RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RemoveInheritance(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCache1(), SearchSysCacheCopy1, ShareRowExclusiveLock, Constraint::skip_validation, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), TriggerSetParentTrigger(), TupleDescAttr(), and update_default_partition_oid().
Referenced by ATExecDetachPartition(), ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize(), and detachPartitionTable().
◆ detachPartitionTable()
|
static |
Definition at line 22722 of file tablecmds.c.
22723{
22724 /* Remove the pg_inherits row first. */
22726
22727 /*
22728 * Detaching the partition might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we
22729 * have a valid snapshot.
22730 */
22732
22733 /* Do the final part of detaching. */
22735
22736 PopActiveSnapshot();
22737}
References DetachPartitionFinalize(), GetTransactionSnapshot(), PopActiveSnapshot(), PushActiveSnapshot(), and RemoveInheritance().
Referenced by ATExecMergePartitions(), and ATExecSplitPartition().
◆ drop_parent_dependency()
|
static |
Definition at line 18190 of file tablecmds.c.
18192{
18193 Relation catalogRelation;
18194 SysScanDesc scan;
18196 HeapTuple depTuple;
18197
18199
18201 Anum_pg_depend_classid,
18202 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18203 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
18205 Anum_pg_depend_objid,
18206 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18207 ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
18209 Anum_pg_depend_objsubid,
18210 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ,
18211 Int32GetDatum(0));
18212
18214 NULL, 3, key);
18215
18217 {
18219
18220 if (dep->refclassid == refclassid &&
18221 dep->refobjid == refobjid &&
18222 dep->refobjsubid == 0 &&
18223 dep->deptype == deptype)
18225 }
18226
18227 systable_endscan(scan);
18229}
References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleDelete(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, Int32GetDatum(), sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAddOf(), ATExecDropOf(), and RemoveInheritance().
◆ DropClonedTriggersFromPartition()
|
static |
Definition at line 21495 of file tablecmds.c.
21496{
21497 ScanKeyData skey;
21498 SysScanDesc scan;
21499 HeapTuple trigtup;
21500 Relation tgrel;
21501 ObjectAddresses *objects;
21502
21503 objects = new_object_addresses();
21504
21505 /*
21506 * Scan pg_trigger to search for all triggers on this rel.
21507 */
21509 F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(partitionId));
21511 scan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId,
21512 true, NULL, 1, &skey);
21514 {
21516 ObjectAddress trig;
21517
21518 /* Ignore triggers that weren't cloned */
21520 continue;
21521
21522 /*
21523 * Ignore internal triggers that are implementation objects of foreign
21524 * keys, because these will be detached when the foreign keys
21525 * themselves are.
21526 */
21528 continue;
21529
21530 /*
21531 * This is ugly, but necessary: remove the dependency markings on the
21532 * trigger so that it can be removed.
21533 */
21534 deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid,
21535 TriggerRelationId,
21536 DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
21537 deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid,
21538 RelationRelationId,
21539 DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
21540
21541 /* remember this trigger to remove it below */
21542 ObjectAddressSet(trig, TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid);
21543 add_exact_object_address(&trig, objects);
21544 }
21545
21546 /* make the dependency removal visible to the deletion below */
21547 CommandCounterIncrement();
21549
21550 /* done */
21551 free_object_addresses(objects);
21552 systable_endscan(scan);
21554}
References add_exact_object_address(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(), DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC, DROP_RESTRICT, free_object_addresses(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, new_object_addresses(), ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL, performMultipleDeletions(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by DetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ dropconstraint_internal()
|
static |
Definition at line 14105 of file tablecmds.c.
14108{
14109 Relation conrel;
14110 Form_pg_constraint con;
14111 ObjectAddress conobj;
14112 List *children;
14113 bool is_no_inherit_constraint = false;
14114 char *constrName;
14115 char *colname = NULL;
14116
14117 /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly deep inheritance tree. */
14118 check_stack_depth();
14119
14120 /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
14121 if (recursing)
14124
14126
14128 constrName = NameStr(con->conname);
14129
14130 /* Don't allow drop of inherited constraints */
14131 if (con->coninhcount > 0 && !recursing)
14133 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14135 constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
14136
14137 /*
14138 * Reset pg_constraint.attnotnull, if this is a not-null constraint.
14139 *
14140 * While doing that, we're in a good position to disallow dropping a not-
14141 * null constraint underneath a primary key, a replica identity index, or
14142 * a generated identity column.
14143 */
14144 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
14145 {
14148 Bitmapset *pkattrs;
14149 Bitmapset *irattrs;
14150 HeapTuple atttup;
14151 Form_pg_attribute attForm;
14152
14153 /* save column name for recursion step */
14155
14156 /*
14157 * Disallow if it's in the primary key. For partitioned tables we
14158 * cannot rely solely on RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap, because it'll
14159 * return NULL if the primary key is invalid; but we still need to
14160 * protect not-null constraints under such a constraint, so check the
14161 * slow way.
14162 */
14164
14165 if (pkattrs == NULL &&
14166 rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
14167 {
14169
14171 {
14173
14174 pkattrs = NULL;
14177
14179 }
14180 }
14181
14182 if (pkattrs &&
14185 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14188
14189 /* Disallow if it's in the replica identity */
14193 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
14196
14197 /* Disallow if it's a GENERATED AS IDENTITY column */
14203 if (attForm->attidentity != '\0')
14205 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
14208 false),
14209 RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
14210
14211 /* All good -- reset attnotnull if needed */
14212 if (attForm->attnotnull)
14213 {
14214 attForm->attnotnull = false;
14216 }
14217
14219 }
14220
14221 is_no_inherit_constraint = con->connoinherit;
14222
14223 /*
14224 * If it's a foreign-key constraint, we'd better lock the referenced table
14225 * and check that that's not in use, just as we've already done for the
14226 * constrained table (else we might, eg, be dropping a trigger that has
14227 * unfired events). But we can/must skip that in the self-referential
14228 * case.
14229 */
14230 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN &&
14231 con->confrelid != RelationGetRelid(rel))
14232 {
14233 Relation frel;
14234
14235 /* Must match lock taken by RemoveTriggerById: */
14237 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(frel);
14239 }
14240
14241 /*
14242 * Perform the actual constraint deletion
14243 */
14244 ObjectAddressSet(conobj, ConstraintRelationId, con->oid);
14245 performDeletion(&conobj, behavior, 0);
14246
14247 /*
14248 * For partitioned tables, non-CHECK, non-NOT-NULL inherited constraints
14249 * are dropped via the dependency mechanism, so we're done here.
14250 */
14251 if (con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
14252 con->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL &&
14253 rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
14254 {
14256 return conobj;
14257 }
14258
14259 /*
14260 * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER
14261 * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
14262 * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
14263 */
14264 if (!is_no_inherit_constraint)
14266 else
14267 children = NIL;
14268
14269 foreach_oid(childrelid, children)
14270 {
14271 Relation childrel;
14272 HeapTuple tuple;
14273 Form_pg_constraint childcon;
14274
14275 /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
14277 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
14278
14279 /*
14280 * We search for not-null constraints by column name, and others by
14281 * constraint name.
14282 */
14283 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
14284 {
14285 tuple = findNotNullConstraint(childrelid, colname);
14288 colname, RelationGetRelid(childrel));
14289 }
14290 else
14291 {
14292 SysScanDesc scan;
14293 ScanKeyData skey[3];
14294
14295 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
14296 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
14297 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
14298 ObjectIdGetDatum(childrelid));
14299 ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
14300 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
14301 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
14303 ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
14304 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
14305 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
14306 CStringGetDatum(constrName));
14307 scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
14308 true, NULL, 3, skey);
14309 /* There can only be one, so no need to loop */
14310 tuple = systable_getnext(scan);
14313 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
14315 constrName,
14316 RelationGetRelationName(childrel))));
14317 tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
14318 systable_endscan(scan);
14319 }
14320
14322
14323 /* Right now only CHECK and not-null constraints can be inherited */
14324 if (childcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
14325 childcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
14327
14328 if (childcon->coninhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
14330 childrelid, NameStr(childcon->conname));
14331
14332 if (recurse)
14333 {
14334 /*
14335 * If the child constraint has other definition sources, just
14336 * decrement its inheritance count; if not, recurse to delete it.
14337 */
14338 if (childcon->coninhcount == 1 && !childcon->conislocal)
14339 {
14340 /* Time to delete this child constraint, too */
14341 dropconstraint_internal(childrel, tuple, behavior,
14342 recurse, true, missing_ok,
14343 lockmode);
14344 }
14345 else
14346 {
14347 /* Child constraint must survive my deletion */
14348 childcon->coninhcount--;
14350
14351 /* Make update visible */
14352 CommandCounterIncrement();
14353 }
14354 }
14355 else
14356 {
14357 /*
14358 * If we were told to drop ONLY in this table (no recursion) and
14359 * there are no further parents for this constraint, we need to
14360 * mark the inheritors' constraints as locally defined rather than
14361 * inherited.
14362 */
14363 childcon->coninhcount--;
14364 if (childcon->coninhcount == 0)
14365 childcon->conislocal = true;
14366
14368
14369 /* Make update visible */
14370 CommandCounterIncrement();
14371 }
14372
14373 heap_freetuple(tuple);
14374
14376 }
14377
14379
14380 return conobj;
14381}
Oid RelationGetPrimaryKeyIndex(Relation relation, bool deferrable_ok)
Definition: relcache.c:5047
Bitmapset * RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(Relation relation, IndexAttrBitmapKind attrKind)
Definition: relcache.c:5303
HeapTuple SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(Oid relid, int16 attnum)
Definition: syscache.c:561
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, AT_DropConstraint, ATSimplePermissions(), ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ATT_TABLE, attnum, bms_add_member(), bms_is_member(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_stack_depth(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CommandCounterIncrement(), CStringGetDatum(), dropconstraint_internal(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, extractNotNullColumn(), find_inheritance_children(), findNotNullConstraint(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, foreach_oid, get_attname(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_IDENTITY_KEY, INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_PRIMARY_KEY, InvalidOid, NameStr, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, performDeletion(), RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(), RelationGetPrimaryKeyIndex(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecDropConstraint(), ATExecDropNotNull(), and dropconstraint_internal().
◆ DropErrorMsgNonExistent()
|
static |
Definition at line 1458 of file tablecmds.c.
1459{
1461
1464 {
1465 if (!missing_ok)
1466 {
1468 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_SCHEMA),
1470 }
1471 else
1472 {
1475 rel->schemaname)));
1476 }
1477 return;
1478 }
1479
1481 {
1483 {
1484 if (!missing_ok)
1485 {
1489 }
1490 else
1491 {
1493 break;
1494 }
1495 }
1496 }
1497
1499}
Definition: tablecmds.c:247
static const struct dropmsgstrings dropmsgstringarray[]
Definition: tablecmds.c:256
References Assert(), dropmsgstringarray, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, dropmsgstrings::kind, LookupNamespaceNoError(), dropmsgstrings::nonexistent_code, dropmsgstrings::nonexistent_msg, NOTICE, OidIsValid, RangeVar::relname, RangeVar::schemaname, and dropmsgstrings::skipping_msg.
Referenced by RemoveRelations().
◆ DropErrorMsgWrongType()
|
static |
Definition at line 1506 of file tablecmds.c.
1507{
1510
1513 break;
1515
1518 break;
1519 /* wrongkind could be something we don't have in our table... */
1520
1522 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1525}
References _, Assert(), dropmsgstrings::drophint_msg, dropmsgstringarray, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, dropmsgstrings::kind, dropmsgstrings::nota_msg, and relname.
Referenced by RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation().
◆ DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers()
|
static |
Definition at line 12031 of file tablecmds.c.
12033{
12035 SysScanDesc scan;
12036 HeapTuple trigtup;
12037
12039 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
12040 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12041 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
12043 NULL, 1, &key);
12045 {
12047 ObjectAddress trigger;
12048
12049 /* Invalid if trigger is not for a referential integrity constraint */
12051 continue;
12053 continue;
12055 continue;
12056
12057 /* We should be dropping trigger related to foreign key constraint */
12058 Assert(trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_INS ||
12059 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_UPD ||
12060 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CASCADE_DEL ||
12061 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CASCADE_UPD ||
12062 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_RESTRICT_DEL ||
12063 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_RESTRICT_UPD ||
12064 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETNULL_DEL ||
12065 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETNULL_UPD ||
12066 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETDEFAULT_DEL ||
12067 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETDEFAULT_UPD ||
12068 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_DEL ||
12069 trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_UPD);
12070
12071 /*
12072 * The constraint is originally set up to contain this trigger as an
12073 * implementation object, so there's a dependency record that links
12074 * the two; however, since the trigger is no longer needed, we remove
12075 * the dependency link in order to be able to drop the trigger while
12076 * keeping the constraint intact.
12077 */
12078 deleteDependencyRecordsFor(TriggerRelationId,
12079 trgform->oid,
12080 false);
12081 /* make dependency deletion visible to performDeletion */
12082 CommandCounterIncrement();
12083 ObjectAddressSet(trigger, TriggerRelationId,
12084 trgform->oid);
12086 /* make trigger drop visible, in case the loop iterates */
12087 CommandCounterIncrement();
12088 }
12089
12090 systable_endscan(scan);
12091}
References Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsFor(), DROP_RESTRICT, GETSTRUCT(), sort-test::key, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, performDeletion(), ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), and systable_getnext().
Referenced by ATExecAlterConstrEnforceability(), and AttachPartitionForeignKey().
◆ evaluateGeneratedExpressionsAndCheckConstraints()
|
static |
Definition at line 22150 of file tablecmds.c.
22154{
22155 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = insertslot;
22156
22158 {
22159 if (!ex->is_generated)
22160 continue;
22161
22162 insertslot->tts_values[ex->attnum - 1]
22163 = ExecEvalExpr(ex->exprstate,
22164 econtext,
22165 &insertslot->tts_isnull[ex->attnum - 1]);
22166 }
22167
22169 {
22170 switch (con->contype)
22171 {
22175 errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
22177 con->name, RelationGetRelationName(newPartRel)),
22178 errtableconstraint(newPartRel, con->name));
22179 break;
22182 /* Nothing to do here */
22183 break;
22184 default:
22186 (int) con->contype);
22187 }
22188 }
22189}
References CONSTR_CHECK, CONSTR_FOREIGN, CONSTR_NOTNULL, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, errtableconstraint(), ExecCheck(), ExecEvalExpr(), foreach_ptr, AlteredTableInfo::newvals, RelationGetRelationName, TupleTableSlot::tts_isnull, and TupleTableSlot::tts_values.
Referenced by MergePartitionsMoveRows(), and SplitPartitionMoveRows().
◆ ExecuteTruncate()
| void ExecuteTruncate | ( | TruncateStmt * | stmt | ) |
Definition at line 1856 of file tablecmds.c.
1857{
1861 ListCell *cell;
1862
1863 /*
1864 * Open, exclusive-lock, and check all the explicitly-specified relations
1865 */
1867 {
1869 Relation rel;
1871 Oid myrelid;
1873
1874 myrelid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(rv, lockmode,
1875 0, RangeVarCallbackForTruncate,
1876 NULL);
1877
1878 /* don't throw error for "TRUNCATE foo, foo" */
1880 continue;
1881
1882 /* open the relation, we already hold a lock on it */
1884
1885 /*
1886 * RangeVarGetRelidExtended() has done most checks with its callback,
1887 * but other checks with the now-opened Relation remain.
1888 */
1889 truncate_check_activity(rel);
1890
1891 rels = lappend(rels, rel);
1892 relids = lappend_oid(relids, myrelid);
1893
1894 /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */
1896 relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, myrelid);
1897
1898 if (recurse)
1899 {
1900 ListCell *child;
1901 List *children;
1902
1903 children = find_all_inheritors(myrelid, lockmode, NULL);
1904
1905 foreach(child, children)
1906 {
1908
1910 continue;
1911
1912 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
1914
1915 /*
1916 * It is possible that the parent table has children that are
1917 * temp tables of other backends. We cannot safely access
1918 * such tables (because of buffering issues), and the best
1919 * thing to do is to silently ignore them. Note that this
1920 * check is the same as one of the checks done in
1921 * truncate_check_activity() called below, still it is kept
1922 * here for simplicity.
1923 */
1925 {
1926 table_close(rel, lockmode);
1927 continue;
1928 }
1929
1930 /*
1931 * Inherited TRUNCATE commands perform access permission
1932 * checks on the parent table only. So we skip checking the
1933 * children's permissions and don't call
1934 * truncate_check_perms() here.
1935 */
1937 truncate_check_activity(rel);
1938
1939 rels = lappend(rels, rel);
1940 relids = lappend_oid(relids, childrelid);
1941
1942 /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */
1944 relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, childrelid);
1945 }
1946 }
1949 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
1951 errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword, or use TRUNCATE ONLY on the partitions directly.")));
1952 }
1953
1954 ExecuteTruncateGuts(rels, relids, relids_logged,
1956
1957 /* And close the rels */
1958 foreach(cell, rels)
1959 {
1961
1963 }
1964}
static void truncate_check_activity(Relation rel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:2436
static void truncate_check_rel(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple)
Definition: tablecmds.c:2367
static void RangeVarCallbackForTruncate(const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg)
Definition: tablecmds.c:19556
void ExecuteTruncateGuts(List *explicit_rels, List *relids, List *relids_logged, DropBehavior behavior, bool restart_seqs, bool run_as_table_owner)
Definition: tablecmds.c:1980
References AccessExclusiveLock, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, ExecuteTruncateGuts(), find_all_inheritors(), RangeVar::inh, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, list_member_oid(), NIL, NoLock, RangeVarCallbackForTruncate(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RelationData::rd_rel, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetRelid, RelationIsLogicallyLogged, stmt, table_close(), table_open(), truncate_check_activity(), and truncate_check_rel().
Referenced by standard_ProcessUtility().
◆ ExecuteTruncateGuts()
| void ExecuteTruncateGuts | ( | List * | explicit_rels, |
| List * | relids, | ||
| List * | relids_logged, | ||
| DropBehavior | behavior, | ||
| bool | restart_seqs, | ||
| bool | run_as_table_owner | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 1980 of file tablecmds.c.
1985{
1986 List *rels;
1988 HTAB *ft_htab = NULL;
1989 EState *estate;
1990 ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfos;
1991 ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo;
1992 SubTransactionId mySubid;
1993 ListCell *cell;
1994 Oid *logrelids;
1995
1996 /*
1997 * Check the explicitly-specified relations.
1998 *
1999 * In CASCADE mode, suck in all referencing relations as well. This
2000 * requires multiple iterations to find indirectly-dependent relations. At
2001 * each phase, we need to exclusive-lock new rels before looking for their
2002 * dependencies, else we might miss something. Also, we check each rel as
2003 * soon as we open it, to avoid a faux pas such as holding lock for a long
2004 * time on a rel we have no permissions for.
2005 */
2006 rels = list_copy(explicit_rels);
2008 {
2009 for (;;)
2010 {
2011 List *newrelids;
2012
2013 newrelids = heap_truncate_find_FKs(relids);
2015 break; /* nothing else to add */
2016
2017 foreach(cell, newrelids)
2018 {
2020 Relation rel;
2021
2025 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
2028 truncate_check_activity(rel);
2029 rels = lappend(rels, rel);
2030 relids = lappend_oid(relids, relid);
2031
2032 /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */
2034 relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, relid);
2035 }
2036 }
2037 }
2038
2039 /*
2040 * Check foreign key references. In CASCADE mode, this should be
2041 * unnecessary since we just pulled in all the references; but as a
2042 * cross-check, do it anyway if in an Assert-enabled build.
2043 */
2044#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
2046#else
2049#endif
2050
2051 /*
2052 * If we are asked to restart sequences, find all the sequences, lock them
2053 * (we need AccessExclusiveLock for ResetSequence), and check permissions.
2054 * We want to do this early since it's pointless to do all the truncation
2055 * work only to fail on sequence permissions.
2056 */
2057 if (restart_seqs)
2058 {
2059 foreach(cell, rels)
2060 {
2063 ListCell *seqcell;
2064
2065 foreach(seqcell, seqlist)
2066 {
2068 Relation seq_rel;
2069
2071
2072 /* This check must match AlterSequence! */
2075 RelationGetRelationName(seq_rel));
2076
2077 seq_relids = lappend_oid(seq_relids, seq_relid);
2078
2080 }
2081 }
2082 }
2083
2084 /* Prepare to catch AFTER triggers. */
2085 AfterTriggerBeginQuery();
2086
2087 /*
2088 * To fire triggers, we'll need an EState as well as a ResultRelInfo for
2089 * each relation. We don't need to call ExecOpenIndices, though.
2090 *
2091 * We put the ResultRelInfos in the es_opened_result_relations list, even
2092 * though we don't have a range table and don't populate the
2093 * es_result_relations array. That's a bit bogus, but it's enough to make
2094 * ExecGetTriggerResultRel() find them.
2095 */
2096 estate = CreateExecutorState();
2097 resultRelInfos = (ResultRelInfo *)
2099 resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos;
2100 foreach(cell, rels)
2101 {
2103
2104 InitResultRelInfo(resultRelInfo,
2105 rel,
2106 0, /* dummy rangetable index */
2107 NULL,
2108 0);
2109 estate->es_opened_result_relations =
2111 resultRelInfo++;
2112 }
2113
2114 /*
2115 * Process all BEFORE STATEMENT TRUNCATE triggers before we begin
2116 * truncating (this is because one of them might throw an error). Also, if
2117 * we were to allow them to prevent statement execution, that would need
2118 * to be handled here.
2119 */
2120 resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos;
2121 foreach(cell, rels)
2122 {
2123 UserContext ucxt;
2124
2125 if (run_as_table_owner)
2127 &ucxt);
2128 ExecBSTruncateTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo);
2129 if (run_as_table_owner)
2130 RestoreUserContext(&ucxt);
2131 resultRelInfo++;
2132 }
2133
2134 /*
2135 * OK, truncate each table.
2136 */
2137 mySubid = GetCurrentSubTransactionId();
2138
2139 foreach(cell, rels)
2140 {
2142
2143 /* Skip partitioned tables as there is nothing to do */
2145 continue;
2146
2147 /*
2148 * Build the lists of foreign tables belonging to each foreign server
2149 * and pass each list to the foreign data wrapper's callback function,
2150 * so that each server can truncate its all foreign tables in bulk.
2151 * Each list is saved as a single entry in a hash table that uses the
2152 * server OID as lookup key.
2153 */
2155 {
2157 bool found;
2158 ForeignTruncateInfo *ft_info;
2159
2160 /* First time through, initialize hashtable for foreign tables */
2161 if (!ft_htab)
2162 {
2163 HASHCTL hctl;
2164
2169
2171 32, /* start small and extend */
2172 &hctl,
2174 }
2175
2176 /* Find or create cached entry for the foreign table */
2178 if (!found)
2180
2181 /*
2182 * Save the foreign table in the entry of the server that the
2183 * foreign table belongs to.
2184 */
2186 continue;
2187 }
2188
2189 /*
2190 * Normally, we need a transaction-safe truncation here. However, if
2191 * the table was either created in the current (sub)transaction or has
2192 * a new relfilenumber in the current (sub)transaction, then we can
2193 * just truncate it in-place, because a rollback would cause the whole
2194 * table or the current physical file to be thrown away anyway.
2195 */
2197 rel->rd_newRelfilelocatorSubid == mySubid)
2198 {
2199 /* Immediate, non-rollbackable truncation is OK */
2200 heap_truncate_one_rel(rel);
2201 }
2202 else
2203 {
2204 Oid heap_relid;
2205 Oid toast_relid;
2206 ReindexParams reindex_params = {0};
2207
2208 /*
2209 * This effectively deletes all rows in the table, and may be done
2210 * in a serializable transaction. In that case we must record a
2211 * rw-conflict in to this transaction from each transaction
2212 * holding a predicate lock on the table.
2213 */
2214 CheckTableForSerializableConflictIn(rel);
2215
2216 /*
2217 * Need the full transaction-safe pushups.
2218 *
2219 * Create a new empty storage file for the relation, and assign it
2220 * as the relfilenumber value. The old storage file is scheduled
2221 * for deletion at commit.
2222 */
2224
2225 heap_relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
2226
2227 /*
2228 * The same for the toast table, if any.
2229 */
2230 toast_relid = rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid;
2232 {
2234 AccessExclusiveLock);
2235
2236 RelationSetNewRelfilenumber(toastrel,
2237 toastrel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
2239 }
2240
2241 /*
2242 * Reconstruct the indexes to match, and we're done.
2243 */
2245 &reindex_params);
2246 }
2247
2248 pgstat_count_truncate(rel);
2249 }
2250
2251 /* Now go through the hash table, and truncate foreign tables */
2252 if (ft_htab)
2253 {
2254 ForeignTruncateInfo *ft_info;
2255 HASH_SEQ_STATUS seq;
2256
2257 hash_seq_init(&seq, ft_htab);
2258
2259 PG_TRY();
2260 {
2262 {
2264
2265 /* truncate_check_rel() has checked that already */
2267
2269 behavior,
2270 restart_seqs);
2271 }
2272 }
2273 PG_FINALLY();
2274 {
2275 hash_destroy(ft_htab);
2276 }
2277 PG_END_TRY();
2278 }
2279
2280 /*
2281 * Restart owned sequences if we were asked to.
2282 */
2283 foreach(cell, seq_relids)
2284 {
2286
2287 ResetSequence(seq_relid);
2288 }
2289
2290 /*
2291 * Write a WAL record to allow this set of actions to be logically
2292 * decoded.
2293 *
2294 * Assemble an array of relids so we can write a single WAL record for the
2295 * whole action.
2296 */
2298 {
2299 xl_heap_truncate xlrec;
2301
2302 /* should only get here if wal_level >= logical */
2304
2306 foreach(cell, relids_logged)
2308
2311 xlrec.flags = 0;
2314 if (restart_seqs)
2316
2317 XLogBeginInsert();
2320
2322
2324 }
2325
2326 /*
2327 * Process all AFTER STATEMENT TRUNCATE triggers.
2328 */
2329 resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos;
2330 foreach(cell, rels)
2331 {
2332 UserContext ucxt;
2333
2334 if (run_as_table_owner)
2336 &ucxt);
2337 ExecASTruncateTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo);
2338 if (run_as_table_owner)
2339 RestoreUserContext(&ucxt);
2340 resultRelInfo++;
2341 }
2342
2343 /* Handle queued AFTER triggers */
2344 AfterTriggerEndQuery(estate);
2345
2346 /* We can clean up the EState now */
2347 FreeExecutorState(estate);
2348
2349 /*
2350 * Close any rels opened by CASCADE (can't do this while EState still
2351 * holds refs)
2352 */
2353 rels = list_difference_ptr(rels, explicit_rels);
2354 foreach(cell, rels)
2355 {
2357
2359 }
2360}
void * hash_search(HTAB *hashp, const void *keyPtr, HASHACTION action, bool *foundPtr)
Definition: dynahash.c:952
HTAB * hash_create(const char *tabname, int64 nelem, const HASHCTL *info, int flags)
Definition: dynahash.c:358
struct ResultRelInfo ResultRelInfo
void heap_truncate_check_FKs(List *relations, bool tempTables)
Definition: heap.c:3672
bool reindex_relation(const ReindexStmt *stmt, Oid relid, int flags, const ReindexParams *params)
Definition: index.c:3948
List * list_difference_ptr(const List *list1, const List *list2)
Definition: list.c:1263
void CheckTableForSerializableConflictIn(Relation relation)
Definition: predicate.c:4417
void RelationSetNewRelfilenumber(Relation relation, char persistence)
Definition: relcache.c:3773
Definition: fdwapi.h:205
ExecForeignTruncate_function ExecForeignTruncate
Definition: fdwapi.h:263
Definition: tablecmds.c:348
Definition: hsearch.h:66
Definition: hsearch.h:121
Definition: dynahash.c:222
Definition: index.h:34
SubTransactionId rd_newRelfilelocatorSubid
Definition: rel.h:104
Definition: usercontext.h:16
Definition: heapam_xlog.h:135
struct ForeignTruncateInfo ForeignTruncateInfo
static void truncate_check_perms(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple)
Definition: tablecmds.c:2418
void ExecBSTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
Definition: trigger.c:3280
void ExecASTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
Definition: trigger.c:3327
void SwitchToUntrustedUser(Oid userid, UserContext *context)
Definition: usercontext.c:33
References AccessExclusiveLock, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, AfterTriggerBeginQuery(), AfterTriggerEndQuery(), Assert(), CheckTableForSerializableConflictIn(), CreateExecutorState(), CurrentMemoryContext, xl_heap_truncate::dbId, DROP_CASCADE, DROP_RESTRICT, HASHCTL::entrysize, ereport, errmsg(), EState::es_opened_result_relations, ExecASTruncateTriggers(), ExecBSTruncateTriggers(), FdwRoutine::ExecForeignTruncate, xl_heap_truncate::flags, FreeExecutorState(), GetCurrentSubTransactionId(), GetFdwRoutineByServerId(), GetForeignServerIdByRelId(), getOwnedSequences(), GetUserId(), HASH_BLOBS, HASH_CONTEXT, hash_create(), hash_destroy(), HASH_ELEM, HASH_ENTER, hash_search(), hash_seq_init(), hash_seq_search(), HASHCTL::hcxt, heap_truncate_check_FKs(), heap_truncate_find_FKs(), heap_truncate_one_rel(), i, InitResultRelInfo(), HASHCTL::keysize, lappend(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, list_copy(), list_difference_ptr(), list_length(), MyDatabaseId, NIL, NoLock, NOTICE, xl_heap_truncate::nrelids, object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_SEQUENCE, OidIsValid, palloc(), PG_END_TRY, PG_FINALLY, PG_TRY, pgstat_count_truncate(), RelationData::rd_createSubid, RelationData::rd_newRelfilelocatorSubid, RelationData::rd_rel, REINDEX_REL_PROCESS_TOAST, reindex_relation(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RelationIsLogicallyLogged, RelationSetNewRelfilenumber(), ForeignTruncateInfo::rels, ResetSequence(), RestoreUserContext(), ResultRelInfo::ri_RelationDesc, ForeignTruncateInfo::serverid, SizeOfHeapTruncate, SwitchToUntrustedUser(), table_close(), table_open(), truncate_check_activity(), truncate_check_perms(), truncate_check_rel(), XLH_TRUNCATE_CASCADE, XLH_TRUNCATE_RESTART_SEQS, XLOG_HEAP_TRUNCATE, XLOG_INCLUDE_ORIGIN, XLogBeginInsert(), XLogInsert(), XLogLogicalInfoActive, XLogRegisterData(), and XLogSetRecordFlags().
Referenced by apply_handle_truncate(), and ExecuteTruncate().
◆ find_composite_type_dependencies()
| void find_composite_type_dependencies | ( | Oid | typeOid, |
| Relation | origRelation, | ||
| const char * | origTypeName | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 6964 of file tablecmds.c.
6966{
6967 Relation depRel;
6969 SysScanDesc depScan;
6970 HeapTuple depTup;
6971
6972 /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
6973 check_stack_depth();
6974
6975 /*
6976 * We scan pg_depend to find those things that depend on the given type.
6977 * (We assume we can ignore refobjsubid for a type.)
6978 */
6980
6982 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
6983 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
6984 ObjectIdGetDatum(TypeRelationId));
6986 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
6987 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
6988 ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
6989
6991 NULL, 2, key);
6992
6994 {
6996 Relation rel;
6997 TupleDesc tupleDesc;
6998 Form_pg_attribute att;
6999
7000 /* Check for directly dependent types */
7001 if (pg_depend->classid == TypeRelationId)
7002 {
7003 /*
7004 * This must be an array, domain, or range containing the given
7005 * type, so recursively check for uses of this type. Note that
7006 * any error message will mention the original type not the
7007 * container; this is intentional.
7008 */
7009 find_composite_type_dependencies(pg_depend->objid,
7010 origRelation, origTypeName);
7011 continue;
7012 }
7013
7014 /* Else, ignore dependees that aren't relations */
7015 if (pg_depend->classid != RelationRelationId)
7016 continue;
7017
7019 tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
7020
7021 /*
7022 * If objsubid identifies a specific column, refer to that in error
7023 * messages. Otherwise, search to see if there's a user column of the
7024 * type. (We assume system columns are never of interesting types.)
7025 * The search is needed because an index containing an expression
7026 * column of the target type will just be recorded as a whole-relation
7027 * dependency. If we do not find a column of the type, the dependency
7028 * must indicate that the type is transiently referenced in an index
7029 * expression but not stored on disk, which we assume is OK, just as
7030 * we do for references in views. (It could also be that the target
7031 * type is embedded in some container type that is stored in an index
7032 * column, but the previous recursion should catch such cases.)
7033 */
7035 att = TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, pg_depend->objsubid - 1);
7036 else
7037 {
7038 att = NULL;
7040 {
7041 att = TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, attno - 1);
7042 if (att->atttypid == typeOid && !att->attisdropped)
7043 break;
7044 att = NULL;
7045 }
7046 if (att == NULL)
7047 {
7048 /* No such column, so assume OK */
7050 continue;
7051 }
7052 }
7053
7054 /*
7055 * We definitely should reject if the relation has storage. If it's
7056 * partitioned, then perhaps we don't have to reject: if there are
7057 * partitions then we'll fail when we find one, else there is no
7058 * stored data to worry about. However, it's possible that the type
7059 * change would affect conclusions about whether the type is sortable
7060 * or hashable and thus (if it's a partitioning column) break the
7061 * partitioning rule. For now, reject for partitioned rels too.
7062 */
7064 RELKIND_HAS_PARTITIONS(rel->rd_rel->relkind))
7065 {
7066 if (origTypeName)
7068 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7070 origTypeName,
7071 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
7072 NameStr(att->attname))));
7075 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7077 RelationGetRelationName(origRelation),
7078 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
7079 NameStr(att->attname))));
7082 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7084 RelationGetRelationName(origRelation),
7085 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
7086 NameStr(att->attname))));
7087 else
7089 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
7091 RelationGetRelationName(origRelation),
7092 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
7093 NameStr(att->attname))));
7094 }
7096 {
7097 /*
7098 * A view or composite type itself isn't a problem, but we must
7099 * recursively check for indirect dependencies via its rowtype.
7100 */
7102 origRelation, origTypeName);
7103 }
7104
7106 }
7107
7108 systable_endscan(depScan);
7109
7111}
References AccessShareLock, BTEqualStrategyNumber, check_stack_depth(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_composite_type_dependencies(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_open(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATPrepAlterColumnType(), ATRewriteTables(), find_composite_type_dependencies(), and get_rels_with_domain().
◆ find_typed_table_dependencies()
|
static |
Definition at line 7122 of file tablecmds.c.
7123{
7124 Relation classRel;
7126 TableScanDesc scan;
7127 HeapTuple tuple;
7129
7131
7133 Anum_pg_class_reloftype,
7134 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
7135 ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
7136
7138
7140 {
7142
7145 (errcode(ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST),
7147 typeName),
7149 else
7150 result = lappend_oid(result, classform->oid);
7151 }
7152
7153 table_endscan(scan);
7155
7156 return result;
7157}
References AccessShareLock, BTEqualStrategyNumber, DROP_RESTRICT, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, ForwardScanDirection, GETSTRUCT(), heap_getnext(), sort-test::key, lappend_oid(), NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ScanKeyInit(), table_beginscan_catalog(), table_close(), table_endscan(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATTypedTableRecursion(), and renameatt_internal().
◆ findAttrByName()
|
static |
Definition at line 3607 of file tablecmds.c.
3608{
3609 ListCell *lc;
3611
3612 foreach(lc, columns)
3613 {
3616
3617 i++;
3618 }
3619 return 0;
3620}
References i, and lfirst_node.
Referenced by MergeAttributes().
◆ findFkeyCast()
|
static |
Definition at line 13664 of file tablecmds.c.
13665{
13666 CoercionPathType ret;
13667
13668 if (targetTypeId == sourceTypeId)
13669 {
13670 ret = COERCION_PATH_RELABELTYPE;
13671 *funcid = InvalidOid;
13672 }
13673 else
13674 {
13675 ret = find_coercion_pathway(targetTypeId, sourceTypeId,
13676 COERCION_IMPLICIT, funcid);
13678 /* A previously-relied-upon cast is now gone. */
13680 sourceTypeId, targetTypeId);
13681 }
13682
13683 return ret;
13684}
CoercionPathType find_coercion_pathway(Oid targetTypeId, Oid sourceTypeId, CoercionContext ccontext, Oid *funcid)
Definition: parse_coerce.c:3154
References COERCION_IMPLICIT, COERCION_PATH_NONE, COERCION_PATH_RELABELTYPE, elog, ERROR, find_coercion_pathway(), and InvalidOid.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ GetAttributeCompression()
|
static |
Definition at line 22034 of file tablecmds.c.
22035{
22036 char cmethod;
22037
22038 if (compression == NULL || strcmp(compression, "default") == 0)
22040
22041 /*
22042 * To specify a nondefault method, the column data type must be toastable.
22043 * Note this says nothing about whether the column's attstorage setting
22044 * permits compression; we intentionally allow attstorage and
22045 * attcompression to be independent. But with a non-toastable type,
22046 * attstorage could not be set to a value that would permit compression.
22047 *
22048 * We don't actually need to enforce this, since nothing bad would happen
22049 * if attcompression were non-default; it would never be consulted. But
22050 * it seems more user-friendly to complain about a certainly-useless
22051 * attempt to set the property.
22052 */
22055 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
22057 format_type_be(atttypid))));
22058
22059 cmethod = CompressionNameToMethod(compression);
22062 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
22064
22065 return cmethod;
22066}
char CompressionNameToMethod(const char *compression)
Definition: toast_compression.c:285
References CompressionMethodIsValid, CompressionNameToMethod(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), InvalidCompressionMethod, and TypeIsToastable.
Referenced by ATExecSetCompression(), and BuildDescForRelation().
◆ getAttributesList()
Definition at line 22195 of file tablecmds.c.
22196{
22197 AttrNumber parent_attno;
22198 TupleDesc modelDesc;
22200
22201 modelDesc = RelationGetDescr(parent_rel);
22202
22204 parent_attno++)
22205 {
22207 parent_attno - 1);
22208 ColumnDef *def;
22209
22210 /* Ignore dropped columns in the parent. */
22211 if (attribute->attisdropped)
22212 continue;
22213
22215 attribute->atttypmod, attribute->attcollation);
22216
22217 def->is_not_null = attribute->attnotnull;
22218
22219 /* Copy identity. */
22220 def->identity = attribute->attidentity;
22221
22222 /* Copy attgenerated. */
22223 def->generated = attribute->attgenerated;
22224
22225 def->storage = attribute->attstorage;
22226
22227 /* Likewise, copy compression. */
22229 def->compression =
22231 else
22232 def->compression = NULL;
22233
22234 /* Add to column list. */
22235 colList = lappend(colList, def);
22236 }
22237
22238 return colList;
22239}
ColumnDef * makeColumnDef(const char *colname, Oid typeOid, int32 typmod, Oid collOid)
Definition: makefuncs.c:565
const char * GetCompressionMethodName(char method)
Definition: toast_compression.c:304
References ColumnDef::compression, CompressionMethodIsValid, ColumnDef::generated, GetCompressionMethodName(), ColumnDef::identity, ColumnDef::is_not_null, lappend(), makeColumnDef(), NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, NIL, pstrdup(), RelationGetDescr, ColumnDef::storage, and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by createPartitionTable().
◆ GetAttributeStorage()
|
static |
Definition at line 22072 of file tablecmds.c.
22073{
22074 char cstorage = 0;
22075
22077 cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN;
22079 cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_EXTERNAL;
22081 cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED;
22083 cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_MAIN;
22085 cstorage = get_typstorage(atttypid);
22086 else
22088 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
22090 storagemode)));
22091
22092 /*
22093 * safety check: do not allow toasted storage modes unless column datatype
22094 * is TOAST-aware.
22095 */
22098 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
22100 format_type_be(atttypid))));
22101
22102 return cstorage;
22103}
References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_be(), get_typstorage(), pg_strcasecmp(), and TypeIsToastable.
Referenced by ATExecSetStorage(), and BuildDescForRelation().
◆ GetForeignKeyActionTriggers()
|
static |
Definition at line 12099 of file tablecmds.c.
12103{
12105 SysScanDesc scan;
12106 HeapTuple trigtup;
12107
12108 *deleteTriggerOid = *updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
12110 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
12111 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12112 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
12113
12115 NULL, 1, &key);
12117 {
12119
12120 if (trgform->tgconstrrelid != conrelid)
12121 continue;
12122 if (trgform->tgrelid != confrelid)
12123 continue;
12124 /* Only ever look at "action" triggers on the PK side. */
12126 continue;
12127 if (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(trgform->tgtype))
12128 {
12130 *deleteTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
12131 }
12132 else if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(trgform->tgtype))
12133 {
12135 *updateTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
12136 }
12137#ifndef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
12138 /* In an assert-enabled build, continue looking to find duplicates */
12140 break;
12141#endif
12142 }
12143
12146 conoid);
12149 conoid);
12150
12151 systable_endscan(scan);
12152}
References Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), InvalidOid, sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RI_FKey_trigger_type(), RI_TRIGGER_PK, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), and systable_getnext().
Referenced by CloneFkReferenced().
◆ GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers()
|
static |
Definition at line 12160 of file tablecmds.c.
12164{
12166 SysScanDesc scan;
12167 HeapTuple trigtup;
12168
12169 *insertTriggerOid = *updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
12171 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
12172 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12173 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
12174
12176 NULL, 1, &key);
12178 {
12180
12181 if (trgform->tgconstrrelid != confrelid)
12182 continue;
12183 if (trgform->tgrelid != conrelid)
12184 continue;
12185 /* Only ever look at "check" triggers on the FK side. */
12187 continue;
12188 if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(trgform->tgtype))
12189 {
12191 *insertTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
12192 }
12193 else if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(trgform->tgtype))
12194 {
12196 *updateTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
12197 }
12198#ifndef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
12199 /* In an assert-enabled build, continue looking to find duplicates. */
12201 break;
12202#endif
12203 }
12204
12207 conoid);
12210 conoid);
12211
12212 systable_endscan(scan);
12213}
References Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), InvalidOid, sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RI_FKey_trigger_type(), RI_TRIGGER_FK, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), and systable_getnext().
Referenced by AttachPartitionForeignKey(), CloneFkReferencing(), and DetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ GetParentedForeignKeyRefs()
Definition at line 21932 of file tablecmds.c.
21933{
21934 Relation pg_constraint;
21935 HeapTuple tuple;
21936 SysScanDesc scan;
21939
21940 /*
21941 * If no indexes, or no columns are referenceable by FKs, we can avoid the
21942 * scan.
21943 */
21946 INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_KEY)))
21948
21949 /* Search for constraints referencing this table */
21952 Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
21955 Anum_pg_constraint_contype, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
21956 F_CHAREQ, CharGetDatum(CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN));
21957
21958 /* XXX This is a seqscan, as we don't have a usable index */
21961 {
21963
21964 /*
21965 * We only need to process constraints that are part of larger ones.
21966 */
21968 continue;
21969
21970 constraints = lappend_oid(constraints, constrForm->oid);
21971 }
21972
21973 systable_endscan(scan);
21975
21976 return constraints;
21977}
References AccessShareLock, bms_is_empty, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CharGetDatum(), GETSTRUCT(), INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_KEY, InvalidOid, sort-test::key, lappend_oid(), NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelid, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(), and DetachPartitionFinalize().
◆ index_copy_data()
|
static |
Definition at line 17175 of file tablecmds.c.
17176{
17177 SMgrRelation dstrel;
17178
17179 /*
17180 * Since we copy the file directly without looking at the shared buffers,
17181 * we'd better first flush out any pages of the source relation that are
17182 * in shared buffers. We assume no new changes will be made while we are
17183 * holding exclusive lock on the rel.
17184 */
17185 FlushRelationBuffers(rel);
17186
17187 /*
17188 * Create and copy all forks of the relation, and schedule unlinking of
17189 * old physical files.
17190 *
17191 * NOTE: any conflict in relfilenumber value will be caught in
17192 * RelationCreateStorage().
17193 */
17195
17196 /* copy main fork */
17198 rel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
17199
17200 /* copy those extra forks that exist */
17202 forkNum <= MAX_FORKNUM; forkNum++)
17203 {
17205 {
17207
17208 /*
17209 * WAL log creation if the relation is persistent, or this is the
17210 * init fork of an unlogged relation.
17211 */
17213 (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED &&
17214 forkNum == INIT_FORKNUM))
17215 log_smgrcreate(&newrlocator, forkNum);
17217 rel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
17218 }
17219 }
17220
17221 /* drop old relation, and close new one */
17222 RelationDropStorage(rel);
17223 smgrclose(dstrel);
17224}
void RelationCopyStorage(SMgrRelation src, SMgrRelation dst, ForkNumber forkNum, char relpersistence)
Definition: storage.c:478
SMgrRelation RelationCreateStorage(RelFileLocator rlocator, char relpersistence, bool register_delete)
Definition: storage.c:122
void log_smgrcreate(const RelFileLocator *rlocator, ForkNumber forkNum)
Definition: storage.c:187
Definition: smgr.h:36
References FlushRelationBuffers(), INIT_FORKNUM, log_smgrcreate(), MAIN_FORKNUM, MAX_FORKNUM, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationCopyStorage(), RelationCreateStorage(), RelationDropStorage(), RelationGetSmgr(), RelationIsPermanent, smgrclose(), smgrcreate(), and smgrexists().
Referenced by ATExecSetTableSpace().
◆ MarkInheritDetached()
Definition at line 17893 of file tablecmds.c.
17894{
17895 Relation catalogRelation;
17896 SysScanDesc scan;
17898 HeapTuple inheritsTuple;
17899 bool found = false;
17900
17902
17903 /*
17904 * Find pg_inherits entries by inhparent. (We need to scan them all in
17905 * order to verify that no other partition is pending detach.)
17906 */
17909 Anum_pg_inherits_inhparent,
17910 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
17912 scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, InheritsParentIndexId,
17914
17916 {
17917 Form_pg_inherits inhForm;
17918
17920 if (inhForm->inhdetachpending)
17922 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
17924 get_rel_name(inhForm->inhrelid),
17926 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel)),
17927 errhint("Use ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE to complete the pending detach operation."));
17928
17930 {
17931 HeapTuple newtup;
17932
17933 newtup = heap_copytuple(inheritsTuple);
17935
17936 CatalogTupleUpdate(catalogRelation,
17937 &inheritsTuple->t_self,
17938 newtup);
17939 found = true;
17940 heap_freetuple(newtup);
17941 /* keep looking, to ensure we catch others pending detach */
17942 }
17943 }
17944
17945 /* Done */
17946 systable_endscan(scan);
17948
17949 if (!found)
17953 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel),
17954 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
17955}
References Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE, errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_namespace_name(), get_rel_name(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecDetachPartition().
◆ MergeAttributes()
|
static |
Definition at line 2544 of file tablecmds.c.
2546{
2550 bool have_bogus_defaults = false;
2551 int child_attno;
2554 ListCell *lc;
2555
2556 /*
2557 * Check for and reject tables with too many columns. We perform this
2558 * check relatively early for two reasons: (a) we don't run the risk of
2559 * overflowing an AttrNumber in subsequent code (b) an O(n^2) algorithm is
2560 * okay if we're processing <= 1600 columns, but could take minutes to
2561 * execute if the user attempts to create a table with hundreds of
2562 * thousands of columns.
2563 *
2564 * Note that we also need to check that we do not exceed this figure after
2565 * including columns from inherited relations.
2566 */
2569 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
2571 MaxHeapAttributeNumber)));
2572
2573 /*
2574 * Check for duplicate names in the explicit list of attributes.
2575 *
2576 * Although we might consider merging such entries in the same way that we
2577 * handle name conflicts for inherited attributes, it seems to make more
2578 * sense to assume such conflicts are errors.
2579 *
2580 * We don't use foreach() here because we have two nested loops over the
2581 * columns list, with possible element deletions in the inner one. If we
2582 * used foreach_delete_current() it could only fix up the state of one of
2583 * the loops, so it seems cleaner to use looping over list indexes for
2584 * both loops. Note that any deletion will happen beyond where the outer
2585 * loop is, so its index never needs adjustment.
2586 */
2588 {
2590
2592 {
2593 /*
2594 * Typed table column option that does not belong to a column from
2595 * the type. This works because the columns from the type come
2596 * first in the list. (We omit this check for partition column
2597 * lists; those are processed separately below.)
2598 */
2600 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
2602 coldef->colname)));
2603 }
2604
2605 /* restpos scans all entries beyond coldef; incr is in loop body */
2607 {
2609
2611 {
2613 {
2614 /*
2615 * merge the column options into the column from the type
2616 */
2622 columns = list_delete_nth_cell(columns, restpos);
2623 }
2624 else
2626 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
2628 coldef->colname)));
2629 }
2630 else
2631 restpos++;
2632 }
2633 }
2634
2635 /*
2636 * In case of a partition, there are no new column definitions, only dummy
2637 * ColumnDefs created for column constraints. Set them aside for now and
2638 * process them at the end.
2639 */
2640 if (is_partition)
2641 {
2642 saved_columns = columns;
2643 columns = NIL;
2644 }
2645
2646 /*
2647 * Scan the parents left-to-right, and merge their attributes to form a
2648 * list of inherited columns (inh_columns).
2649 */
2650 child_attno = 0;
2651 foreach(lc, supers)
2652 {
2654 Relation relation;
2655 TupleDesc tupleDesc;
2656 TupleConstr *constr;
2657 AttrMap *newattmap;
2658 List *inherited_defaults;
2659 List *cols_with_defaults;
2660 List *nnconstrs;
2661 ListCell *lc1;
2662 ListCell *lc2;
2663 Bitmapset *nncols = NULL;
2664
2665 /* caller already got lock */
2667
2668 /*
2669 * Check for active uses of the parent partitioned table in the
2670 * current transaction, such as being used in some manner by an
2671 * enclosing command.
2672 */
2673 if (is_partition)
2675
2676 /*
2677 * We do not allow partitioned tables and partitions to participate in
2678 * regular inheritance.
2679 */
2682 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2684 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2687 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2689 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2690
2692 relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
2693 relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
2695 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2697 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2698
2699 /*
2700 * If the parent is permanent, so must be all of its partitions. Note
2701 * that inheritance allows that case.
2702 */
2703 if (is_partition &&
2704 relation->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP &&
2705 relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
2707 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2709 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2710
2711 /* Permanent rels cannot inherit from temporary ones */
2712 if (relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP &&
2713 relation->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
2715 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2716 errmsg(!is_partition
2717 ? "cannot inherit from temporary relation \"%s\""
2718 : "cannot create a permanent relation as partition of temporary relation \"%s\"",
2719 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2720
2721 /* If existing rel is temp, it must belong to this session */
2724 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2725 errmsg(!is_partition
2726 ? "cannot inherit from temporary relation of another session"
2727 : "cannot create as partition of temporary relation of another session")));
2728
2729 /*
2730 * We should have an UNDER permission flag for this, but for now,
2731 * demand that creator of a child table own the parent.
2732 */
2735 RelationGetRelationName(relation));
2736
2737 tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(relation);
2738 constr = tupleDesc->constr;
2739
2740 /*
2741 * newattmap->attnums[] will contain the child-table attribute numbers
2742 * for the attributes of this parent table. (They are not the same
2743 * for parents after the first one, nor if we have dropped columns.)
2744 */
2746
2747 /* We can't process inherited defaults until newattmap is complete. */
2748 inherited_defaults = cols_with_defaults = NIL;
2749
2750 /*
2751 * Request attnotnull on columns that have a not-null constraint
2752 * that's not marked NO INHERIT (even if not valid).
2753 */
2755 true, false);
2757 nncols = bms_add_member(nncols, cc->attnum);
2758
2760 parent_attno++)
2761 {
2763 parent_attno - 1);
2765 int exist_attno;
2766 ColumnDef *newdef;
2767 ColumnDef *mergeddef;
2768
2769 /*
2770 * Ignore dropped columns in the parent.
2771 */
2772 if (attribute->attisdropped)
2773 continue; /* leave newattmap->attnums entry as zero */
2774
2775 /*
2776 * Create new column definition
2777 */
2778 newdef = makeColumnDef(attributeName, attribute->atttypid,
2779 attribute->atttypmod, attribute->attcollation);
2780 newdef->storage = attribute->attstorage;
2781 newdef->generated = attribute->attgenerated;
2783 newdef->compression =
2785
2786 /*
2787 * Regular inheritance children are independent enough not to
2788 * inherit identity columns. But partitions are integral part of
2789 * a partitioned table and inherit identity column.
2790 */
2791 if (is_partition)
2792 newdef->identity = attribute->attidentity;
2793
2794 /*
2795 * Does it match some previously considered column from another
2796 * parent?
2797 */
2798 exist_attno = findAttrByName(attributeName, inh_columns);
2799 if (exist_attno > 0)
2800 {
2801 /*
2802 * Yes, try to merge the two column definitions.
2803 */
2804 mergeddef = MergeInheritedAttribute(inh_columns, exist_attno, newdef);
2805
2806 newattmap->attnums[parent_attno - 1] = exist_attno;
2807
2808 /*
2809 * Partitions have only one parent, so conflict should never
2810 * occur.
2811 */
2812 Assert(!is_partition);
2813 }
2814 else
2815 {
2816 /*
2817 * No, create a new inherited column
2818 */
2819 newdef->inhcount = 1;
2821 inh_columns = lappend(inh_columns, newdef);
2822
2823 newattmap->attnums[parent_attno - 1] = ++child_attno;
2824 mergeddef = newdef;
2825 }
2826
2827 /*
2828 * mark attnotnull if parent has it
2829 */
2832
2833 /*
2834 * Locate default/generation expression if any
2835 */
2836 if (attribute->atthasdef)
2837 {
2838 Node *this_default;
2839
2840 this_default = TupleDescGetDefault(tupleDesc, parent_attno);
2841 if (this_default == NULL)
2843 parent_attno, RelationGetRelationName(relation));
2844
2845 /*
2846 * If it's a GENERATED default, it might contain Vars that
2847 * need to be mapped to the inherited column(s)' new numbers.
2848 * We can't do that till newattmap is ready, so just remember
2849 * all the inherited default expressions for the moment.
2850 */
2851 inherited_defaults = lappend(inherited_defaults, this_default);
2852 cols_with_defaults = lappend(cols_with_defaults, mergeddef);
2853 }
2854 }
2855
2856 /*
2857 * Now process any inherited default expressions, adjusting attnos
2858 * using the completed newattmap map.
2859 */
2860 forboth(lc1, inherited_defaults, lc2, cols_with_defaults)
2861 {
2864 bool found_whole_row;
2865
2866 /* Adjust Vars to match new table's column numbering */
2867 this_default = map_variable_attnos(this_default,
2868 1, 0,
2869 newattmap,
2870 InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
2871
2872 /*
2873 * For the moment we have to reject whole-row variables. We could
2874 * convert them, if we knew the new table's rowtype OID, but that
2875 * hasn't been assigned yet. (A variable could only appear in a
2876 * generation expression, so the error message is correct.)
2877 */
2878 if (found_whole_row)
2880 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2882 errdetail("Generation expression for column \"%s\" contains a whole-row reference to table \"%s\".",
2883 def->colname,
2884 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2885
2886 /*
2887 * If we already had a default from some prior parent, check to
2888 * see if they are the same. If so, no problem; if not, mark the
2889 * column as having a bogus default. Below, we will complain if
2890 * the bogus default isn't overridden by the child columns.
2891 */
2894 def->cooked_default = this_default;
2896 {
2897 def->cooked_default = &bogus_marker;
2898 have_bogus_defaults = true;
2899 }
2900 }
2901
2902 /*
2903 * Now copy the CHECK constraints of this parent, adjusting attnos
2904 * using the completed newattmap map. Identically named constraints
2905 * are merged if possible, else we throw error.
2906 */
2908 {
2910
2912 {
2914 Node *expr;
2915 bool found_whole_row;
2916
2917 /* ignore if the constraint is non-inheritable */
2919 continue;
2920
2921 /* Adjust Vars to match new table's column numbering */
2923 1, 0,
2924 newattmap,
2925 InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
2926
2927 /*
2928 * For the moment we have to reject whole-row variables. We
2929 * could convert them, if we knew the new table's rowtype OID,
2930 * but that hasn't been assigned yet.
2931 */
2932 if (found_whole_row)
2934 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2937 name,
2938 RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
2939
2941 check[i].ccenforced);
2942 }
2943 }
2944
2945 /*
2946 * Also copy the not-null constraints from this parent. The
2947 * attnotnull markings were already installed above.
2948 */
2950 {
2952
2953 nn->attnum = newattmap->attnums[nn->attnum - 1];
2954
2955 nnconstraints = lappend(nnconstraints, nn);
2956 }
2957
2958 free_attrmap(newattmap);
2959
2960 /*
2961 * Close the parent rel, but keep our lock on it until xact commit.
2962 * That will prevent someone else from deleting or ALTERing the parent
2963 * before the child is committed.
2964 */
2966 }
2967
2968 /*
2969 * If we had no inherited attributes, the result columns are just the
2970 * explicitly declared columns. Otherwise, we need to merge the declared
2971 * columns into the inherited column list. Although, we never have any
2972 * explicitly declared columns if the table is a partition.
2973 */
2975 {
2976 int newcol_attno = 0;
2977
2978 foreach(lc, columns)
2979 {
2982 int exist_attno;
2983
2984 /*
2985 * Partitions have only one parent and have no column definitions
2986 * of their own, so conflict should never occur.
2987 */
2988 Assert(!is_partition);
2989
2990 newcol_attno++;
2991
2992 /*
2993 * Does it match some inherited column?
2994 */
2995 exist_attno = findAttrByName(attributeName, inh_columns);
2996 if (exist_attno > 0)
2997 {
2998 /*
2999 * Yes, try to merge the two column definitions.
3000 */
3001 MergeChildAttribute(inh_columns, exist_attno, newcol_attno, newdef);
3002 }
3003 else
3004 {
3005 /*
3006 * No, attach new column unchanged to result columns.
3007 */
3008 inh_columns = lappend(inh_columns, newdef);
3009 }
3010 }
3011
3012 columns = inh_columns;
3013
3014 /*
3015 * Check that we haven't exceeded the legal # of columns after merging
3016 * in inherited columns.
3017 */
3020 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
3022 MaxHeapAttributeNumber)));
3023 }
3024
3025 /*
3026 * Now that we have the column definition list for a partition, we can
3027 * check whether the columns referenced in the column constraint specs
3028 * actually exist. Also, merge column defaults.
3029 */
3030 if (is_partition)
3031 {
3032 foreach(lc, saved_columns)
3033 {
3035 bool found = false;
3036 ListCell *l;
3037
3038 foreach(l, columns)
3039 {
3041
3043 {
3044 found = true;
3045
3046 /*
3047 * Check for conflicts related to generated columns.
3048 *
3049 * Same rules as above: generated-ness has to match the
3050 * parent, but the contents of the generation expression
3051 * can be different.
3052 */
3054 {
3057 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3059 restdef->colname)));
3062 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3064 restdef->colname)));
3065 }
3066 else
3067 {
3070 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3072 restdef->colname),
3074 }
3075
3078 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3080 restdef->colname),
3084
3085 /*
3086 * Override the parent's default value for this column
3087 * (coldef->cooked_default) with the partition's local
3088 * definition (restdef->raw_default), if there's one. It
3089 * should be physically impossible to get a cooked default
3090 * in the local definition or a raw default in the
3091 * inherited definition, but make sure they're nulls, for
3092 * future-proofing.
3093 */
3097 {
3099 coldef->cooked_default = NULL;
3100 }
3101 }
3102 }
3103
3104 /* complain for constraints on columns not in parent */
3105 if (!found)
3107 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
3109 restdef->colname)));
3110 }
3111 }
3112
3113 /*
3114 * If we found any conflicting parent default values, check to make sure
3115 * they were overridden by the child.
3116 */
3117 if (have_bogus_defaults)
3118 {
3119 foreach(lc, columns)
3120 {
3122
3124 {
3127 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3129 def->colname),
3131 else
3133 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3135 def->colname),
3137 }
3138 }
3139 }
3140
3141 *supconstr = constraints;
3142 *supnotnulls = nnconstraints;
3143
3144 return columns;
3145}
Definition: tupdesc.h:29
static ColumnDef * MergeInheritedAttribute(List *inh_columns, int exist_attno, const ColumnDef *newdef)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3413
static int findAttrByName(const char *attributeName, const List *columns)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3607
static List * MergeCheckConstraint(List *constraints, const char *name, Node *expr, bool is_enforced)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3164
static void MergeChildAttribute(List *inh_columns, int exist_attno, int newcol_attno, const ColumnDef *newdef)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3243
References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, Assert(), AttrMap::attnums, bms_add_member(), bms_is_member(), ConstrCheck::ccname, TupleConstr::check, CheckTableNotInUse(), ColumnDef::colname, ColumnDef::compression, CompressionMethodIsValid, TupleDescData::constr, CONSTR_NOTNULL, ColumnDef::constraints, ColumnDef::cooked_default, elog, equal(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, findAttrByName(), forboth, foreach_ptr, free_attrmap(), ColumnDef::generated, get_relkind_objtype(), GetCompressionMethodName(), GetUserId(), i, ColumnDef::identity, ColumnDef::inhcount, InvalidOid, ColumnDef::is_from_type, ColumnDef::is_local, ColumnDef::is_not_null, lappend(), lfirst, lfirst_node, lfirst_oid, list_delete_nth_cell(), list_length(), list_nth_node, make_attrmap(), makeColumnDef(), map_variable_attnos(), MaxHeapAttributeNumber, MergeCheckConstraint(), MergeChildAttribute(), MergeInheritedAttribute(), name, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, NIL, NoLock, TupleConstr::num_check, object_ownercheck(), pstrdup(), ColumnDef::raw_default, RelationData::rd_rel, RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetNotNullConstraints(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ColumnDef::storage, stringToNode(), table_close(), table_open(), TupleDescAttr(), TupleDescGetDefault(), and ColumnDef::typeName.
Referenced by DefineRelation().
◆ MergeAttributesIntoExisting()
|
static |
Definition at line 17526 of file tablecmds.c.
17527{
17528 Relation attrrel;
17529 TupleDesc parent_desc;
17530
17532 parent_desc = RelationGetDescr(parent_rel);
17533
17535 {
17538 HeapTuple tuple;
17539
17540 /* Ignore dropped columns in the parent. */
17541 if (parent_att->attisdropped)
17542 continue;
17543
17544 /* Find same column in child (matching on column name). */
17547 {
17549
17550 if (parent_att->atttypid != child_att->atttypid ||
17551 parent_att->atttypmod != child_att->atttypmod)
17553 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17555 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), parent_attname)));
17556
17557 if (parent_att->attcollation != child_att->attcollation)
17559 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
17561 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), parent_attname)));
17562
17563 /*
17564 * If the parent has a not-null constraint that's not NO INHERIT,
17565 * make sure the child has one too.
17566 *
17567 * Other constraints are checked elsewhere.
17568 */
17569 if (parent_att->attnotnull && !child_att->attnotnull)
17570 {
17571 HeapTuple contup;
17572
17574 parent_att->attnum);
17578 errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17580 parent_attname, RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)));
17581 }
17582
17583 /*
17584 * Child column must be generated if and only if parent column is.
17585 */
17586 if (parent_att->attgenerated && !child_att->attgenerated)
17588 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17590 if (child_att->attgenerated && !parent_att->attgenerated)
17592 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17594
17595 if (parent_att->attgenerated && child_att->attgenerated && child_att->attgenerated != parent_att->attgenerated)
17597 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17600 parent_att->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ? "STORED" : "VIRTUAL",
17601 child_att->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ? "STORED" : "VIRTUAL")));
17602
17603 /*
17604 * Regular inheritance children are independent enough not to
17605 * inherit identity columns. But partitions are integral part of
17606 * a partitioned table and inherit identity column.
17607 */
17608 if (ispartition)
17609 child_att->attidentity = parent_att->attidentity;
17610
17611 /*
17612 * OK, bump the child column's inheritance count. (If we fail
17613 * later on, this change will just roll back.)
17614 */
17616 &child_att->attinhcount))
17618 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
17620
17621 /*
17622 * In case of partitions, we must enforce that value of attislocal
17623 * is same in all partitions. (Note: there are only inherited
17624 * attributes in partitions)
17625 */
17627 {
17628 Assert(child_att->attinhcount == 1);
17629 child_att->attislocal = false;
17630 }
17631
17633 heap_freetuple(tuple);
17634 }
17635 else
17636 {
17638 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17640 }
17641 }
17642
17644}
References Assert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, findNotNullConstraintAttnum(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, NameStr, TupleDescData::natts, pg_add_s16_overflow(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by CreateInheritance().
◆ MergeCheckConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 3164 of file tablecmds.c.
3165{
3166 ListCell *lc;
3167 CookedConstraint *newcon;
3168
3169 foreach(lc, constraints)
3170 {
3172
3174
3175 /* Non-matching names never conflict */
3177 continue;
3178
3180 {
3181 /* OK to merge constraint with existing */
3183 &ccon->inhcount))
3185 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
3187
3188 /*
3189 * When enforceability differs, the merged constraint should be
3190 * marked as ENFORCED because one of the parents is ENFORCED.
3191 */
3193 {
3196 }
3197
3198 return constraints;
3199 }
3200
3204 name)));
3205 }
3206
3207 /*
3208 * Constraint couldn't be merged with an existing one and also didn't
3209 * conflict with an existing one, so add it as a new one to the list.
3210 */
3214 newcon->expr = expr;
3215 newcon->inhcount = 1;
3216 newcon->is_enforced = is_enforced;
3217 newcon->skip_validation = !is_enforced;
3219}
References Assert(), CONSTR_CHECK, CookedConstraint::contype, equal(), ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg(), ERROR, CookedConstraint::expr, CookedConstraint::inhcount, CookedConstraint::is_enforced, lappend(), lfirst, name, CookedConstraint::name, palloc0_object, pg_add_s16_overflow(), pstrdup(), and CookedConstraint::skip_validation.
Referenced by MergeAttributes().
◆ MergeChildAttribute()
|
static |
Definition at line 3243 of file tablecmds.c.
3244{
3246 ColumnDef *inhdef;
3247 Oid inhtypeid,
3248 newtypeid;
3249 int32 inhtypmod,
3250 newtypmod;
3251 Oid inhcollid,
3252 newcollid;
3253
3254 if (exist_attno == newcol_attno)
3257 attributeName)));
3258 else
3262
3264
3265 /*
3266 * Must have the same type and typmod
3267 */
3270 if (inhtypeid != newtypeid || inhtypmod != newtypmod)
3272 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3274 attributeName),
3276 format_type_with_typemod(inhtypeid, inhtypmod),
3277 format_type_with_typemod(newtypeid, newtypmod))));
3278
3279 /*
3280 * Must have the same collation
3281 */
3282 inhcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, inhdef, inhtypeid);
3283 newcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, newdef, newtypeid);
3284 if (inhcollid != newcollid)
3286 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
3288 attributeName),
3290 get_collation_name(inhcollid),
3291 get_collation_name(newcollid))));
3292
3293 /*
3294 * Identity is never inherited by a regular inheritance child. Pick
3295 * child's identity definition if there's one.
3296 */
3298
3299 /*
3300 * Copy storage parameter
3301 */
3306 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3308 attributeName),
3312
3313 /*
3314 * Copy compression parameter
3315 */
3319 {
3322 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3324 attributeName),
3326 }
3327
3328 /*
3329 * Merge of not-null constraints = OR 'em together
3330 */
3332
3333 /*
3334 * Check for conflicts related to generated columns.
3335 *
3336 * If the parent column is generated, the child column will be made a
3337 * generated column if it isn't already. If it is a generated column,
3338 * we'll take its generation expression in preference to the parent's. We
3339 * must check that the child column doesn't specify a default value or
3340 * identity, which matches the rules for a single column in
3341 * parse_utilcmd.c.
3342 *
3343 * Conversely, if the parent column is not generated, the child column
3344 * can't be either. (We used to allow that, but it results in being able
3345 * to override the generation expression via UPDATEs through the parent.)
3346 */
3348 {
3351 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3353 inhdef->colname)));
3356 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3358 inhdef->colname)));
3359 }
3360 else
3361 {
3364 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3366 inhdef->colname),
3368 }
3369
3372 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
3374 inhdef->colname),
3378
3379 /*
3380 * If new def has a default, override previous default
3381 */
3383 {
3386 }
3387
3388 /* Mark the column as locally defined */
3390}
References ColumnDef::colname, ColumnDef::compression, ColumnDef::cooked_default, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_with_typemod(), ColumnDef::generated, get_collation_name(), GetColumnDefCollation(), ColumnDef::identity, ColumnDef::is_local, ColumnDef::is_not_null, list_nth_node, NOTICE, ColumnDef::raw_default, ColumnDef::storage, storage_name(), ColumnDef::typeName, and typenameTypeIdAndMod().
Referenced by MergeAttributes().
◆ MergeConstraintsIntoExisting()
Definition at line 17664 of file tablecmds.c.
17665{
17666 Relation constraintrel;
17667 SysScanDesc parent_scan;
17668 ScanKeyData parent_key;
17669 HeapTuple parent_tuple;
17671 AttrMap *attmap;
17672
17674
17675 /* Outer loop scans through the parent's constraint definitions */
17676 ScanKeyInit(&parent_key,
17677 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
17678 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
17679 ObjectIdGetDatum(parent_relid));
17680 parent_scan = systable_beginscan(constraintrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
17681 true, NULL, 1, &parent_key);
17682
17684 RelationGetDescr(child_rel),
17685 true);
17686
17688 {
17690 SysScanDesc child_scan;
17691 ScanKeyData child_key;
17692 HeapTuple child_tuple;
17693 AttrNumber parent_attno;
17694 bool found = false;
17695
17696 if (parent_con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
17697 parent_con->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
17698 continue;
17699
17700 /* if the parent's constraint is marked NO INHERIT, it's not inherited */
17701 if (parent_con->connoinherit)
17702 continue;
17703
17704 if (parent_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
17705 parent_attno = extractNotNullColumn(parent_tuple);
17706 else
17707 parent_attno = InvalidAttrNumber;
17708
17709 /* Search for a child constraint matching this one */
17710 ScanKeyInit(&child_key,
17711 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
17712 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
17714 child_scan = systable_beginscan(constraintrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
17715 true, NULL, 1, &child_key);
17716
17718 {
17720 HeapTuple child_copy;
17721
17722 if (child_con->contype != parent_con->contype)
17723 continue;
17724
17725 /*
17726 * CHECK constraint are matched by constraint name, NOT NULL ones
17727 * by attribute number.
17728 */
17729 if (child_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
17730 {
17732 NameStr(child_con->conname)) != 0)
17733 continue;
17734 }
17735 else if (child_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
17736 {
17737 Form_pg_attribute parent_attr;
17738 Form_pg_attribute child_attr;
17739 AttrNumber child_attno;
17740
17742 child_attno = extractNotNullColumn(child_tuple);
17744 continue;
17745
17747 /* there shouldn't be constraints on dropped columns */
17748 if (parent_attr->attisdropped || child_attr->attisdropped)
17750 }
17751
17752 if (child_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
17755 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17758
17759 /*
17760 * If the child constraint is "no inherit" then cannot merge
17761 */
17762 if (child_con->connoinherit)
17764 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
17767
17768 /*
17769 * If the child constraint is "not valid" then cannot merge with a
17770 * valid parent constraint
17771 */
17772 if (parent_con->convalidated && child_con->conenforced &&
17773 !child_con->convalidated)
17775 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
17778
17779 /*
17780 * A NOT ENFORCED child constraint cannot be merged with an
17781 * ENFORCED parent constraint. However, the reverse is allowed,
17782 * where the child constraint is ENFORCED.
17783 */
17784 if (parent_con->conenforced && !child_con->conenforced)
17786 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
17789
17790 /*
17791 * OK, bump the child constraint's inheritance count. (If we fail
17792 * later on, this change will just roll back.)
17793 */
17794 child_copy = heap_copytuple(child_tuple);
17796
17798 &child_con->coninhcount))
17800 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
17802
17803 /*
17804 * In case of partitions, an inherited constraint must be
17805 * inherited only once since it cannot have multiple parents and
17806 * it is never considered local.
17807 */
17809 {
17810 Assert(child_con->coninhcount == 1);
17811 child_con->conislocal = false;
17812 }
17813
17815 heap_freetuple(child_copy);
17816
17817 found = true;
17818 break;
17819 }
17820
17821 systable_endscan(child_scan);
17822
17823 if (!found)
17824 {
17825 if (parent_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
17827 errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17829 get_attname(parent_relid,
17830 extractNotNullColumn(parent_tuple),
17831 false),
17832 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)));
17833
17835 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
17837 NameStr(parent_con->conname))));
17838 }
17839 }
17840
17841 systable_endscan(parent_scan);
17843}
static bool constraints_equivalent(HeapTuple a, HeapTuple b, TupleDesc tupleDesc)
Definition: tablecmds.c:17497
References Assert(), AttrMap::attnums, BTEqualStrategyNumber, build_attrmap_by_name(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), constraints_equivalent(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, extractNotNullColumn(), get_attname(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidAttrNumber, NameStr, ObjectIdGetDatum(), pg_add_s16_overflow(), RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by CreateInheritance().
◆ MergeInheritedAttribute()
|
static |
Definition at line 3413 of file tablecmds.c.
3416{
3418 ColumnDef *prevdef;
3419 Oid prevtypeid,
3420 newtypeid;
3421 int32 prevtypmod,
3422 newtypmod;
3423 Oid prevcollid,
3424 newcollid;
3425
3428 attributeName)));
3430
3431 /*
3432 * Must have the same type and typmod
3433 */
3436 if (prevtypeid != newtypeid || prevtypmod != newtypmod)
3438 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3440 attributeName),
3442 format_type_with_typemod(prevtypeid, prevtypmod),
3443 format_type_with_typemod(newtypeid, newtypmod))));
3444
3445 /*
3446 * Must have the same collation
3447 */
3448 prevcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, prevdef, prevtypeid);
3449 newcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, newdef, newtypeid);
3450 if (prevcollid != newcollid)
3452 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
3454 attributeName),
3456 get_collation_name(prevcollid),
3457 get_collation_name(newcollid))));
3458
3459 /*
3460 * Copy/check storage parameter
3461 */
3466 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3468 attributeName),
3472
3473 /*
3474 * Copy/check compression parameter
3475 */
3479 {
3482 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3484 attributeName),
3487 }
3488
3489 /*
3490 * Check for GENERATED conflicts
3491 */
3494 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
3496 attributeName)));
3497
3498 /*
3499 * Default and other constraints are handled by the caller.
3500 */
3501
3503 &prevdef->inhcount))
3505 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
3507
3508 return prevdef;
3509}
References ColumnDef::colname, ColumnDef::compression, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, format_type_with_typemod(), ColumnDef::generated, get_collation_name(), GetColumnDefCollation(), ColumnDef::inhcount, list_nth_node, NOTICE, pg_add_s16_overflow(), ColumnDef::storage, storage_name(), ColumnDef::typeName, and typenameTypeIdAndMod().
Referenced by MergeAttributes().
◆ MergePartitionsMoveRows()
|
static |
Definition at line 22568 of file tablecmds.c.
22569{
22570 CommandId mycid;
22571 EState *estate;
22572 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
22573 ListCell *ltab;
22574
22575 /* The FSM is empty, so don't bother using it. */
22578 TupleTableSlot *dstslot;
22579
22580 /* Find the work queue entry for the new partition table: newPartRel. */
22581 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, newPartRel);
22582
22583 /* Generate the constraint and default execution states. */
22584 estate = CreateExecutorState();
22585
22586 buildExpressionExecutionStates(tab, newPartRel, estate);
22587
22589
22590 /* Prepare a BulkInsertState for table_tuple_insert. */
22591 bistate = GetBulkInsertState();
22592
22593 /* Create the necessary tuple slot. */
22594 dstslot = table_slot_create(newPartRel, NULL);
22595
22596 foreach_oid(merging_oid, mergingPartitions)
22597 {
22598 ExprContext *econtext;
22599 TupleTableSlot *srcslot;
22600 TupleConversionMap *tuple_map;
22601 TableScanDesc scan;
22602 MemoryContext oldCxt;
22603 Snapshot snapshot;
22604 Relation mergingPartition;
22605
22606 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
22607
22608 /*
22609 * Partition is already locked in the transformPartitionCmdForMerge
22610 * function.
22611 */
22613
22614 /* Create a source tuple slot for the partition being merged. */
22615 srcslot = table_slot_create(mergingPartition, NULL);
22616
22617 /*
22618 * Map computing for moving attributes of the merged partition to the
22619 * new partition.
22620 */
22622 RelationGetDescr(newPartRel));
22623
22624 /* Scan through the rows. */
22626 scan = table_beginscan(mergingPartition, snapshot, 0, NULL);
22627
22628 /*
22629 * Switch to per-tuple memory context and reset it for each tuple
22630 * produced, so we don't leak memory.
22631 */
22633
22635 {
22636 TupleTableSlot *insertslot;
22637
22638 CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
22639
22640 if (tuple_map)
22641 {
22642 /* Need to use a map to copy attributes. */
22644 }
22645 else
22646 {
22647 slot_getallattrs(srcslot);
22648
22649 /* Copy attributes directly. */
22650 insertslot = dstslot;
22651
22652 ExecClearTuple(insertslot);
22653
22658
22659 ExecStoreVirtualTuple(insertslot);
22660 }
22661
22662 /*
22663 * Constraints and GENERATED expressions might reference the
22664 * tableoid column, so fill tts_tableOid with the desired value.
22665 * (We must do this each time, because it gets overwritten with
22666 * newrel's OID during storing.)
22667 */
22669
22670 /*
22671 * Now, evaluate any generated expressions whose inputs come from
22672 * the new tuple. We assume these columns won't reference each
22673 * other, so that there's no ordering dependency.
22674 */
22675 evaluateGeneratedExpressionsAndCheckConstraints(tab, newPartRel,
22676 insertslot, econtext);
22677
22678 /* Write the tuple out to the new relation. */
22679 table_tuple_insert(newPartRel, insertslot, mycid,
22680 ti_options, bistate);
22681
22682 ResetExprContext(econtext);
22683 }
22684
22685 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCxt);
22686 table_endscan(scan);
22687 UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot);
22688
22689 if (tuple_map)
22690 free_conversion_map(tuple_map);
22691
22692 ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(srcslot);
22694 }
22695
22696 FreeExecutorState(estate);
22697 ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(dstslot);
22698 FreeBulkInsertState(bistate);
22699
22700 table_finish_bulk_insert(newPartRel, ti_options);
22701
22702 /*
22703 * We don't need to process this newPartRel since we already processed it
22704 * here, so delete the ALTER TABLE queue for it.
22705 */
22706 foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
22707 {
22710 {
22711 *wqueue = list_delete_cell(*wqueue, ltab);
22712 break;
22713 }
22714 }
22715}
Definition: tupconvert.h:25
static void evaluateGeneratedExpressionsAndCheckConstraints(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation newPartRel, TupleTableSlot *insertslot, ExprContext *econtext)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22150
static void buildExpressionExecutionStates(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation newPartRel, EState *estate)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22112
TupleConversionMap * convert_tuples_by_name(TupleDesc indesc, TupleDesc outdesc)
Definition: tupconvert.c:103
TupleTableSlot * execute_attr_map_slot(AttrMap *attrMap, TupleTableSlot *in_slot, TupleTableSlot *out_slot)
Definition: tupconvert.c:193
References ATGetQueueEntry(), TupleConversionMap::attrMap, buildExpressionExecutionStates(), CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, convert_tuples_by_name(), CreateExecutorState(), evaluateGeneratedExpressionsAndCheckConstraints(), ExecClearTuple(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), ExecStoreVirtualTuple(), execute_attr_map_slot(), foreach_oid, ForwardScanDirection, free_conversion_map(), FreeBulkInsertState(), FreeExecutorState(), GetBulkInsertState(), GetCurrentCommandId(), GetLatestSnapshot(), GetPerTupleExprContext, GetPerTupleMemoryContext, lfirst, list_delete_cell(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NoLock, RegisterSnapshot(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelid, AlteredTableInfo::relid, ResetExprContext, slot_getallattrs(), table_beginscan(), table_close(), table_endscan(), table_finish_bulk_insert(), TABLE_INSERT_SKIP_FSM, table_open(), table_scan_getnextslot(), table_slot_create(), table_tuple_insert(), TupleTableSlot::tts_isnull, TupleTableSlot::tts_nvalid, TupleTableSlot::tts_tableOid, TupleTableSlot::tts_values, and UnregisterSnapshot().
Referenced by ATExecMergePartitions().
◆ NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints()
|
static |
Definition at line 8117 of file tablecmds.c.
8118{
8120
8122 attr->attnum,
8123 attr->atttypid,
8124 attr->atttypmod,
8125 attr->attcollation,
8126 0);
8128
8129 /*
8130 * argisrow = false is correct even for a composite column, because
8131 * attnotnull does not represent a SQL-spec IS NOT NULL test in such a
8132 * case, just IS DISTINCT FROM NULL.
8133 */
8134 nnulltest->argisrow = false;
8135 nnulltest->location = -1;
8136
8138 {
8140 (errmsg_internal("existing constraints on column \"%s.%s\" are sufficient to prove that it does not contain nulls",
8142 return true;
8143 }
8144
8145 return false;
8146}
Definition: primnodes.h:1981
static bool ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(Relation scanrel, List *testConstraint, List *provenConstraint)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20140
References NullTest::arg, ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(), DEBUG1, ereport, errmsg_internal(), IS_NOT_NULL, list_make1, NullTest::location, makeNode, makeVar(), NameStr, NIL, NullTest::nulltesttype, and RelationGetRelationName.
Referenced by set_attnotnull().
◆ PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint()
Definition at line 20085 of file tablecmds.c.
20087{
20091
20093 {
20095
20097 {
20099
20100 /* invalid not-null constraint must be ignored here */
20102 {
20105
20107 i,
20108 wholeatt->atttypid,
20109 wholeatt->atttypmod,
20110 wholeatt->attcollation,
20111 0);
20113
20114 /*
20115 * argisrow=false is correct even for a composite column,
20116 * because attnotnull does not represent a SQL-spec IS NOT
20117 * NULL test in such a case, just IS DISTINCT FROM NULL.
20118 */
20119 ntest->argisrow = false;
20120 ntest->location = -1;
20121 existConstraint = lappend(existConstraint, ntest);
20122 }
20123 }
20124 }
20125
20127}
References NullTest::arg, CompactAttribute::attisdropped, CompactAttribute::attnullability, ATTNULLABLE_VALID, ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(), TupleConstr::has_not_null, i, IS_NOT_NULL, lappend(), NullTest::location, makeNode, makeVar(), TupleDescData::natts, NIL, NullTest::nulltesttype, RelationData::rd_att, RelationGetDescr, TupleDescAttr(), and TupleDescCompactAttr().
Referenced by check_default_partition_contents(), and QueuePartitionConstraintValidation().
◆ PreCommit_on_commit_actions()
| void PreCommit_on_commit_actions | ( | void | ) |
Definition at line 19346 of file tablecmds.c.
19347{
19348 ListCell *l;
19351
19353 {
19355
19356 /* Ignore entry if already dropped in this xact */
19358 continue;
19359
19361 {
19364 /* Do nothing (there shouldn't be such entries, actually) */
19365 break;
19367
19368 /*
19369 * If this transaction hasn't accessed any temporary
19370 * relations, we can skip truncating ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS
19371 * tables, as they must still be empty.
19372 */
19375 break;
19378 break;
19379 }
19380 }
19381
19382 /*
19383 * Truncate relations before dropping so that all dependencies between
19384 * relations are removed after they are worked on. Doing it like this
19385 * might be a waste as it is possible that a relation being truncated will
19386 * be dropped anyway due to its parent being dropped, but this makes the
19387 * code more robust because of not having to re-check that the relation
19388 * exists at truncation time.
19389 */
19391 heap_truncate(oids_to_truncate);
19392
19394 {
19396
19397 foreach(l, oids_to_drop)
19398 {
19399 ObjectAddress object;
19400
19403 object.objectSubId = 0;
19404
19406
19408 }
19409
19410 /*
19411 * Object deletion might involve toast table access (to clean up
19412 * toasted catalog entries), so ensure we have a valid snapshot.
19413 */
19415
19416 /*
19417 * Since this is an automatic drop, rather than one directly initiated
19418 * by the user, we pass the PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL flag.
19419 */
19422
19423 PopActiveSnapshot();
19424
19425#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
19426
19427 /*
19428 * Note that table deletion will call remove_on_commit_action, so the
19429 * entry should get marked as deleted.
19430 */
19432 {
19434
19436 continue;
19437
19439 }
19440#endif
19441 }
19442}
References add_exact_object_address(), Assert(), ObjectAddress::classId, OnCommitItem::deleting_subid, DROP_CASCADE, GetTransactionSnapshot(), heap_truncate(), InvalidSubTransactionId, lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, MyXactFlags, new_object_addresses(), NIL, object_address_present(), on_commits, OnCommitItem::oncommit, ONCOMMIT_DELETE_ROWS, ONCOMMIT_DROP, ONCOMMIT_NOOP, ONCOMMIT_PRESERVE_ROWS, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL, PERFORM_DELETION_QUIETLY, performMultipleDeletions(), PopActiveSnapshot(), PushActiveSnapshot(), OnCommitItem::relid, and XACT_FLAGS_ACCESSEDTEMPNAMESPACE.
Referenced by CommitTransaction(), and PrepareTransaction().
◆ QueueCheckConstraintValidation()
|
static |
Definition at line 13145 of file tablecmds.c.
13148{
13149 Form_pg_constraint con;
13150 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
13151 HeapTuple copyTuple;
13152 Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
13153
13155 ListCell *child;
13156 NewConstraint *newcon;
13158 char *conbin;
13159
13161 Assert(con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK);
13162
13163 /*
13164 * If we're recursing, the parent has already done this, so skip it. Also,
13165 * if the constraint is a NO INHERIT constraint, we shouldn't try to look
13166 * for it in the children.
13167 */
13168 if (!recursing && !con->connoinherit)
13170 lockmode, NULL);
13171
13172 /*
13173 * For CHECK constraints, we must ensure that we only mark the constraint
13174 * as validated on the parent if it's already validated on the children.
13175 *
13176 * We recurse before validating on the parent, to reduce risk of
13177 * deadlocks.
13178 */
13179 foreach(child, children)
13180 {
13182 Relation childrel;
13183
13185 continue;
13186
13187 /*
13188 * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
13189 * tables, because we can't mark the constraint on the parent valid
13190 * unless it is valid for all child tables.
13191 */
13192 if (!recurse)
13194 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
13196
13197 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
13199
13201 true, lockmode);
13203 }
13204
13205 /* Queue validation for phase 3 */
13207 newcon->name = constrName;
13211 newcon->conid = con->oid;
13212
13214 Anum_pg_constraint_conbin);
13217
13218 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
13219 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
13221
13222 /*
13223 * Invalidate relcache so that others see the new validated constraint.
13224 */
13225 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
13226
13227 /*
13228 * Now update the catalog, while we have the door open.
13229 */
13230 copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
13232 copy_con->convalidated = true;
13234
13235 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, con->oid, 0);
13236
13237 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
13238}
Datum SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(int cacheId, HeapTuple tup, AttrNumber attributeNumber)
Definition: syscache.c:625
References Assert(), ATExecValidateConstraint(), ATGetQueueEntry(), CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), NewConstraint::conid, CONSTR_CHECK, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, expand_generated_columns_in_expr(), find_all_inheritors(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lappend(), lfirst_oid, NewConstraint::name, NIL, NoLock, palloc0_object, NewConstraint::qual, NewConstraint::refindid, NewConstraint::refrelid, RelationGetRelid, stringToNode(), SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), TextDatumGetCString, and val.
Referenced by ATExecValidateConstraint().
◆ QueueFKConstraintValidation()
|
static |
Definition at line 13026 of file tablecmds.c.
13028{
13029 Form_pg_constraint con;
13030 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
13031 HeapTuple copyTuple;
13032 Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
13033
13035 Assert(con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN);
13036 Assert(!con->convalidated);
13037
13038 /*
13039 * Add the validation to phase 3's queue; not needed for partitioned
13040 * tables themselves, only for their partitions.
13041 *
13042 * When the referenced table (pkrelid) is partitioned, the referencing
13043 * table (fkrel) has one pg_constraint row pointing to each partition
13044 * thereof. These rows are there only to support action triggers and no
13045 * table scan is needed, therefore skip this for them as well.
13046 */
13048 con->confrelid == pkrelid)
13049 {
13050 NewConstraint *newcon;
13051 Constraint *fkconstraint;
13052
13053 /* Queue validation for phase 3 */
13055 /* for now this is all we need */
13057
13061 newcon->refrelid = con->confrelid;
13062 newcon->refindid = con->conindid;
13063 newcon->conid = con->oid;
13065
13066 /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
13067 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, fkrel);
13069 }
13070
13071 /*
13072 * If the table at either end of the constraint is partitioned, we need to
13073 * recurse and handle every unvalidate constraint that is a child of this
13074 * constraint.
13075 */
13077 get_rel_relkind(con->confrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
13078 {
13079 ScanKeyData pkey;
13080 SysScanDesc pscan;
13081 HeapTuple childtup;
13082
13083 ScanKeyInit(&pkey,
13084 Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
13085 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
13086 ObjectIdGetDatum(con->oid));
13087
13088 pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId,
13089 true, NULL, 1, &pkey);
13090
13092 {
13093 Form_pg_constraint childcon;
13094 Relation childrel;
13095
13097
13098 /*
13099 * If the child constraint has already been validated, no further
13100 * action is required for it or its descendants, as they are all
13101 * valid.
13102 */
13103 if (childcon->convalidated)
13104 continue;
13105
13106 childrel = table_open(childcon->conrelid, lockmode);
13107
13108 /*
13109 * NB: Note that pkrelid should be passed as-is during recursion,
13110 * as it is required to identify the root referenced table.
13111 */
13112 QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, childrel, pkrelid,
13113 childtup, lockmode);
13115 }
13116
13117 systable_endscan(pscan);
13118 }
13119
13120 /*
13121 * Now mark the pg_constraint row as validated (even if we didn't check,
13122 * notably the ones for partitions on the referenced side).
13123 *
13124 * We rely on transaction abort to roll back this change if phase 3
13125 * ultimately finds violating rows. This is a bit ugly.
13126 */
13127 copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
13129 copy_con->convalidated = true;
13131
13132 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, con->oid, 0);
13133
13134 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
13135}
References Assert(), ATGetQueueEntry(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), NewConstraint::conid, Constraint::conname, CONSTR_FOREIGN, AlteredTableInfo::constraints, NewConstraint::contype, get_rel_relkind(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lappend(), makeNode, NewConstraint::name, NameStr, NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), palloc0_object, pstrdup(), NewConstraint::qual, QueueFKConstraintValidation(), RelationData::rd_rel, NewConstraint::refindid, NewConstraint::refrelid, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecValidateConstraint(), AttachPartitionForeignKey(), and QueueFKConstraintValidation().
◆ QueueNNConstraintValidation()
|
static |
Definition at line 13248 of file tablecmds.c.
13251{
13252 Form_pg_constraint con;
13253 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
13254 HeapTuple copyTuple;
13255 Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
13258 char *colname;
13259
13261 Assert(con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL);
13262
13264
13265 /*
13266 * If we're recursing, we've already done this for parent, so skip it.
13267 * Also, if the constraint is a NO INHERIT constraint, we shouldn't try to
13268 * look for it in the children.
13269 *
13270 * We recurse before validating on the parent, to reduce risk of
13271 * deadlocks.
13272 */
13273 if (!recursing && !con->connoinherit)
13275
13277 foreach_oid(childoid, children)
13278 {
13279 Relation childrel;
13280 HeapTuple contup;
13281 Form_pg_constraint childcon;
13282 char *conname;
13283
13285 continue;
13286
13287 /*
13288 * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
13289 * tables, because we can't mark the constraint on the parent valid
13290 * unless it is valid for all child tables.
13291 */
13292 if (!recurse)
13294 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
13296
13297 /*
13298 * The column on child might have a different attnum, so search by
13299 * column name.
13300 */
13301 contup = findNotNullConstraint(childoid, colname);
13302 if (!contup)
13303 elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for not-null constraint on column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"",
13304 colname, get_rel_name(childoid));
13306 if (childcon->convalidated)
13307 continue;
13308
13309 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
13312
13313 /* XXX improve ATExecValidateConstraint API to avoid double search */
13314 ATExecValidateConstraint(wqueue, childrel, conname,
13315 false, true, lockmode);
13317 }
13318
13319 /* Set attnotnull appropriately without queueing another validation */
13321
13322 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
13324
13325 /*
13326 * Invalidate relcache so that others see the new validated constraint.
13327 */
13328 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
13329
13330 /*
13331 * Now update the catalogs, while we have the door open.
13332 */
13333 copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
13335 copy_con->convalidated = true;
13337
13338 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, con->oid, 0);
13339
13340 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
13341}
References Assert(), ATExecValidateConstraint(), ATGetQueueEntry(), attnum, CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, extractNotNullColumn(), find_all_inheritors(), findNotNullConstraint(), foreach_oid, get_attname(), get_rel_name(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NameStr, NIL, NoLock, pstrdup(), RelationGetRelid, set_attnotnull(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATExecValidateConstraint().
◆ QueuePartitionConstraintValidation()
|
static |
Definition at line 20203 of file tablecmds.c.
20206{
20207 /*
20208 * Based on the table's existing constraints, determine whether or not we
20209 * may skip scanning the table.
20210 */
20212 {
20213 if (!validate_default)
20216 RelationGetRelationName(scanrel))));
20217 else
20219 (errmsg_internal("updated partition constraint for default partition \"%s\" is implied by existing constraints",
20220 RelationGetRelationName(scanrel))));
20221 return;
20222 }
20223
20224 /*
20225 * Constraints proved insufficient. For plain relations, queue a
20226 * validation item now; for partitioned tables, recurse to process each
20227 * partition.
20228 */
20230 {
20231 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
20232
20233 /* Grab a work queue entry. */
20234 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, scanrel);
20237 tab->validate_default = validate_default;
20238 }
20240 {
20243
20245 {
20246 Relation part_rel;
20247 List *thisPartConstraint;
20248
20249 /*
20250 * This is the minimum lock we need to prevent deadlocks.
20251 */
20253
20254 /*
20255 * Adjust the constraint for scanrel so that it matches this
20256 * partition's attribute numbers.
20257 */
20258 thisPartConstraint =
20259 map_partition_varattnos(partConstraint, 1,
20260 part_rel, scanrel);
20261
20262 QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, part_rel,
20263 thisPartConstraint,
20264 validate_default);
20266 }
20267 }
20268}
bool PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(Relation scanrel, List *partConstraint)
Definition: tablecmds.c:20085
References AccessExclusiveLock, Assert(), ATGetQueueEntry(), DEBUG1, ereport, errmsg_internal(), i, linitial, map_partition_varattnos(), NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, PartitionDescData::oids, PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(), AlteredTableInfo::partition_constraint, QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, table_close(), table_open(), and AlteredTableInfo::validate_default.
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartition(), and QueuePartitionConstraintValidation().
◆ RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation()
|
static |
Definition at line 19612 of file tablecmds.c.
19614{
19616 ObjectType reltype;
19617 HeapTuple tuple;
19618 Form_pg_class classform;
19619 AclResult aclresult;
19620 char relkind;
19621
19624 return; /* concurrently dropped */
19626 relkind = classform->relkind;
19627
19628 /* Must own relation. */
19631
19632 /* No system table modifications unless explicitly allowed. */
19635 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
19637 rv->relname)));
19638
19639 /*
19640 * Extract the specified relation type from the statement parse tree.
19641 *
19642 * Also, for ALTER .. RENAME, check permissions: the user must (still)
19643 * have CREATE rights on the containing namespace.
19644 */
19646 {
19647 aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, classform->relnamespace,
19651 get_namespace_name(classform->relnamespace));
19653 }
19656
19659 else
19660 {
19663 }
19664
19665 /*
19666 * For compatibility with prior releases, we allow ALTER TABLE to be used
19667 * with most other types of relations (but not composite types). We allow
19668 * similar flexibility for ALTER INDEX in the case of RENAME, but not
19669 * otherwise. Otherwise, the user must select the correct form of the
19670 * command for the relation at issue.
19671 */
19674 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19676
19679 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19681
19684 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19686
19689 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19691
19694 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19696
19698 relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX
19701 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19703
19704 /*
19705 * Don't allow ALTER TABLE on composite types. We want people to use ALTER
19706 * TYPE for that.
19707 */
19710 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19712 /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
19714 "ALTER TYPE")));
19715
19716 /*
19717 * Don't allow ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA on relations that can't be moved
19718 * to a different schema, such as indexes and TOAST tables.
19719 */
19721 {
19722 if (relkind == RELKIND_INDEX || relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
19724 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19726 rv->relname),
19728 else if (relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
19730 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19732 rv->relname),
19733 /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
19735 "ALTER TYPE")));
19736 else if (relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE)
19738 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19740 rv->relname),
19742 }
19743
19744 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
19745}
Definition: parsenodes.h:3722
Definition: parsenodes.h:3690
References ACL_CREATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACLCHECK_OK, allowSystemTableMods, arg, elog, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_namespace_name(), get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), HeapTupleIsValid, IsA, IsSystemClass(), nodeTag, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE, OBJECT_INDEX, OBJECT_MATVIEW, object_ownercheck(), OBJECT_SCHEMA, OBJECT_SEQUENCE, OBJECT_TABLE, OBJECT_TYPE, OBJECT_VIEW, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), RangeVar::relname, SearchSysCache1(), and stmt.
Referenced by AlterTableLookupRelation(), AlterTableNamespace(), and RenameRelation().
◆ RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex()
|
static |
Definition at line 21568 of file tablecmds.c.
21570{
21572 Form_pg_class classform;
21573 HeapTuple tuple;
21574
21576
21578 {
21581 }
21582
21583 /*
21584 * If we previously locked some other heap, and the name we're looking up
21585 * no longer refers to an index on that relation, release the now-useless
21586 * lock. XXX maybe we should do *after* we verify whether the index does
21587 * not actually belong to the same relation ...
21588 */
21590 {
21593 }
21594
21595 /* Didn't find a relation, so no need for locking or permission checks. */
21597 return;
21598
21601 return; /* concurrently dropped, so nothing to do */
21603 if (classform->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
21604 classform->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX)
21606 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
21608 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
21609
21610 /*
21611 * Since we need only examine the heap's tupledesc, an access share lock
21612 * on it (preventing any DDL) is sufficient.
21613 */
21616}
References AccessShareLock, arg, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, IndexGetRelation(), InvalidOid, LockRelationOid(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), RangeVar::relname, SearchSysCache1(), and UnlockRelationOid().
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartitionIdx().
◆ RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation()
|
static |
Definition at line 1697 of file tablecmds.c.
1699{
1700 HeapTuple tuple;
1703 bool is_partition;
1704 Form_pg_class classform;
1706 bool invalid_system_index = false;
1707
1710
1711 /*
1712 * If we previously locked some other index's heap, and the name we're
1713 * looking up no longer refers to that relation, release the now-useless
1714 * lock.
1715 */
1717 {
1720 }
1721
1722 /*
1723 * Similarly, if we previously locked some other partition's heap, and the
1724 * name we're looking up no longer refers to that relation, release the
1725 * now-useless lock.
1726 */
1728 {
1731 }
1732
1733 /* Didn't find a relation, so no need for locking or permission checks. */
1735 return;
1736
1739 return; /* concurrently dropped, so nothing to do */
1741 is_partition = classform->relispartition;
1742
1743 /* Pass back some data to save lookups in RemoveRelations */
1744 state->actual_relkind = classform->relkind;
1745 state->actual_relpersistence = classform->relpersistence;
1746
1747 /*
1748 * Both RELKIND_RELATION and RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE are OBJECT_TABLE,
1749 * but RemoveRelations() can only pass one relkind for a given relation.
1750 * It chooses RELKIND_RELATION for both regular and partitioned tables.
1751 * That means we must be careful before giving the wrong type error when
1752 * the relation is RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE. An equivalent problem
1753 * exists with indexes.
1754 */
1755 if (classform->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
1756 expected_relkind = RELKIND_RELATION;
1757 else if (classform->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
1758 expected_relkind = RELKIND_INDEX;
1759 else
1760 expected_relkind = classform->relkind;
1761
1764 state->expected_relkind);
1765
1766 /* Allow DROP to either table owner or schema owner */
1770 get_relkind_objtype(classform->relkind),
1771 rel->relname);
1772
1773 /*
1774 * Check the case of a system index that might have been invalidated by a
1775 * failed concurrent process and allow its drop. For the time being, this
1776 * only concerns indexes of toast relations that became invalid during a
1777 * REINDEX CONCURRENTLY process.
1778 */
1780 {
1781 HeapTuple locTuple;
1782 Form_pg_index indexform;
1783 bool indisvalid;
1784
1787 {
1788 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
1789 return;
1790 }
1791
1793 indisvalid = indexform->indisvalid;
1794 ReleaseSysCache(locTuple);
1795
1796 /* Mark object as being an invalid index of system catalogs */
1797 if (!indisvalid)
1798 invalid_system_index = true;
1799 }
1800
1801 /* In the case of an invalid index, it is fine to bypass this check */
1804 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
1806 rel->relname)));
1807
1808 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
1809
1810 /*
1811 * In DROP INDEX, attempt to acquire lock on the parent table before
1812 * locking the index. index_drop() will need this anyway, and since
1813 * regular queries lock tables before their indexes, we risk deadlock if
1814 * we do it the other way around. No error if we don't find a pg_index
1815 * entry, though --- the relation may have been dropped. Note that this
1816 * code will execute for either plain or partitioned indexes.
1817 */
1819 relOid != oldRelOid)
1820 {
1824 }
1825
1826 /*
1827 * Similarly, if the relation is a partition, we must acquire lock on its
1828 * parent before locking the partition. That's because queries lock the
1829 * parent before its partitions, so we risk deadlock if we do it the other
1830 * way around.
1831 */
1832 if (is_partition && relOid != oldRelOid)
1833 {
1837 }
1838}
Definition: tablecmds.c:316
static void DropErrorMsgWrongType(const char *relname, char wrongkind, char rightkind)
Definition: tablecmds.c:1506
References AccessExclusiveLock, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, allowSystemTableMods, arg, DropErrorMsgWrongType(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, DropRelationCallbackState::expected_relkind, get_partition_parent(), get_relkind_objtype(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), DropRelationCallbackState::heap_lockmode, HeapTupleIsValid, IndexGetRelation(), InvalidOid, IsSystemClass(), LockRelationOid(), object_ownercheck(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), RangeVar::relname, SearchSysCache1(), and UnlockRelationOid().
Referenced by RemoveRelations().
◆ RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute()
|
static |
Definition at line 3986 of file tablecmds.c.
3988{
3989 HeapTuple tuple;
3990 Form_pg_class form;
3991
3994 return; /* concurrently dropped */
3997 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
3998}
static void renameatt_check(Oid myrelid, Form_pg_class classform, bool recursing)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3792
References GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), renameatt_check(), and SearchSysCache1().
Referenced by renameatt(), and RenameConstraint().
◆ RangeVarCallbackForTruncate()
|
static |
Definition at line 19556 of file tablecmds.c.
19558{
19559 HeapTuple tuple;
19560
19561 /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */
19563 return;
19564
19568
19571
19572 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
19573}
References elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), truncate_check_perms(), and truncate_check_rel().
Referenced by ExecuteTruncate().
◆ RangeVarCallbackMaintainsTable()
| void RangeVarCallbackMaintainsTable | ( | const RangeVar * | relation, |
| Oid | relId, | ||
| Oid | oldRelId, | ||
| void * | arg | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 19520 of file tablecmds.c.
19522{
19523 char relkind;
19524 AclResult aclresult;
19525
19526 /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */
19528 return;
19529
19530 /*
19531 * If the relation does exist, check whether it's an index. But note that
19532 * the relation might have been dropped between the time we did the name
19533 * lookup and now. In that case, there's nothing to do.
19534 */
19535 relkind = get_rel_relkind(relId);
19536 if (!relkind)
19537 return;
19538 if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && relkind != RELKIND_TOASTVALUE &&
19539 relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW && relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
19541 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
19543
19544 /* Check permissions */
19547 aclcheck_error(aclresult,
19549 relation->relname);
19550}
References ACL_MAINTAIN, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GetUserId(), OidIsValid, pg_class_aclcheck(), and RangeVar::relname.
Referenced by cluster(), ExecRefreshMatView(), and ReindexTable().
◆ RangeVarCallbackOwnsRelation()
| void RangeVarCallbackOwnsRelation | ( | const RangeVar * | relation, |
| Oid | relId, | ||
| Oid | oldRelId, | ||
| void * | arg | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 19580 of file tablecmds.c.
19582{
19583 HeapTuple tuple;
19584
19585 /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */
19587 return;
19588
19592
19595 relation->relname);
19596
19600 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
19602 relation->relname)));
19603
19604 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
19605}
References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, allowSystemTableMods, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), HeapTupleIsValid, IsSystemClass(), object_ownercheck(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, ReleaseSysCache(), RangeVar::relname, and SearchSysCache1().
Referenced by AlterSequence(), ProcessUtilitySlow(), transformPartitionCmdForMerge(), and transformPartitionCmdForSplit().
◆ RebuildConstraintComment()
|
static |
Definition at line 15870 of file tablecmds.c.
15873{
15874 CommentStmt *cmd;
15875 char *comment_str;
15876 AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
15877
15878 /* Look for comment for object wanted, and leave if none */
15879 comment_str = GetComment(objid, ConstraintRelationId, 0);
15880 if (comment_str == NULL)
15881 return;
15882
15883 /* Build CommentStmt node, copying all input data for safety */
15885 if (rel)
15886 {
15892 }
15893 else
15894 {
15899 }
15900 cmd->comment = comment_str;
15901
15902 /* Append it to list of commands */
15907}
References AT_ReAddComment, CommentStmt::comment, copyObject, AlterTableCmd::def, get_namespace_name(), GetComment(), lappend(), list_make2, list_make3, makeNode, makeString(), makeTypeNameFromNameList(), CommentStmt::object, OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT, OBJECT_TABCONSTRAINT, CommentStmt::objtype, pstrdup(), RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, AlteredTableInfo::subcmds, and AlterTableCmd::subtype.
Referenced by ATPostAlterTypeParse().
◆ refuseDupeIndexAttach()
|
static |
Definition at line 21784 of file tablecmds.c.
21785{
21786 Oid existingIdx;
21787
21788 existingIdx = index_get_partition(partitionTbl,
21789 RelationGetRelid(parentIdx));
21792 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
21794 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
21795 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
21797 get_rel_name(existingIdx),
21798 RelationGetRelationName(partitionTbl))));
21799}
References ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_name(), index_get_partition(), OidIsValid, RelationGetRelationName, and RelationGetRelid.
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartitionIdx().
◆ register_on_commit_action()
| void register_on_commit_action | ( | Oid | relid, |
| OnCommitAction | action | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 19287 of file tablecmds.c.
19288{
19289 OnCommitItem *oc;
19290 MemoryContext oldcxt;
19291
19292 /*
19293 * We needn't bother registering the relation unless there is an ON COMMIT
19294 * action we need to take.
19295 */
19297 return;
19298
19300
19302 oc->relid = relid;
19306
19307 /*
19308 * We use lcons() here so that ON COMMIT actions are processed in reverse
19309 * order of registration. That might not be essential but it seems
19310 * reasonable.
19311 */
19313
19314 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
19315}
References generate_unaccent_rules::action, CacheMemoryContext, OnCommitItem::creating_subid, OnCommitItem::deleting_subid, GetCurrentSubTransactionId(), InvalidSubTransactionId, lcons(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), on_commits, OnCommitItem::oncommit, ONCOMMIT_NOOP, ONCOMMIT_PRESERVE_ROWS, palloc_object, and OnCommitItem::relid.
Referenced by heap_create_with_catalog().
◆ relation_mark_replica_identity()
|
static |
Definition at line 18428 of file tablecmds.c.
18430{
18431 Relation pg_index;
18432 Relation pg_class;
18433 HeapTuple pg_class_tuple;
18434 HeapTuple pg_index_tuple;
18435 Form_pg_class pg_class_form;
18436 Form_pg_index pg_index_form;
18438
18439 /*
18440 * Check whether relreplident has changed, and update it if so.
18441 */
18443 pg_class_tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID,
18447 RelationGetRelationName(rel));
18449 if (pg_class_form->relreplident != ri_type)
18450 {
18451 pg_class_form->relreplident = ri_type;
18453 }
18455 heap_freetuple(pg_class_tuple);
18456
18457 /*
18458 * Update the per-index indisreplident flags correctly.
18459 */
18462 {
18464 bool dirty = false;
18465
18466 pg_index_tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(INDEXRELID,
18467 ObjectIdGetDatum(thisIndexOid));
18471
18472 if (thisIndexOid == indexOid)
18473 {
18474 /* Set the bit if not already set. */
18475 if (!pg_index_form->indisreplident)
18476 {
18477 dirty = true;
18478 pg_index_form->indisreplident = true;
18479 }
18480 }
18481 else
18482 {
18483 /* Unset the bit if set. */
18484 if (pg_index_form->indisreplident)
18485 {
18486 dirty = true;
18487 pg_index_form->indisreplident = false;
18488 }
18489 }
18490
18491 if (dirty)
18492 {
18494 InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(IndexRelationId, thisIndexOid, 0,
18495 InvalidOid, is_internal);
18496
18497 /*
18498 * Invalidate the relcache for the table, so that after we commit
18499 * all sessions will refresh the table's replica identity index
18500 * before attempting any UPDATE or DELETE on the table. (If we
18501 * changed the table's pg_class row above, then a relcache inval
18502 * is already queued due to that; but we might not have.)
18503 */
18504 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
18505 }
18506 heap_freetuple(pg_index_tuple);
18507 }
18508
18510}
References CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg, lfirst_oid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecReplicaIdentity().
◆ RememberAllDependentForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15071 of file tablecmds.c.
15073{
15074 Relation depRel;
15076 SysScanDesc scan;
15077 HeapTuple depTup;
15078
15080
15082
15084 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
15085 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
15086 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
15088 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
15089 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
15092 Anum_pg_depend_refobjsubid,
15093 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ,
15095
15097 NULL, 3, key);
15098
15100 {
15102 ObjectAddress foundObject;
15103
15104 foundObject.classId = foundDep->classid;
15105 foundObject.objectId = foundDep->objid;
15106 foundObject.objectSubId = foundDep->objsubid;
15107
15109 {
15110 case RelationRelationId:
15111 {
15113
15114 if (relKind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
15115 relKind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
15116 {
15119 }
15120 else if (relKind == RELKIND_SEQUENCE)
15121 {
15122 /*
15123 * This must be a SERIAL column's sequence. We need
15124 * not do anything to it.
15125 */
15127 }
15128 else
15129 {
15130 /* Not expecting any other direct dependencies... */
15133 }
15134 break;
15135 }
15136
15137 case ConstraintRelationId:
15140 break;
15141
15142 case ProcedureRelationId:
15143
15144 /*
15145 * A new-style SQL function can depend on a column, if that
15146 * column is referenced in the parsed function body. Ideally
15147 * we'd automatically update the function by deparsing and
15148 * reparsing it, but that's risky and might well fail anyhow.
15149 * FIXME someday.
15150 *
15151 * This is only a problem for AT_AlterColumnType, not
15152 * AT_SetExpression.
15153 */
15156 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15160 colName)));
15161 break;
15162
15163 case RewriteRelationId:
15164
15165 /*
15166 * View/rule bodies have pretty much the same issues as
15167 * function bodies. FIXME someday.
15168 */
15171 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15175 colName)));
15176 break;
15177
15178 case TriggerRelationId:
15179
15180 /*
15181 * A trigger can depend on a column because the column is
15182 * specified as an update target, or because the column is
15183 * used in the trigger's WHEN condition. The first case would
15184 * not require any extra work, but the second case would
15185 * require updating the WHEN expression, which has the same
15186 * issues as above. Since we can't easily tell which case
15187 * applies, we punt for both. FIXME someday.
15188 */
15191 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15195 colName)));
15196 break;
15197
15198 case PolicyRelationId:
15199
15200 /*
15201 * A policy can depend on a column because the column is
15202 * specified in the policy's USING or WITH CHECK qual
15203 * expressions. It might be possible to rewrite and recheck
15204 * the policy expression, but punt for now. It's certainly
15205 * easy enough to remove and recreate the policy; still, FIXME
15206 * someday.
15207 */
15210 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15214 colName)));
15215 break;
15216
15217 case AttrDefaultRelationId:
15218 {
15220
15223 {
15224 /*
15225 * Ignore the column's own default expression. The
15226 * caller deals with it.
15227 */
15228 }
15229 else
15230 {
15231 /*
15232 * This must be a reference from the expression of a
15233 * generated column elsewhere in the same table.
15234 * Changing the type/generated expression of a column
15235 * that is used by a generated column is not allowed
15236 * by SQL standard, so just punt for now. It might be
15237 * doable with some thinking and effort.
15238 */
15241 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15244 colName,
15246 col.objectSubId,
15247 false))));
15248 }
15249 break;
15250 }
15251
15252 case StatisticExtRelationId:
15253
15254 /*
15255 * Give the extended-stats machinery a chance to fix anything
15256 * that this column type change would break.
15257 */
15259 break;
15260
15261 case PublicationRelRelationId:
15262
15263 /*
15264 * Column reference in a PUBLICATION ... FOR TABLE ... WHERE
15265 * clause. Same issues as above. FIXME someday.
15266 */
15269 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
15273 colName)));
15274 break;
15275
15276 default:
15277
15278 /*
15279 * We don't expect any other sorts of objects to depend on a
15280 * column.
15281 */
15284 break;
15285 }
15286 }
15287
15288 systable_endscan(scan);
15290}
ObjectAddress GetAttrDefaultColumnAddress(Oid attrdefoid)
Definition: pg_attrdef.c:321
static void RememberIndexForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15384
static void RememberStatisticsForRebuilding(Oid stxoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15435
static void RememberConstraintForRebuilding(Oid conoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15328
References Assert(), AT_AlterColumnType, AT_SetExpression, attnum, BTEqualStrategyNumber, ObjectAddress::classId, elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_attname(), get_rel_relkind(), GetAttrDefaultColumnAddress(), getObjectDescription(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, Int32GetDatum(), sort-test::key, NoLock, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ObjectAddress::objectSubId, RelationGetRelid, RememberConstraintForRebuilding(), RememberIndexForRebuilding(), RememberStatisticsForRebuilding(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecAlterColumnType(), and ATExecSetExpression().
◆ RememberClusterOnForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15312 of file tablecmds.c.
15313{
15315 return;
15316
15319
15321}
References AlteredTableInfo::clusterOnIndex, elog, ERROR, get_index_isclustered(), get_rel_name(), and AlteredTableInfo::relid.
Referenced by RememberConstraintForRebuilding(), and RememberIndexForRebuilding().
◆ RememberConstraintForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15328 of file tablecmds.c.
15329{
15330 /*
15331 * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we
15332 * mustn't try to recreate the same constraint twice, and if a constraint
15333 * depends on more than one column whose type is to be altered, we must
15334 * capture its definition string before applying any of the column type
15335 * changes. ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later.
15336 */
15338 {
15339 /* OK, capture the constraint's existing definition string */
15341 Oid indoid;
15342
15343 /*
15344 * It is critical to create not-null constraints ahead of primary key
15345 * indexes; otherwise, the not-null constraint would be created by the
15346 * primary key, and the constraint name would be wrong.
15347 */
15349 {
15351 tab->changedConstraintOids);
15353 tab->changedConstraintDefs);
15354 }
15355 else
15356 {
15357
15359 conoid);
15361 defstring);
15362 }
15363
15364 /*
15365 * For the index of a constraint, if any, remember if it is used for
15366 * the table's replica identity or if it is a clustered index, so that
15367 * ATPostAlterTypeCleanup() can queue up commands necessary to restore
15368 * those properties.
15369 */
15370 indoid = get_constraint_index(conoid);
15372 {
15373 RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
15374 RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
15375 }
15376 }
15377}
char * pg_get_constraintdef_command(Oid constraintId)
Definition: ruleutils.c:2183
static void RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15297
static void RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
Definition: tablecmds.c:15312
References AlteredTableInfo::changedConstraintDefs, AlteredTableInfo::changedConstraintOids, get_constraint_index(), get_constraint_type(), lappend(), lappend_oid(), lcons(), lcons_oid(), list_member_oid(), OidIsValid, pg_get_constraintdef_command(), RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(), and RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding().
Referenced by RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(), and RememberIndexForRebuilding().
◆ RememberIndexForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15384 of file tablecmds.c.
15385{
15386 /*
15387 * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we
15388 * mustn't try to recreate the same index twice, and if an index depends
15389 * on more than one column whose type is to be altered, we must capture
15390 * its definition string before applying any of the column type changes.
15391 * ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later.
15392 */
15394 {
15395 /*
15396 * Before adding it as an index-to-rebuild, we'd better see if it
15397 * belongs to a constraint, and if so rebuild the constraint instead.
15398 * Typically this check fails, because constraint indexes normally
15399 * have only dependencies on their constraint. But it's possible for
15400 * such an index to also have direct dependencies on table columns,
15401 * for example with a partial exclusion constraint.
15402 */
15404
15406 {
15407 RememberConstraintForRebuilding(conoid, tab);
15408 }
15409 else
15410 {
15411 /* OK, capture the index's existing definition string */
15413
15415 indoid);
15417 defstring);
15418
15419 /*
15420 * Remember if this index is used for the table's replica identity
15421 * or if it is a clustered index, so that ATPostAlterTypeCleanup()
15422 * can queue up commands necessary to restore those properties.
15423 */
15424 RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
15425 RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
15426 }
15427 }
15428}
References AlteredTableInfo::changedIndexDefs, AlteredTableInfo::changedIndexOids, get_index_constraint(), lappend(), lappend_oid(), list_member_oid(), OidIsValid, pg_get_indexdef_string(), RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(), RememberConstraintForRebuilding(), and RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding().
Referenced by RememberAllDependentForRebuilding().
◆ RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15297 of file tablecmds.c.
15298{
15300 return;
15301
15304
15306}
References elog, ERROR, get_index_isreplident(), get_rel_name(), AlteredTableInfo::relid, and AlteredTableInfo::replicaIdentityIndex.
Referenced by RememberConstraintForRebuilding(), and RememberIndexForRebuilding().
◆ RememberStatisticsForRebuilding()
|
static |
Definition at line 15435 of file tablecmds.c.
15436{
15437 /*
15438 * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we
15439 * mustn't try to recreate the same statistics object twice, and if the
15440 * statistics object depends on more than one column whose type is to be
15441 * altered, we must capture its definition string before applying any of
15442 * the type changes. ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later.
15443 */
15445 {
15446 /* OK, capture the statistics object's existing definition string */
15448
15450 stxoid);
15452 defstring);
15453 }
15454}
char * pg_get_statisticsobjdef_string(Oid statextid)
Definition: ruleutils.c:1626
References AlteredTableInfo::changedStatisticsDefs, AlteredTableInfo::changedStatisticsOids, lappend(), lappend_oid(), list_member_oid(), and pg_get_statisticsobjdef_string().
Referenced by RememberAllDependentForRebuilding().
◆ remove_on_commit_action()
| void remove_on_commit_action | ( | Oid | relid | ) |
Definition at line 19323 of file tablecmds.c.
References OnCommitItem::deleting_subid, GetCurrentSubTransactionId(), lfirst, on_commits, and OnCommitItem::relid.
Referenced by heap_drop_with_catalog().
◆ RemoveInheritance()
|
static |
Definition at line 17976 of file tablecmds.c.
17977{
17978 Relation catalogRelation;
17979 SysScanDesc scan;
17981 HeapTuple attributeTuple,
17982 constraintTuple;
17983 AttrMap *attmap;
17984 List *connames;
17985 List *nncolumns;
17986 bool found;
17987 bool is_partitioning;
17988
17989 is_partitioning = (parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
17990
17992 RelationGetRelid(parent_rel),
17993 expect_detached,
17994 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel));
17995 if (!found)
17996 {
17997 if (is_partitioning)
18001 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel),
18002 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
18003 else
18007 RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel),
18008 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel))));
18009 }
18010
18011 /*
18012 * Search through child columns looking for ones matching parent rel
18013 */
18016 Anum_pg_attribute_attrelid,
18017 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18019 scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, AttributeRelidNumIndexId,
18022 {
18024
18025 /* Ignore if dropped or not inherited */
18026 if (att->attisdropped)
18027 continue;
18028 if (att->attinhcount <= 0)
18029 continue;
18030
18032 NameStr(att->attname)))
18033 {
18034 /* Decrement inhcount and possibly set islocal to true */
18037
18038 copy_att->attinhcount--;
18039 if (copy_att->attinhcount == 0)
18040 copy_att->attislocal = true;
18041
18043 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
18044 }
18045 }
18046 systable_endscan(scan);
18048
18049 /*
18050 * Likewise, find inherited check and not-null constraints and disinherit
18051 * them. To do this, we first need a list of the names of the parent's
18052 * check constraints. (We cheat a bit by only checking for name matches,
18053 * assuming that the expressions will match.)
18054 *
18055 * For NOT NULL columns, we store column numbers to match, mapping them in
18056 * to the child rel's attribute numbers.
18057 */
18059 RelationGetDescr(parent_rel),
18060 false);
18061
18064 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
18065 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18067 scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
18069
18070 connames = NIL;
18071 nncolumns = NIL;
18072
18074 {
18076
18077 if (con->connoinherit)
18078 continue;
18079
18080 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
18082 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
18083 {
18085
18087 }
18088 }
18089
18090 systable_endscan(scan);
18091
18092 /* Now scan the child's constraints to find matches */
18094 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
18095 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
18097 scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
18099
18101 {
18103 bool match = false;
18104
18105 /*
18106 * Match CHECK constraints by name, not-null constraints by column
18107 * number, and ignore all others.
18108 */
18109 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
18110 {
18112 {
18113 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
18114 strcmp(NameStr(con->conname), chkname) == 0)
18115 {
18116 match = true;
18117 connames = foreach_delete_current(connames, chkname);
18118 break;
18119 }
18120 }
18121 }
18122 else if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
18123 {
18125
18126 foreach_int(prevattno, nncolumns)
18127 {
18128 if (prevattno == child_attno)
18129 {
18130 match = true;
18131 nncolumns = foreach_delete_current(nncolumns, prevattno);
18132 break;
18133 }
18134 }
18135 }
18136 else
18137 continue;
18138
18139 if (match)
18140 {
18141 /* Decrement inhcount and possibly set islocal to true */
18144
18145 if (copy_con->coninhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
18148
18149 copy_con->coninhcount--;
18150 if (copy_con->coninhcount == 0)
18151 copy_con->conislocal = true;
18152
18154 heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
18155 }
18156 }
18157
18158 /* We should have matched all constraints */
18163
18164 systable_endscan(scan);
18166
18168 RelationRelationId,
18169 RelationGetRelid(parent_rel),
18170 child_dependency_type(is_partitioning));
18171
18172 /*
18173 * Post alter hook of this inherits. Since object_access_hook doesn't take
18174 * multiple object identifiers, we relay oid of parent relation using
18175 * auxiliary_id argument.
18176 */
18177 InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(InheritsRelationId,
18178 RelationGetRelid(child_rel), 0,
18180}
bool DeleteInheritsTuple(Oid inhrelid, Oid inhparent, bool expect_detach_pending, const char *childname)
Definition: pg_inherits.c:552
bool SearchSysCacheExistsAttName(Oid relid, const char *attname)
Definition: syscache.c:517
References AttrMap::attnums, BTEqualStrategyNumber, build_attrmap_by_name(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), child_dependency_type, DeleteInheritsTuple(), drop_parent_dependency(), elog, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE, errmsg(), ERROR, extractNotNullColumn(), foreach_delete_current, foreach_int, foreach_ptr, GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg, sort-test::key, lappend(), lappend_int(), list_length(), NameStr, NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), pstrdup(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCacheExistsAttName(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by ATExecDetachPartition(), ATExecDropInherit(), DetachPartitionFinalize(), and detachPartitionTable().
◆ RemoveInheritedConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 11949 of file tablecmds.c.
11951{
11952 ObjectAddresses *objs;
11953 HeapTuple consttup;
11955 SysScanDesc scan;
11956 HeapTuple trigtup;
11957
11959 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
11960 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
11961 ObjectIdGetDatum(conrelid));
11962
11963 scan = systable_beginscan(conrel,
11964 ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
11966 objs = new_object_addresses();
11968 {
11970
11971 if (conform->conparentid != conoid)
11972 continue;
11973 else
11974 {
11975 ObjectAddress addr;
11976 SysScanDesc scan2;
11977 ScanKeyData key2;
11979
11980 ObjectAddressSet(addr, ConstraintRelationId, conform->oid);
11981 add_exact_object_address(&addr, objs);
11982
11983 /*
11984 * First we must delete the dependency record that binds the
11985 * constraint records together.
11986 */
11987 n = deleteDependencyRecordsForSpecific(ConstraintRelationId,
11988 conform->oid,
11989 DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL,
11990 ConstraintRelationId,
11991 conoid);
11993
11994 /*
11995 * Now search for the triggers for this constraint and set them up
11996 * for deletion too
11997 */
11998 ScanKeyInit(&key2,
11999 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
12000 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
12001 ObjectIdGetDatum(conform->oid));
12002 scan2 = systable_beginscan(trigrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId,
12003 true, NULL, 1, &key2);
12005 {
12006 ObjectAddressSet(addr, TriggerRelationId,
12008 add_exact_object_address(&addr, objs);
12009 }
12010 systable_endscan(scan2);
12011 }
12012 }
12013 /* make the dependency deletions visible */
12014 CommandCounterIncrement();
12016 PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL);
12017 systable_endscan(scan);
12018}
long deleteDependencyRecordsForSpecific(Oid classId, Oid objectId, char deptype, Oid refclassId, Oid refobjectId)
Definition: pg_depend.c:398
References add_exact_object_address(), Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CommandCounterIncrement(), deleteDependencyRecordsForSpecific(), DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, DROP_RESTRICT, GETSTRUCT(), sort-test::key, new_object_addresses(), ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL, performMultipleDeletions(), PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), and systable_getnext().
Referenced by AttachPartitionForeignKey().
◆ RemoveRelations()
| void RemoveRelations | ( | DropStmt * | drop | ) |
Definition at line 1533 of file tablecmds.c.
1534{
1535 ObjectAddresses *objects;
1536 char relkind;
1537 ListCell *cell;
1538 int flags = 0;
1540
1541 /* DROP CONCURRENTLY uses a weaker lock, and has some restrictions */
1543 {
1544 /*
1545 * Note that for temporary relations this lock may get upgraded later
1546 * on, but as no other session can access a temporary relation, this
1547 * is actually fine.
1548 */
1549 lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
1553 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1557 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1559 }
1560
1561 /*
1562 * First we identify all the relations, then we delete them in a single
1563 * performMultipleDeletions() call. This is to avoid unwanted DROP
1564 * RESTRICT errors if one of the relations depends on another.
1565 */
1566
1567 /* Determine required relkind */
1569 {
1571 relkind = RELKIND_RELATION;
1572 break;
1573
1575 relkind = RELKIND_INDEX;
1576 break;
1577
1579 relkind = RELKIND_SEQUENCE;
1580 break;
1581
1583 relkind = RELKIND_VIEW;
1584 break;
1585
1587 relkind = RELKIND_MATVIEW;
1588 break;
1589
1591 relkind = RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE;
1592 break;
1593
1594 default:
1597 relkind = 0; /* keep compiler quiet */
1598 break;
1599 }
1600
1601 /* Lock and validate each relation; build a list of object addresses */
1602 objects = new_object_addresses();
1603
1605 {
1607 Oid relOid;
1608 ObjectAddress obj;
1610
1611 /*
1612 * These next few steps are a great deal like relation_openrv, but we
1613 * don't bother building a relcache entry since we don't need it.
1614 *
1615 * Check for shared-cache-inval messages before trying to access the
1616 * relation. This is needed to cover the case where the name
1617 * identifies a rel that has been dropped and recreated since the
1618 * start of our transaction: if we don't flush the old syscache entry,
1619 * then we'll latch onto that entry and suffer an error later.
1620 */
1621 AcceptInvalidationMessages();
1622
1623 /* Look up the appropriate relation using namespace search. */
1624 state.expected_relkind = relkind;
1627 /* We must initialize these fields to show that no locks are held: */
1630
1633 &state);
1634
1635 /* Not there? */
1637 {
1639 continue;
1640 }
1641
1642 /*
1643 * Decide if concurrent mode needs to be used here or not. The
1644 * callback retrieved the rel's persistence for us.
1645 */
1647 state.actual_relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
1648 {
1651 flags |= PERFORM_DELETION_CONCURRENTLY;
1652 }
1653
1654 /*
1655 * Concurrent index drop cannot be used with partitioned indexes,
1656 * either.
1657 */
1659 state.actual_relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
1661 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
1663 rel->relname)));
1664
1665 /*
1666 * If we're told to drop a partitioned index, we must acquire lock on
1667 * all the children of its parent partitioned table before proceeding.
1668 * Otherwise we'd try to lock the child index partitions before their
1669 * tables, leading to potential deadlock against other sessions that
1670 * will lock those objects in the other order.
1671 */
1674 state.heap_lockmode,
1675 NULL);
1676
1677 /* OK, we're ready to delete this one */
1678 obj.classId = RelationRelationId;
1679 obj.objectId = relOid;
1680 obj.objectSubId = 0;
1681
1682 add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
1683 }
1684
1686
1687 free_object_addresses(objects);
1688}
RangeVar * makeRangeVarFromNameList(const List *names)
Definition: namespace.c:3624
static void DropErrorMsgNonExistent(RangeVar *rel, char rightkind, bool missing_ok)
Definition: tablecmds.c:1458
static void RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation(const RangeVar *rel, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid, void *arg)
Definition: tablecmds.c:1697
References AcceptInvalidationMessages(), AccessExclusiveLock, add_exact_object_address(), Assert(), DropStmt::behavior, ObjectAddress::classId, DropStmt::concurrent, DROP_CASCADE, DropErrorMsgNonExistent(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), free_object_addresses(), InvalidOid, lfirst, list_length(), makeRangeVarFromNameList(), DropStmt::missing_ok, new_object_addresses(), OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE, OBJECT_INDEX, OBJECT_MATVIEW, OBJECT_SEQUENCE, OBJECT_TABLE, OBJECT_VIEW, ObjectAddress::objectId, DropStmt::objects, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, OidIsValid, PERFORM_DELETION_CONCURRENTLY, performMultipleDeletions(), RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RangeVar::relname, DropStmt::removeType, RVR_MISSING_OK, and ShareUpdateExclusiveLock.
Referenced by ExecDropStmt().
◆ rename_constraint_internal()
|
static |
Definition at line 4044 of file tablecmds.c.
4051{
4052 Relation targetrelation = NULL;
4053 Oid constraintOid;
4054 HeapTuple tuple;
4055 Form_pg_constraint con;
4056 ObjectAddress address;
4057
4058 Assert(!myrelid || !mytypid);
4059
4060 if (mytypid)
4061 {
4063 }
4064 else
4065 {
4067
4068 /*
4069 * don't tell it whether we're recursing; we allow changing typed
4070 * tables here
4071 */
4073
4075 }
4076
4080 constraintOid);
4082
4083 if (myrelid &&
4084 (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK ||
4085 con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL) &&
4086 !con->connoinherit)
4087 {
4088 if (recurse)
4089 {
4090 List *child_oids,
4091 *child_numparents;
4092 ListCell *lo,
4093 *li;
4094
4096 &child_numparents);
4097
4098 forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents)
4099 {
4102
4103 if (childrelid == myrelid)
4104 continue;
4105
4106 rename_constraint_internal(childrelid, InvalidOid, oldconname, newconname, false, true, numparents);
4107 }
4108 }
4109 else
4110 {
4111 if (expected_parents == 0 &&
4114 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
4116 oldconname)));
4117 }
4118
4119 if (con->coninhcount > expected_parents)
4121 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
4123 oldconname)));
4124 }
4125
4126 if (con->conindid
4127 && (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_PRIMARY
4128 || con->contype == CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE
4129 || con->contype == CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION))
4130 /* rename the index; this renames the constraint as well */
4132 else
4133 RenameConstraintById(constraintOid, newconname);
4134
4135 ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, constraintOid);
4136
4137 ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
4138
4139 if (targetrelation)
4140 {
4141 /*
4142 * Invalidate relcache so as others can see the new constraint name.
4143 */
4144 CacheInvalidateRelcache(targetrelation);
4145
4147 }
4148
4149 return address;
4150}
void RenameConstraintById(Oid conId, const char *newname)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:988
Oid get_relation_constraint_oid(Oid relid, const char *conname, bool missing_ok)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1183
Oid get_domain_constraint_oid(Oid typid, const char *conname, bool missing_ok)
Definition: pg_constraint.c:1376
static ObjectAddress rename_constraint_internal(Oid myrelid, Oid mytypid, const char *oldconname, const char *newconname, bool recurse, bool recursing, int expected_parents)
Definition: tablecmds.c:4044
References AccessExclusiveLock, Assert(), CacheInvalidateRelcache(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), find_inheritance_children(), forboth, get_domain_constraint_oid(), get_relation_constraint_oid(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, lfirst_int, lfirst_oid, NIL, NoLock, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetForm, ReleaseSysCache(), rename_constraint_internal(), renameatt_check(), RenameConstraintById(), RenameRelationInternal(), and SearchSysCache1().
Referenced by rename_constraint_internal(), and RenameConstraint().
◆ renameatt()
| ObjectAddress renameatt | ( | RenameStmt * | stmt | ) |
Definition at line 4006 of file tablecmds.c.
4007{
4008 Oid relid;
4010 ObjectAddress address;
4011
4012 /* lock level taken here should match renameatt_internal */
4016 NULL);
4017
4019 {
4022 stmt->relation->relname)));
4024 }
4025
4026 attnum =
4027 renameatt_internal(relid,
4031 false, /* recursing? */
4032 0, /* expected inhcount */
4033 stmt->behavior);
4034
4036
4037 return address;
4038}
static AttrNumber renameatt_internal(Oid myrelid, const char *oldattname, const char *newattname, bool recurse, bool recursing, int expected_parents, DropBehavior behavior)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3841
static void RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void *arg)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3986
References AccessExclusiveLock, attnum, ereport, errmsg(), InvalidObjectAddress, NOTICE, ObjectAddressSubSet, OidIsValid, RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), renameatt_internal(), RVR_MISSING_OK, and stmt.
Referenced by ExecRenameStmt().
◆ renameatt_check()
|
static |
Definition at line 3792 of file tablecmds.c.
3793{
3794 char relkind = classform->relkind;
3795
3796 if (classform->reloftype && !recursing)
3798 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
3800
3801 /*
3802 * Renaming the columns of sequences or toast tables doesn't actually
3803 * break anything from the system's point of view, since internal
3804 * references are by attnum. But it doesn't seem right to allow users to
3805 * change names that are hardcoded into the system, hence the following
3806 * restriction.
3807 */
3808 if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
3809 relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
3810 relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW &&
3811 relkind != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE &&
3812 relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
3813 relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
3814 relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
3815 relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
3817 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
3819 NameStr(classform->relname)),
3820 errdetail_relkind_not_supported(relkind)));
3821
3822 /*
3823 * permissions checking. only the owner of a class can change its schema.
3824 */
3827 NameStr(classform->relname));
3830 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
3832 NameStr(classform->relname))));
3833}
References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, allowSystemTableMods, ereport, errcode(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GetUserId(), IsSystemClass(), NameStr, and object_ownercheck().
Referenced by RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute(), rename_constraint_internal(), and renameatt_internal().
◆ renameatt_internal()
|
static |
Definition at line 3841 of file tablecmds.c.
3848{
3849 Relation targetrelation;
3850 Relation attrelation;
3851 HeapTuple atttup;
3852 Form_pg_attribute attform;
3854
3855 /*
3856 * Grab an exclusive lock on the target table, which we will NOT release
3857 * until end of transaction.
3858 */
3861
3862 /*
3863 * if the 'recurse' flag is set then we are supposed to rename this
3864 * attribute in all classes that inherit from 'relname' (as well as in
3865 * 'relname').
3866 *
3867 * any permissions or problems with duplicate attributes will cause the
3868 * whole transaction to abort, which is what we want -- all or nothing.
3869 */
3870 if (recurse)
3871 {
3872 List *child_oids,
3873 *child_numparents;
3874 ListCell *lo,
3875 *li;
3876
3877 /*
3878 * we need the number of parents for each child so that the recursive
3879 * calls to renameatt() can determine whether there are any parents
3880 * outside the inheritance hierarchy being processed.
3881 */
3883 &child_numparents);
3884
3885 /*
3886 * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance
3887 * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the
3888 * list that it returns.
3889 */
3890 forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents)
3891 {
3894
3895 if (childrelid == myrelid)
3896 continue;
3897 /* note we need not recurse again */
3899 }
3900 }
3901 else
3902 {
3903 /*
3904 * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
3905 * tables; else the rename would put them out of step.
3906 *
3907 * expected_parents will only be 0 if we are not already recursing.
3908 */
3909 if (expected_parents == 0 &&
3912 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
3914 oldattname)));
3915 }
3916
3917 /* rename attributes in typed tables of composite type */
3919 {
3920 List *child_oids;
3921 ListCell *lo;
3922
3924 RelationGetRelationName(targetrelation),
3925 behavior);
3926
3927 foreach(lo, child_oids)
3929 }
3930
3932
3933 atttup = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(myrelid, oldattname);
3936 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
3938 oldattname)));
3940
3941 attnum = attform->attnum;
3944 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
3946 oldattname)));
3947
3948 /*
3949 * if the attribute is inherited, forbid the renaming. if this is a
3950 * top-level call to renameatt(), then expected_parents will be 0, so the
3951 * effect of this code will be to prohibit the renaming if the attribute
3952 * is inherited at all. if this is a recursive call to renameatt(),
3953 * expected_parents will be the number of parents the current relation has
3954 * within the inheritance hierarchy being processed, so we'll prohibit the
3955 * renaming only if there are additional parents from elsewhere.
3956 */
3957 if (attform->attinhcount > expected_parents)
3959 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
3961 oldattname)));
3962
3963 /* new name should not already exist */
3965
3966 /* apply the update */
3967 namestrcpy(&(attform->attname), newattname);
3968
3970
3972
3973 heap_freetuple(atttup);
3974
3976
3978
3980}
References AccessExclusiveLock, attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), check_for_column_name_collision(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, find_all_inheritors(), find_inheritance_children(), find_typed_table_dependencies(), forboth, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_int, lfirst_oid, namestrcpy(), NIL, NoLock, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetForm, RelationGetRelationName, renameatt_check(), renameatt_internal(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by renameatt(), and renameatt_internal().
◆ RenameConstraint()
| ObjectAddress RenameConstraint | ( | RenameStmt * | stmt | ) |
Definition at line 4153 of file tablecmds.c.
4154{
4157
4159 {
4160 Relation rel;
4161 HeapTuple tup;
4162
4168 checkDomainOwner(tup);
4169 ReleaseSysCache(tup);
4171 }
4172 else
4173 {
4174 /* lock level taken here should match rename_constraint_internal */
4178 NULL);
4180 {
4183 stmt->relation->relname)));
4185 }
4186 }
4187
4188 return
4189 rename_constraint_internal(relid, typid,
4190 stmt->subname,
4191 stmt->newname,
4192 (stmt->relation &&
4194 false, /* recursing? */
4195 0 /* expected inhcount */ );
4196}
References AccessExclusiveLock, castNode, checkDomainOwner(), elog, ereport, errmsg(), ERROR, HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidObjectAddress, InvalidOid, makeTypeNameFromNameList(), NoLock, NOTICE, OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), ReleaseSysCache(), rename_constraint_internal(), RowExclusiveLock, RVR_MISSING_OK, SearchSysCache1(), stmt, table_close(), table_open(), and typenameTypeId().
Referenced by ExecRenameStmt().
◆ RenameRelation()
| ObjectAddress RenameRelation | ( | RenameStmt * | stmt | ) |
Definition at line 4203 of file tablecmds.c.
4204{
4206 Oid relid;
4207 ObjectAddress address;
4208
4209 /*
4210 * Grab an exclusive lock on the target table, index, sequence, view,
4211 * materialized view, or foreign table, which we will NOT release until
4212 * end of transaction.
4213 *
4214 * Lock level used here should match RenameRelationInternal, to avoid lock
4215 * escalation. However, because ALTER INDEX can be used with any relation
4216 * type, we mustn't believe without verification.
4217 */
4218 for (;;)
4219 {
4220 LOCKMODE lockmode;
4221 char relkind;
4222 bool obj_is_index;
4223
4225
4229 stmt);
4230
4232 {
4235 stmt->relation->relname)));
4237 }
4238
4239 /*
4240 * We allow mismatched statement and object types (e.g., ALTER INDEX
4241 * to rename a table), but we might've used the wrong lock level. If
4242 * that happens, retry with the correct lock level. We don't bother
4243 * if we already acquired AccessExclusiveLock with an index, however.
4244 */
4245 relkind = get_rel_relkind(relid);
4246 obj_is_index = (relkind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
4247 relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX);
4248 if (obj_is_index || is_index_stmt == obj_is_index)
4249 break;
4250
4251 UnlockRelationOid(relid, lockmode);
4252 is_index_stmt = obj_is_index;
4253 }
4254
4255 /* Do the work */
4257
4258 ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, relid);
4259
4260 return address;
4261}
References AccessExclusiveLock, ereport, errmsg(), get_rel_relkind(), InvalidObjectAddress, NOTICE, OBJECT_INDEX, ObjectAddressSet, OidIsValid, RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), RenameRelationInternal(), RVR_MISSING_OK, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, stmt, and UnlockRelationOid().
Referenced by ExecRenameStmt().
◆ RenameRelationInternal()
| void RenameRelationInternal | ( | Oid | myrelid, |
| const char * | newrelname, | ||
| bool | is_internal, | ||
| bool | is_index | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 4267 of file tablecmds.c.
4268{
4269 Relation targetrelation;
4271 ItemPointerData otid;
4272 HeapTuple reltup;
4273 Form_pg_class relform;
4274 Oid namespaceId;
4275
4276 /*
4277 * Grab a lock on the target relation, which we will NOT release until end
4278 * of transaction. We need at least a self-exclusive lock so that
4279 * concurrent DDL doesn't overwrite the rename if they start updating
4280 * while still seeing the old version. The lock also guards against
4281 * triggering relcache reloads in concurrent sessions, which might not
4282 * handle this information changing under them. For indexes, we can use a
4283 * reduced lock level because RelationReloadIndexInfo() handles indexes
4284 * specially.
4285 */
4286 targetrelation = relation_open(myrelid, is_index ? ShareUpdateExclusiveLock : AccessExclusiveLock);
4287 namespaceId = RelationGetNamespace(targetrelation);
4288
4289 /*
4290 * Find relation's pg_class tuple, and make sure newrelname isn't in use.
4291 */
4293
4297 otid = reltup->t_self;
4299
4302 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
4304 newrelname)));
4305
4306 /*
4307 * RenameRelation is careful not to believe the caller's idea of the
4308 * relation kind being handled. We don't have to worry about this, but
4309 * let's not be totally oblivious to it. We can process an index as
4310 * not-an-index, but not the other way around.
4311 */
4312 Assert(!is_index ||
4313 is_index == (targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
4314 targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX));
4315
4316 /*
4317 * Update pg_class tuple with new relname. (Scribbling on reltup is OK
4318 * because it's a copy...)
4319 */
4320 namestrcpy(&(relform->relname), newrelname);
4321
4322 CatalogTupleUpdate(relrelation, &otid, reltup);
4324
4325 InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(RelationRelationId, myrelid, 0,
4326 InvalidOid, is_internal);
4327
4328 heap_freetuple(reltup);
4330
4331 /*
4332 * Also rename the associated type, if any.
4333 */
4336 newrelname, namespaceId);
4337
4338 /*
4339 * Also rename the associated constraint, if any.
4340 */
4342 targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
4343 {
4345
4347 RenameConstraintById(constraintId, newrelname);
4348 }
4349
4350 /*
4351 * Close rel, but keep lock!
4352 */
4354}
void RenameTypeInternal(Oid typeOid, const char *newTypeName, Oid typeNamespace)
Definition: pg_type.c:763
References AccessExclusiveLock, Assert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_index_constraint(), get_relname_relid(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InplaceUpdateTupleLock, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg, namestrcpy(), NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetNamespace, RenameConstraintById(), RenameTypeInternal(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheLockedCopy1(), ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and UnlockTuple().
Referenced by ATExecAddIndexConstraint(), ATExecMergePartitions(), ATExecSplitPartition(), finish_heap_swap(), rename_constraint_internal(), RenameRelation(), and RenameType().
◆ ResetRelRewrite()
| void ResetRelRewrite | ( | Oid | myrelid | ) |
Definition at line 4360 of file tablecmds.c.
4361{
4363 HeapTuple reltup;
4364 Form_pg_class relform;
4365
4366 /*
4367 * Find relation's pg_class tuple.
4368 */
4370
4375
4376 /*
4377 * Update pg_class tuple.
4378 */
4379 relform->relrewrite = InvalidOid;
4380
4382
4383 heap_freetuple(reltup);
4385}
References CatalogTupleUpdate(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by finish_heap_swap().
◆ set_attnotnull()
|
static |
Definition at line 7868 of file tablecmds.c.
7870{
7871 Form_pg_attribute attr;
7872 CompactAttribute *thisatt;
7873
7874 Assert(!queue_validation || wqueue);
7875
7876 CheckAlterTableIsSafe(rel);
7877
7878 /*
7879 * Exit quickly by testing attnotnull from the tupledesc's copy of the
7880 * attribute.
7881 */
7883 if (attr->attisdropped)
7884 return;
7885
7886 if (!attr->attnotnull)
7887 {
7888 Relation attr_rel;
7889 HeapTuple tuple;
7890
7892
7897
7900
7902
7903 attr->attnotnull = true;
7905
7906 /*
7907 * If the nullness isn't already proven by validated constraints, have
7908 * ALTER TABLE phase 3 test for it.
7909 */
7910 if (queue_validation && wqueue &&
7911 !NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(rel, attr))
7912 {
7913 AlteredTableInfo *tab;
7914
7915 tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
7917 }
7918
7919 CommandCounterIncrement();
7920
7922 heap_freetuple(tuple);
7923 }
7924 else
7925 {
7926 CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
7927 }
7928}
static bool NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(Relation rel, Form_pg_attribute attr)
Definition: tablecmds.c:8117
References Assert(), ATGetQueueEntry(), CompactAttribute::attnullability, ATTNULLABLE_VALID, attnum, CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), CheckAlterTableIsSafe(), CommandCounterIncrement(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), TupleDescAttr(), TupleDescCompactAttr(), and AlteredTableInfo::verify_new_notnull.
Referenced by ATAddCheckNNConstraint(), ATExecSetNotNull(), DefineRelation(), and QueueNNConstraintValidation().
◆ SetIndexStorageProperties()
|
static |
Definition at line 9158 of file tablecmds.c.
9163{
9164 ListCell *lc;
9165
9167 {
9169 Relation indrel;
9170 AttrNumber indattnum = 0;
9171 HeapTuple tuple;
9172
9173 indrel = index_open(indexoid, lockmode);
9174
9176 {
9178 {
9179 indattnum = i + 1;
9180 break;
9181 }
9182 }
9183
9184 if (indattnum == 0)
9185 {
9186 index_close(indrel, lockmode);
9187 continue;
9188 }
9189
9191
9193 {
9195
9196 if (setstorage)
9197 attrtuple->attstorage = newstorage;
9198
9199 if (setcompression)
9200 attrtuple->attcompression = newcompression;
9201
9203
9204 InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
9205 RelationGetRelid(rel),
9206 attrtuple->attnum);
9207
9208 heap_freetuple(tuple);
9209 }
9210
9211 index_close(indrel, lockmode);
9212 }
9213}
References attnum, CatalogTupleUpdate(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, index_close(), index_open(), InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, lfirst_oid, RelationData::rd_index, RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelid, SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(), and HeapTupleData::t_self.
Referenced by ATExecSetCompression(), and ATExecSetStorage().
◆ SetRelationHasSubclass()
| void SetRelationHasSubclass | ( | Oid | relationId, |
| bool | relhassubclass | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 3644 of file tablecmds.c.
3645{
3646 Relation relationRelation;
3647 HeapTuple tuple;
3648 Form_pg_class classtuple;
3649
3652 CheckRelationOidLockedByMe(relationId,
3654
3655 /*
3656 * Fetch a modifiable copy of the tuple, modify it, update pg_class.
3657 */
3663
3664 if (classtuple->relhassubclass != relhassubclass)
3665 {
3666 classtuple->relhassubclass = relhassubclass;
3668 }
3669 else
3670 {
3671 /* no need to change tuple, but force relcache rebuild anyway */
3672 CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(tuple);
3673 }
3674
3675 heap_freetuple(tuple);
3677}
void CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(HeapTuple classTuple)
Definition: inval.c:1665
References Assert(), CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), CheckRelationOidLockedByMe(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheCopy1, ShareRowExclusiveLock, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by acquire_inherited_sample_rows(), index_create(), IndexSetParentIndex(), and StoreCatalogInheritance1().
◆ SetRelationTableSpace()
| void SetRelationTableSpace | ( | Relation | rel, |
| Oid | newTableSpaceId, | ||
| RelFileNumber | newRelFilenumber | ||
| ) |
Definition at line 3747 of file tablecmds.c.
3750{
3751 Relation pg_class;
3752 HeapTuple tuple;
3753 ItemPointerData otid;
3754 Form_pg_class rd_rel;
3756
3758
3759 /* Get a modifiable copy of the relation's pg_class row. */
3761
3765 otid = tuple->t_self;
3767
3768 /* Update the pg_class row. */
3769 rd_rel->reltablespace = (newTableSpaceId == MyDatabaseTableSpace) ?
3770 InvalidOid : newTableSpaceId;
3772 rd_rel->relfilenode = newRelFilenumber;
3773 CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_class, &otid, tuple);
3775
3776 /*
3777 * Record dependency on tablespace. This is only required for relations
3778 * that have no physical storage.
3779 */
3781 changeDependencyOnTablespace(RelationRelationId, reloid,
3782 rd_rel->reltablespace);
3783
3784 heap_freetuple(tuple);
3786}
void changeDependencyOnTablespace(Oid classId, Oid objectId, Oid newTablespaceId)
Definition: pg_shdepend.c:391
References Assert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), changeDependencyOnTablespace(), CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(), elog, ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InplaceUpdateTupleLock, InvalidOid, MyDatabaseTableSpace, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, RelFileNumberIsValid, RowExclusiveLock, SearchSysCacheLockedCopy1(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and UnlockTuple().
Referenced by ATExecSetTableSpace(), ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(), and reindex_index().
◆ SplitPartitionMoveRows()
|
static |
Definition at line 23004 of file tablecmds.c.
23006{
23007 /* The FSM is empty, so don't bother using it. */
23009 CommandId mycid;
23010 EState *estate;
23011 ListCell *listptr,
23012 *listptr2;
23013 TupleTableSlot *srcslot;
23014 ExprContext *econtext;
23015 TableScanDesc scan;
23016 Snapshot snapshot;
23017 MemoryContext oldCxt;
23019 TupleConversionMap *tuple_map;
23020 SplitPartitionContext *defaultPartCtx = NULL,
23021 *pc;
23022
23024
23025 estate = CreateExecutorState();
23026
23027 forboth(listptr, partlist, listptr2, newPartRels)
23028 {
23030
23032
23033 /* Find the work queue entry for the new partition table: newPartRel. */
23034 pc->tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, pc->partRel);
23035
23036 buildExpressionExecutionStates(pc->tab, pc->partRel, estate);
23037
23039 {
23040 /*
23041 * We should not create a structure to check the partition
23042 * constraint for the new DEFAULT partition.
23043 */
23044 defaultPartCtx = pc;
23045 }
23046 else
23047 {
23048 List *partConstraint;
23049
23050 /* Build expression execution states for partition check quals. */
23052 partConstraint =
23054 (Node *) partConstraint);
23055 /* Make a boolean expression for ExecCheck(). */
23057
23058 /*
23059 * Map the vars in the constraint expression from rel's attnos to
23060 * splitRel's.
23061 */
23062 partConstraint = map_partition_varattnos(partConstraint,
23063 1, splitRel, rel);
23064
23065 pc->partqualstate =
23067 Assert(pc->partqualstate != NULL);
23068 }
23069
23070 /* Store partition context into a list. */
23071 partContexts = lappend(partContexts, pc);
23072 }
23073
23074 econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
23075
23076 /* Create the necessary tuple slot. */
23077 srcslot = table_slot_create(splitRel, NULL);
23078
23079 /*
23080 * Map computing for moving attributes of the split partition to the new
23081 * partition (for the first new partition, but other new partitions can
23082 * use the same map).
23083 */
23086 RelationGetDescr(pc->partRel));
23087
23088 /* Scan through the rows. */
23090 scan = table_beginscan(splitRel, snapshot, 0, NULL);
23091
23092 /*
23093 * Switch to per-tuple memory context and reset it for each tuple
23094 * produced, so we don't leak memory.
23095 */
23097
23099 {
23100 bool found = false;
23101 TupleTableSlot *insertslot;
23102
23103 CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
23104
23105 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = srcslot;
23106
23107 /* Search partition for the current slot, srcslot. */
23108 foreach(listptr, partContexts)
23109 {
23111
23112 /* skip DEFAULT partition */
23114 {
23115 found = true;
23116 break;
23117 }
23118 }
23119 if (!found)
23120 {
23121 /* Use the DEFAULT partition if it exists. */
23122 if (defaultPartCtx)
23123 pc = defaultPartCtx;
23124 else
23126 errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
23128 errtable(splitRel));
23129 }
23130
23131 if (tuple_map)
23132 {
23133 /* Need to use a map to copy attributes. */
23135 }
23136 else
23137 {
23138 /* Extract data from the old tuple. */
23139 slot_getallattrs(srcslot);
23140
23141 /* Copy attributes directly. */
23142 insertslot = pc->dstslot;
23143
23144 ExecClearTuple(insertslot);
23145
23150
23151 ExecStoreVirtualTuple(insertslot);
23152 }
23153
23154 /*
23155 * Constraints and GENERATED expressions might reference the tableoid
23156 * column, so fill tts_tableOid with the desired value. (We must do
23157 * this each time, because it gets overwritten with newrel's OID
23158 * during storing.)
23159 */
23161
23162 /*
23163 * Now, evaluate any generated expressions whose inputs come from the
23164 * new tuple. We assume these columns won't reference each other, so
23165 * that there's no ordering dependency.
23166 */
23167 evaluateGeneratedExpressionsAndCheckConstraints(pc->tab, pc->partRel,
23168 insertslot, econtext);
23169
23170 /* Write the tuple out to the new relation. */
23171 table_tuple_insert(pc->partRel, insertslot, mycid,
23172 ti_options, pc->bistate);
23173
23174 ResetExprContext(econtext);
23175 }
23176
23177 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCxt);
23178
23179 table_endscan(scan);
23180 UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot);
23181
23182 if (tuple_map)
23183 free_conversion_map(tuple_map);
23184
23185 ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(srcslot);
23186
23187 FreeExecutorState(estate);
23188
23190 deleteSplitPartitionContext(spc, wqueue, ti_options);
23191}
static SplitPartitionContext * createSplitPartitionContext(Relation partRel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22943
static void deleteSplitPartitionContext(SplitPartitionContext *pc, List **wqueue, int ti_options)
Definition: tablecmds.c:22966
References Assert(), ATGetQueueEntry(), TupleConversionMap::attrMap, SinglePartitionSpec::bound, buildExpressionExecutionStates(), CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, convert_tuples_by_name(), CreateExecutorState(), createSplitPartitionContext(), deleteSplitPartitionContext(), ExprContext::ecxt_scantuple, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, errtable(), eval_const_expressions(), evaluateGeneratedExpressionsAndCheckConstraints(), ExecCheck(), ExecClearTuple(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), ExecPrepareExpr(), ExecStoreVirtualTuple(), execute_attr_map_slot(), forboth, foreach_ptr, ForwardScanDirection, free_conversion_map(), FreeExecutorState(), get_qual_from_partbound(), GetCurrentCommandId(), GetLatestSnapshot(), GetPerTupleExprContext, GetPerTupleMemoryContext, PartitionBoundSpec::is_default, lappend(), lfirst, linitial, list_head(), list_make1, make_ands_explicit(), map_partition_varattnos(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NIL, RegisterSnapshot(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelid, ResetExprContext, slot_getallattrs(), table_beginscan(), table_endscan(), TABLE_INSERT_SKIP_FSM, table_scan_getnextslot(), table_slot_create(), table_tuple_insert(), TupleTableSlot::tts_isnull, TupleTableSlot::tts_nvalid, TupleTableSlot::tts_tableOid, TupleTableSlot::tts_values, and UnregisterSnapshot().
Referenced by ATExecSplitPartition().
◆ storage_name()
|
static |
Definition at line 2459 of file tablecmds.c.
2460{
2462 {
2463 case TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN:
2464 return "PLAIN";
2465 case TYPSTORAGE_EXTERNAL:
2466 return "EXTERNAL";
2467 case TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED:
2468 return "EXTENDED";
2469 case TYPSTORAGE_MAIN:
2470 return "MAIN";
2471 default:
2472 return "???";
2473 }
2474}
Referenced by MergeChildAttribute(), and MergeInheritedAttribute().
◆ StoreCatalogInheritance()
|
static |
Definition at line 3518 of file tablecmds.c.
3520{
3521 Relation relation;
3522 int32 seqNumber;
3523 ListCell *entry;
3524
3525 /*
3526 * sanity checks
3527 */
3529
3531 return;
3532
3533 /*
3534 * Store INHERITS information in pg_inherits using direct ancestors only.
3535 * Also enter dependencies on the direct ancestors, and make sure they are
3536 * marked with relhassubclass = true.
3537 *
3538 * (Once upon a time, both direct and indirect ancestors were found here
3539 * and then entered into pg_ipl. Since that catalog doesn't exist
3540 * anymore, there's no need to look for indirect ancestors.)
3541 */
3543
3544 seqNumber = 1;
3545 foreach(entry, supers)
3546 {
3548
3549 StoreCatalogInheritance1(relationId, parentOid, seqNumber, relation,
3550 child_is_partition);
3551 seqNumber++;
3552 }
3553
3555}
References Assert(), lfirst_oid, NIL, OidIsValid, RowExclusiveLock, StoreCatalogInheritance1(), table_close(), and table_open().
Referenced by DefineRelation().
◆ StoreCatalogInheritance1()
|
static |
Definition at line 3562 of file tablecmds.c.
3565{
3566 ObjectAddress childobject,
3567 parentobject;
3568
3569 /* store the pg_inherits row */
3570 StoreSingleInheritance(relationId, parentOid, seqNumber);
3571
3572 /*
3573 * Store a dependency too
3574 */
3575 parentobject.classId = RelationRelationId;
3576 parentobject.objectId = parentOid;
3577 parentobject.objectSubId = 0;
3578 childobject.classId = RelationRelationId;
3579 childobject.objectId = relationId;
3580 childobject.objectSubId = 0;
3581
3582 recordDependencyOn(&childobject, &parentobject,
3583 child_dependency_type(child_is_partition));
3584
3585 /*
3586 * Post creation hook of this inheritance. Since object_access_hook
3587 * doesn't take multiple object identifiers, we relay oid of parent
3588 * relation using auxiliary_id argument.
3589 */
3590 InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(InheritsRelationId,
3591 relationId, 0,
3592 parentOid, false);
3593
3594 /*
3595 * Mark the parent as having subclasses.
3596 */
3598}
void StoreSingleInheritance(Oid relationId, Oid parentOid, int32 seqNumber)
Definition: pg_inherits.c:508
void SetRelationHasSubclass(Oid relationId, bool relhassubclass)
Definition: tablecmds.c:3644
References child_dependency_type, ObjectAddress::classId, InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg, ObjectAddress::objectId, ObjectAddress::objectSubId, recordDependencyOn(), SetRelationHasSubclass(), and StoreSingleInheritance().
Referenced by CreateInheritance(), and StoreCatalogInheritance().
◆ transformColumnNameList()
|
static |
Definition at line 13355 of file tablecmds.c.
13357{
13358 ListCell *l;
13360
13361 attnum = 0;
13362 foreach(l, colList)
13363 {
13365 HeapTuple atttuple;
13366 Form_pg_attribute attform;
13367
13371 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
13373 attname)));
13375 if (attform->attnum < 0)
13377 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
13381 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
13383 INDEX_MAX_KEYS)));
13384 attnums[attnum] = attform->attnum;
13385 if (atttypids != NULL)
13386 atttypids[attnum] = attform->atttypid;
13387 if (attcollids != NULL)
13388 attcollids[attnum] = attform->attcollation;
13389 ReleaseSysCache(atttuple);
13390 attnum++;
13391 }
13392
13394}
References attname, attnum, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, lfirst, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCacheAttName(), and strVal.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ transformFkeyCheckAttrs()
|
static |
Definition at line 13513 of file tablecmds.c.
13517{
13519 bool found = false;
13520 bool found_deferrable = false;
13521 List *indexoidlist;
13522 ListCell *indexoidscan;
13524 j;
13525
13526 /*
13527 * Reject duplicate appearances of columns in the referenced-columns list.
13528 * Such a case is forbidden by the SQL standard, and even if we thought it
13529 * useful to allow it, there would be ambiguity about how to match the
13530 * list to unique indexes (in particular, it'd be unclear which index
13531 * opclass goes with which FK column).
13532 */
13534 {
13536 {
13539 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
13541 }
13542 }
13543
13544 /*
13545 * Get the list of index OIDs for the table from the relcache, and look up
13546 * each one in the pg_index syscache, and match unique indexes to the list
13547 * of attnums we are given.
13548 */
13549 indexoidlist = RelationGetIndexList(pkrel);
13550
13551 foreach(indexoidscan, indexoidlist)
13552 {
13553 HeapTuple indexTuple;
13554 Form_pg_index indexStruct;
13555
13556 indexoid = lfirst_oid(indexoidscan);
13561
13562 /*
13563 * Must have the right number of columns; must be unique (or if
13564 * temporal then exclusion instead) and not a partial index; forget it
13565 * if there are any expressions, too. Invalid indexes are out as well.
13566 */
13567 if (indexStruct->indnkeyatts == numattrs &&
13568 (with_period ? indexStruct->indisexclusion : indexStruct->indisunique) &&
13569 indexStruct->indisvalid &&
13570 heap_attisnull(indexTuple, Anum_pg_index_indpred, NULL) &&
13571 heap_attisnull(indexTuple, Anum_pg_index_indexprs, NULL))
13572 {
13573 Datum indclassDatum;
13574 oidvector *indclass;
13575
13576 /* Must get indclass the hard way */
13577 indclassDatum = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(INDEXRELID, indexTuple,
13578 Anum_pg_index_indclass);
13580
13581 /*
13582 * The given attnum list may match the index columns in any order.
13583 * Check for a match, and extract the appropriate opclasses while
13584 * we're at it.
13585 *
13586 * We know that attnums[] is duplicate-free per the test at the
13587 * start of this function, and we checked above that the number of
13588 * index columns agrees, so if we find a match for each attnums[]
13589 * entry then we must have a one-to-one match in some order.
13590 */
13592 {
13593 found = false;
13595 {
13597 {
13599 found = true;
13600 break;
13601 }
13602 }
13603 if (!found)
13604 break;
13605 }
13606 /* The last attribute in the index must be the PERIOD FK part */
13607 if (found && with_period)
13608 {
13609 int16 periodattnum = attnums[numattrs - 1];
13610
13611 found = (periodattnum == indexStruct->indkey.values[numattrs - 1]);
13612 }
13613
13614 /*
13615 * Refuse to use a deferrable unique/primary key. This is per SQL
13616 * spec, and there would be a lot of interesting semantic problems
13617 * if we tried to allow it.
13618 */
13619 if (found && !indexStruct->indimmediate)
13620 {
13621 /*
13622 * Remember that we found an otherwise matching index, so that
13623 * we can generate a more appropriate error message.
13624 */
13625 found_deferrable = true;
13626 found = false;
13627 }
13628
13629 /* We need to know whether the index has WITHOUT OVERLAPS */
13630 if (found)
13631 *pk_has_without_overlaps = indexStruct->indisexclusion;
13632 }
13633 ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
13634 if (found)
13635 break;
13636 }
13637
13638 if (!found)
13639 {
13640 if (found_deferrable)
13642 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
13644 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
13645 else
13647 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
13649 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
13650 }
13651
13652 list_free(indexoidlist);
13653
13654 return indexoid;
13655}
bool heap_attisnull(HeapTuple tup, int attnum, TupleDesc tupleDesc)
Definition: heaptuple.c:456
References DatumGetPointer(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), heap_attisnull(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, InvalidOid, j, lfirst_oid, list_free(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelationName, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(), and oidvector::values.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey()
|
static |
Definition at line 13410 of file tablecmds.c.
13414{
13415 List *indexoidlist;
13416 ListCell *indexoidscan;
13417 HeapTuple indexTuple = NULL;
13418 Form_pg_index indexStruct = NULL;
13419 Datum indclassDatum;
13420 oidvector *indclass;
13422
13423 /*
13424 * Get the list of index OIDs for the table from the relcache, and look up
13425 * each one in the pg_index syscache until we find one marked primary key
13426 * (hopefully there isn't more than one such). Insist it's valid, too.
13427 */
13428 *indexOid = InvalidOid;
13429
13430 indexoidlist = RelationGetIndexList(pkrel);
13431
13432 foreach(indexoidscan, indexoidlist)
13433 {
13435
13440 if (indexStruct->indisprimary && indexStruct->indisvalid)
13441 {
13442 /*
13443 * Refuse to use a deferrable primary key. This is per SQL spec,
13444 * and there would be a lot of interesting semantic problems if we
13445 * tried to allow it.
13446 */
13447 if (!indexStruct->indimmediate)
13449 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
13451 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
13452
13453 *indexOid = indexoid;
13454 break;
13455 }
13456 ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
13457 }
13458
13459 list_free(indexoidlist);
13460
13461 /*
13462 * Check that we found it
13463 */
13466 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
13468 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
13469
13470 /* Must get indclass the hard way */
13471 indclassDatum = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(INDEXRELID, indexTuple,
13472 Anum_pg_index_indclass);
13474
13475 /*
13476 * Now build the list of PK attributes from the indkey definition (we
13477 * assume a primary key cannot have expressional elements)
13478 */
13479 *attnamelist = NIL;
13481 {
13483
13484 attnums[i] = pkattno;
13488 *attnamelist = lappend(*attnamelist,
13490 }
13491
13492 *pk_has_without_overlaps = indexStruct->indisexclusion;
13493
13494 ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
13495
13497}
const NameData * attnumAttName(Relation rd, int attid)
Definition: parse_relation.c:3635
References attnumAttName(), attnumCollationId(), attnumTypeId(), DatumGetPointer(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, InvalidOid, lappend(), lfirst_oid, list_free(), makeString(), NameStr, NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, pstrdup(), RelationGetIndexList(), RelationGetRelationName, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(), and oidvector::values.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ transformPartitionSpec()
|
static |
Definition at line 19753 of file tablecmds.c.
19754{
19755 PartitionSpec *newspec;
19756 ParseState *pstate;
19757 ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem;
19758 ListCell *l;
19759
19761
19765
19766 /* Check valid number of columns for strategy */
19770 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
19772
19773 /*
19774 * Create a dummy ParseState and insert the target relation as its sole
19775 * rangetable entry. We need a ParseState for transformExpr.
19776 */
19777 pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
19779 NULL, false, true);
19781
19782 /* take care of any partition expressions */
19784 {
19786
19788 {
19789 /* Copy, to avoid scribbling on the input */
19790 pelem = copyObject(pelem);
19791
19792 /* Now do parse transformation of the expression */
19794 EXPR_KIND_PARTITION_EXPRESSION);
19795
19796 /* we have to fix its collations too */
19798 }
19799
19801 }
19802
19803 return newspec;
19804}
Node * transformExpr(ParseState *pstate, Node *expr, ParseExprKind exprKind)
Definition: parse_expr.c:119
Definition: parsenodes.h:911
References AccessShareLock, addNSItemToQuery(), addRangeTableEntryForRelation(), assign_expr_collations(), copyObject, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, PartitionElem::expr, EXPR_KIND_PARTITION_EXPRESSION, lappend(), lfirst_node, list_length(), PartitionSpec::location, make_parsestate(), makeNode, NIL, PARTITION_STRATEGY_LIST, PartitionSpec::partParams, PartitionSpec::strategy, and transformExpr().
Referenced by DefineRelation().
◆ truncate_check_activity()
|
static |
Definition at line 2436 of file tablecmds.c.
2437{
2438 /*
2439 * Don't allow truncate on temp tables of other backends ... their local
2440 * buffer manager is not going to cope.
2441 */
2444 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2446
2447 /*
2448 * Also check for active uses of the relation in the current transaction,
2449 * including open scans and pending AFTER trigger events.
2450 */
2452}
References CheckTableNotInUse(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, and RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP.
Referenced by ExecuteTruncate(), and ExecuteTruncateGuts().
◆ truncate_check_perms()
|
static |
Definition at line 2418 of file tablecmds.c.
References ACL_TRUNCATE, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, get_relkind_objtype(), GetUserId(), NameStr, pg_class_aclcheck(), and relname.
Referenced by ExecuteTruncateGuts(), and RangeVarCallbackForTruncate().
◆ truncate_check_rel()
|
static |
Definition at line 2367 of file tablecmds.c.
2368{
2370
2371 /*
2372 * Only allow truncate on regular tables, foreign tables using foreign
2373 * data wrappers supporting TRUNCATE and partitioned tables (although, the
2374 * latter are only being included here for the following checks; no
2375 * physical truncation will occur in their case.).
2376 */
2377 if (reltuple->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
2378 {
2381
2384 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
2386 relname)));
2387 }
2388 else if (reltuple->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
2389 reltuple->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
2391 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
2393
2394 /*
2395 * Most system catalogs can't be truncated at all, or at least not unless
2396 * allow_system_table_mods=on. As an exception, however, we allow
2397 * pg_largeobject and pg_largeobject_metadata to be truncated as part of
2398 * pg_upgrade, because we need to change its relfilenode to match the old
2399 * cluster, and allowing a TRUNCATE command to be executed is the easiest
2400 * way of doing that.
2401 */
2403 && (!IsBinaryUpgrade ||
2404 (relid != LargeObjectRelationId &&
2405 relid != LargeObjectMetadataRelationId)))
2407 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
2409 relname)));
2410
2411 InvokeObjectTruncateHook(relid);
2412}
References allowSystemTableMods, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, FdwRoutine::ExecForeignTruncate, GetFdwRoutineByServerId(), GetForeignServerIdByRelId(), InvokeObjectTruncateHook, IsBinaryUpgrade, IsSystemClass(), NameStr, and relname.
Referenced by ExecuteTruncate(), ExecuteTruncateGuts(), and RangeVarCallbackForTruncate().
◆ tryAttachPartitionForeignKey()
|
static |
Definition at line 11722 of file tablecmds.c.
11733{
11734 HeapTuple parentConstrTup;
11735 Form_pg_constraint parentConstr;
11736 HeapTuple partcontup;
11737 Form_pg_constraint partConstr;
11738
11739 parentConstrTup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
11740 ObjectIdGetDatum(parentConstrOid));
11744
11745 /*
11746 * Do some quick & easy initial checks. If any of these fail, we cannot
11747 * use this constraint.
11748 */
11750 {
11751 ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
11752 return false;
11753 }
11755 {
11759 {
11760 ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
11761 return false;
11762 }
11763 }
11764
11765 /* Looks good so far; perform more extensive checks. */
11770
11771 /*
11772 * An error should be raised if the constraint enforceability is
11773 * different. Returning false without raising an error, as we do for other
11774 * attributes, could lead to a duplicate constraint with the same
11775 * enforceability as the parent. While this may be acceptable, it may not
11776 * be ideal. Therefore, it's better to raise an error and allow the user
11777 * to correct the enforceability before proceeding.
11778 */
11779 if (partConstr->conenforced != parentConstr->conenforced)
11781 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
11782 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" enforceability conflicts with constraint \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
11783 NameStr(parentConstr->conname),
11784 NameStr(partConstr->conname),
11785 RelationGetRelationName(partition))));
11786
11788 partConstr->condeferrable != parentConstr->condeferrable ||
11789 partConstr->condeferred != parentConstr->condeferred ||
11790 partConstr->confupdtype != parentConstr->confupdtype ||
11791 partConstr->confdeltype != parentConstr->confdeltype ||
11792 partConstr->confmatchtype != parentConstr->confmatchtype)
11793 {
11794 ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
11795 ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
11796 return false;
11797 }
11798
11799 ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
11800 ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
11801
11802 /* Looks good! Attach this constraint. */
11804 parentConstrOid, parentInsTrigger,
11805 parentUpdTrigger, trigrel);
11806
11807 return true;
11808}
static void AttachPartitionForeignKey(List **wqueue, Relation partition, Oid partConstrOid, Oid parentConstrOid, Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger, Relation trigrel)
Definition: tablecmds.c:11818
References AttachPartitionForeignKey(), ForeignKeyCacheInfo::confrelid, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::conoid, elog, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, NameStr, ForeignKeyCacheInfo::nkeys, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, RelationGetRelationName, ReleaseSysCache(), and SearchSysCache1().
Referenced by addFkRecurseReferencing(), and CloneFkReferencing().
◆ TryReuseForeignKey()
|
static |
Definition at line 15943 of file tablecmds.c.
15944{
15945 HeapTuple tup;
15946 Datum adatum;
15947 ArrayType *arr;
15948 Oid *rawarr;
15949 int numkeys;
15951
15954
15958
15959 adatum = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(CONSTROID, tup,
15960 Anum_pg_constraint_conpfeqop);
15962 numkeys = ARR_DIMS(arr)[0];
15963 /* test follows the one in ri_FetchConstraintInfo() */
15965 ARR_HASNULL(arr) ||
15966 ARR_ELEMTYPE(arr) != OIDOID)
15969
15970 /* stash a List of the operator Oids in our Constraint node */
15973
15974 ReleaseSysCache(tup);
15975}
References ARR_DATA_PTR, ARR_DIMS, ARR_ELEMTYPE, ARR_HASNULL, ARR_NDIM, Assert(), CONSTR_FOREIGN, Constraint::contype, DatumGetArrayTypeP, elog, ERROR, HeapTupleIsValid, i, lappend_oid(), NIL, ObjectIdGetDatum(), Constraint::old_conpfeqop, ReleaseSysCache(), SearchSysCache1(), and SysCacheGetAttrNotNull().
Referenced by ATPostAlterTypeParse().
◆ TryReuseIndex()
Definition at line 15914 of file tablecmds.c.
15915{
15917 stmt->accessMethod,
15918 stmt->indexParams,
15919 stmt->excludeOpNames,
15920 stmt->iswithoutoverlaps))
15921 {
15923
15924 /* If it's a partitioned index, there is no storage to share. */
15926 {
15930 }
15932 }
15933}
bool CheckIndexCompatible(Oid oldId, const char *accessMethodName, const List *attributeList, const List *exclusionOpNames, bool isWithoutOverlaps)
Definition: indexcmds.c:177
References CheckIndexCompatible(), index_close(), index_open(), NoLock, RelationData::rd_createSubid, RelationData::rd_firstRelfilelocatorSubid, RelationData::rd_locator, RelationData::rd_rel, RelFileLocator::relNumber, and stmt.
Referenced by ATPostAlterTypeParse().
◆ validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns()
|
static |
Definition at line 10674 of file tablecmds.c.
10677{
10678 int numcolsout = 0;
10679
10681 {
10683 bool seen = false;
10684
10685 /* Make sure it's in fkattnums[] */
10687 {
10689 {
10690 seen = true;
10691 break;
10692 }
10693 }
10694
10695 if (!seen)
10696 {
10698
10700 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
10701 errmsg("column \"%s\" referenced in ON DELETE SET action must be part of foreign key", col)));
10702 }
10703
10704 /* Now check for dups */
10705 seen = false;
10707 {
10709 {
10710 seen = true;
10711 break;
10712 }
10713 }
10714 if (!seen)
10715 fksetcolsattnums[numcolsout++] = setcol_attnum;
10716 }
10717 return numcolsout;
10718}
References ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), ERROR, i, j, list_nth(), and strVal.
Referenced by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
◆ validateForeignKeyConstraint()
|
static |
Definition at line 13722 of file tablecmds.c.
13728{
13729 TupleTableSlot *slot;
13730 TableScanDesc scan;
13731 Trigger trig = {0};
13732 Snapshot snapshot;
13733 MemoryContext oldcxt;
13734 MemoryContext perTupCxt;
13735
13738
13739 /*
13740 * Build a trigger call structure; we'll need it either way.
13741 */
13743 trig.tgname = conname;
13747 trig.tgconstrindid = pkindOid;
13748 trig.tgconstraint = constraintOid;
13751 /* we needn't fill in remaining fields */
13752
13753 /*
13754 * See if we can do it with a single LEFT JOIN query. A false result
13755 * indicates we must proceed with the fire-the-trigger method. We can't do
13756 * a LEFT JOIN for temporal FKs yet, but we can once we support temporal
13757 * left joins.
13758 */
13760 return;
13761
13762 /*
13763 * Scan through each tuple, calling RI_FKey_check_ins (insert trigger) as
13764 * if that tuple had just been inserted. If any of those fail, it should
13765 * ereport(ERROR) and that's that.
13766 */
13768 slot = table_slot_create(rel, NULL);
13769 scan = table_beginscan(rel, snapshot, 0, NULL);
13770
13772 "validateForeignKeyConstraint",
13773 ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES);
13774 oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perTupCxt);
13775
13777 {
13778 LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 0);
13779 TriggerData trigdata = {0};
13780
13781 CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
13782
13783 /*
13784 * Make a call to the trigger function
13785 *
13786 * No parameters are passed, but we do set a context
13787 */
13789
13790 /*
13791 * We assume RI_FKey_check_ins won't look at flinfo...
13792 */
13793 trigdata.type = T_TriggerData;
13795 trigdata.tg_relation = rel;
13797 trigdata.tg_trigslot = slot;
13798 trigdata.tg_trigger = &trig;
13799
13800 fcinfo->context = (Node *) &trigdata;
13801
13802 RI_FKey_check_ins(fcinfo);
13803
13804 MemoryContextReset(perTupCxt);
13805 }
13806
13807 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
13808 MemoryContextDelete(perTupCxt);
13809 table_endscan(scan);
13810 UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot);
13811 ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
13812}
HeapTuple ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(TupleTableSlot *slot, bool materialize, bool *shouldFree)
Definition: execTuples.c:1833
bool RI_Initial_Check(Trigger *trigger, Relation fk_rel, Relation pk_rel)
Definition: ri_triggers.c:1519
Definition: trigger.h:32
References ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, CurrentMemoryContext, DEBUG1, ereport, errmsg_internal(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(), ForwardScanDirection, GetLatestSnapshot(), InvalidOid, LOCAL_FCINFO, MemoryContextDelete(), MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), MemSet, RegisterSnapshot(), RelationGetRelid, RI_FKey_check_ins(), RI_Initial_Check(), SizeForFunctionCallInfo, table_beginscan(), table_endscan(), table_scan_getnextslot(), table_slot_create(), TriggerData::tg_event, TriggerData::tg_relation, TriggerData::tg_trigger, TriggerData::tg_trigslot, TriggerData::tg_trigtuple, Trigger::tgconstraint, Trigger::tgconstrindid, Trigger::tgconstrrelid, Trigger::tgdeferrable, Trigger::tgenabled, Trigger::tginitdeferred, Trigger::tgisinternal, Trigger::tgname, Trigger::tgoid, TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT, TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, TriggerData::type, and UnregisterSnapshot().
Referenced by ATRewriteTables().
◆ validatePartitionedIndex()
Definition at line 21808 of file tablecmds.c.
21809{
21810 Relation inheritsRel;
21811 SysScanDesc scan;
21813 int tuples = 0;
21814 HeapTuple inhTup;
21815 bool updated = false;
21816
21818
21819 /*
21820 * Scan pg_inherits for this parent index. Count each valid index we find
21821 * (verifying the pg_index entry for each), and if we reach the total
21822 * amount we expect, we can mark this parent index as valid.
21823 */
21826 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
21829 NULL, 1, &key);
21831 {
21833 HeapTuple indTup;
21834 Form_pg_index indexForm;
21835
21836 indTup = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID,
21837 ObjectIdGetDatum(inhForm->inhrelid));
21841 if (indexForm->indisvalid)
21842 tuples += 1;
21843 ReleaseSysCache(indTup);
21844 }
21845
21846 /* Done with pg_inherits */
21847 systable_endscan(scan);
21849
21850 /*
21851 * If we found as many inherited indexes as the partitioned table has
21852 * partitions, we're good; update pg_index to set indisvalid.
21853 */
21855 {
21856 Relation idxRel;
21857 HeapTuple indTup;
21858 Form_pg_index indexForm;
21859
21861 indTup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(INDEXRELID,
21865 RelationGetRelid(partedIdx));
21867
21868 indexForm->indisvalid = true;
21869 updated = true;
21870
21872
21874 heap_freetuple(indTup);
21875 }
21876
21877 /*
21878 * If this index is in turn a partition of a larger index, validating it
21879 * might cause the parent to become valid also. Try that.
21880 */
21882 {
21883 Oid parentIdxId,
21884 parentTblId;
21885 Relation parentIdx,
21886 parentTbl;
21887
21888 /* make sure we see the validation we just did */
21889 CommandCounterIncrement();
21890
21896
21897 validatePartitionedIndex(parentIdx, parentTbl);
21898
21901 }
21902}
References AccessExclusiveLock, AccessShareLock, Assert(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), CommandCounterIncrement(), elog, ERROR, get_partition_parent(), GETSTRUCT(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, sort-test::key, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_index, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelid, ReleaseSysCache(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCache1(), SearchSysCacheCopy1, systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), and validatePartitionedIndex().
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(), and validatePartitionedIndex().
◆ verifyNotNullPKCompatible()
|
static |
Definition at line 9606 of file tablecmds.c.
9607{
9609
9610 if (conForm->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
9612
9613 /* a NO INHERIT constraint is no good */
9614 if (conForm->connoinherit)
9616 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9618 /*- translator: fourth %s is a constraint characteristic such as NOT VALID */
9619 errdetail("The constraint \"%s\" on column \"%s\" of table \"%s\", marked %s, is incompatible with a primary key.",
9620 NameStr(conForm->conname), colname,
9623 "ALTER TABLE ... ALTER CONSTRAINT ... INHERIT"));
9624
9625 /* an unvalidated constraint is no good */
9626 if (!conForm->convalidated)
9628 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9630 /*- translator: fourth %s is a constraint characteristic such as NOT VALID */
9631 errdetail("The constraint \"%s\" on column \"%s\" of table \"%s\", marked %s, is incompatible with a primary key.",
9632 NameStr(conForm->conname), colname,
9635 "ALTER TABLE ... VALIDATE CONSTRAINT"));
9636}
References elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, get_rel_name(), GETSTRUCT(), and NameStr.
Referenced by ATPrepAddPrimaryKey().
◆ verifyPartitionIndexNotNull()
Definition at line 21910 of file tablecmds.c.
21911{
21913 {
21916
21917 if (!att->attnotnull)
21919 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
21922 NameStr(att->attname),
21923 RelationGetRelationName(partition)));
21924 }
21925}
AttrNumber ii_IndexAttrNumbers[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]
Definition: execnodes.h:175
References ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg(), ERROR, i, IndexInfo::ii_IndexAttrNumbers, IndexInfo::ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs, NameStr, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetRelationName, and TupleDescAttr().
Referenced by ATExecAttachPartitionIdx().
Variable Documentation
◆ dropmsgstringarray
|
static |
Definition at line 256 of file tablecmds.c.
Referenced by DropErrorMsgNonExistent(), and DropErrorMsgWrongType().
◆ on_commits
Definition at line 132 of file tablecmds.c.
Referenced by AtEOSubXact_on_commit_actions(), AtEOXact_on_commit_actions(), PreCommit_on_commit_actions(), register_on_commit_action(), and remove_on_commit_action().
